Skip to main content
Home
Knowledge Base
for the National TB Elimination Program - NTEP
x

Main navigation

  • Home +
    • About Us
  • Curriculum +
    • Content view
    • List View
  • Knowledge Map +
    • Knowledge Map Summary
  • Documents
  • Page Library +
    • Content Page Summary
x

Course for STS/ TB-HV in NTEP

  1. Home ›
  2. ›
  3. Course for STS/ TB-HV in NTEP ›
  4. Course for STS/ TB-HV in NTEP
Fullscreen
  • STS: Basics of TB and NTEP

    Fullscreen
    • STS: TB & TB Epidemiology

      Fullscreen
      • Tuberculosis

        Content

        Figure: Causative agent for Tuberculosis is Bacillus: Mycobacterium tuberculosis (M.tb)

         

        • Tuberculosis (TB) is a communicable disease that is a major cause of ill health.

        • TB is caused by the bacillus Mycobacterium tuberculosis (M.tb)

        • TB disease typically affects the lungs (pulmonary TB) (80%) but can also affect other parts of the body (extra pulmonary TB) (20%)

        • It spreads when people who are sick with TB expel bacteria into the air (for example by coughing, sneezing, shouting or singing)

        • It is one of the top 10 causes of death worldwide and the leading cause of death from a single infectious agent

         

        ​

        Resources

        • Global Tuberculosis Report, 2020; Geneva: World Health Organization, 2020
        • Training Modules (1-4) for Programme Managers and Medical Officers India: Central TB Division, MoHFW, Government of India,July 2020

         

      • Global Burden of TB

        Content

         

        • Globally, an estimated 11 million people fell ill with TB (incidence) in 2021.
        • Historically, it has been the top infectious disease killer. In 2021, there were an estimated 1.4 million TB deaths and an additional 187 000 deaths among HIV-positive people.
        • Three countries accounted for 42% of global cases in 2021: India (26%), the Russian Federation (8.5%) and Pakistan (7.9%).

         

        Image
        Estimated Global TB incidence 2021

        Figure: Estimated TB incidence in 2021, for countries with at least 100 000 incident cases; Source: Global TB Report, 2022.

        Resources​

        • Global tuberculosis report 2022.
      • Burden of TB in India

        Content

        TB is one of the top burdensome infectious diseases in India. It is estimated that, around 1/4th (26%) of the world's TB cases are in India, translating to about 30 Lakhs new TB cases emerging each year (TB incidence). Against this estimated incidence the National TB Elimination program reported around 19 lakh new and relapse cases in the year 2021.

        An estimated 5 Lakhs deaths occur due to TB each year in the country, translating to about 1 case of TB death every one-two minutes. Compared to this, there are only about 60 thousand deaths due to HIV and about 77 deaths due to Malaria each year.

        TB diagnosis and treatment services although provided free of cost in the public sector, the cost of accessing these services and related loss of wages drive the affected people with poverty (catastrophic costs). TB also has a huge impact on the world's and the country's economy because of loss of workdays (100 million workdays per year).

         

        Assessment

        Question​ Answer 1​ Answer 2​ Answer 3​ Answer 4​ Correct answer​ Correct explanation​ Page id​ Part of Pre-test​ Part of Post-test​
        What is the estimated number of incident TB cases that emerge each year in India? 35 Lakh cases 26 Lakh Cases 26% of the Global Burden 19 Lakh Cases 2 The estimated number of new and relapse (incident) cases in India that emerge each year is about 26 Lakh ​ Yes Yes
        How many cases of deaths are estimated to be caused by TB in India Approximately One death every 2-3 minutes Approximately 5 Lakh deaths 60 Thousand deaths each year 1 and 2 4 In India it is estimated that there is around one death caused due to TB every one to two minutes, translating to about 5Lakh deaths each year in India   Yes Yes

        Resources:

        • *WHO Global TB Report 2021
        • ^Status of National AIDS Response
        • $PIB MOHFW

         

      • TB-HIV BURDEN

        Content

        The interaction between HIV and TB in co-infected persons is bidirectional and synergistic; on the one hand, HIV infection predisposes the development of active TB, and, on the other, the course of HIV-related immunodeficiency is worsened by active TB infection.

        Globally and in India, TB is the most common opportunistic infection seen in HIV patients and a leading cause of death in these patients. The lifetime risk of TB in immune-competent persons is 5-10%, whereas, in an HIV-infected person, the annual risk of TB is 5-15%. Thus, people living with HIV are 18 (15-21) times more likely to develop active TB disease than people without HIV.

         

        TB and HIV Burden Trends in India

        India is one of the WHO’s 30 high TB/HIV burden countries; of the 3 million TB incident cases, close to 54000 occurred in HIV-infected persons (See Table 1 for more details). TB and HIV are major public health challenges in India and are leading causes of mortality and morbidity among all other infectious diseases.

        Table 1: Comparison between global and Indian TB/HIV burden estimates, Source: WHO Global TB Report 2022
        INDICATORS GLOBAL ESTIMATES INDIA ESTIMATES
        Total TB Incidence 11 million 3 000 000
        HIV-positive TB Incidence 703 000 54 000
        HIV-positive TB Mortality 187 000 11 000
             

        Resources

        • India TB Report, 2022
        • Global TB Report, World Health Organisation, 2022
        • Shastri, S., Naik, B., Shet, A. et al. TB treatment outcomes among TB-HIV co-infections in Karnataka, India: how do these compare with non-HIV tuberculosis outcomes in the province?. BMC Public Health 13, 838 (2013)
      • TB Causative organism

        Content

        Figure Mycobacterium tuberculosis

         

        TB is caused due to the infection by a bacterium called Mycobacterium tuberculosis.

         

        Figure: Extra-Pulmonary Tuberculosis

         

        It often affects the lungs, and in such cases it is called Pulmonary Tuberculosis. But, it can affect almost any part of the body (except the hair and the nails), in which it is known as Extra-Pulmonary Tuberculosis.

         

         

        Resources:

        • Technical and Operational Guidelines for TB Control in India 2016
      • Mode of TB Transmission

        Content

        Tuberculosis is transmitted mainly through the air via droplet nuclei generated when a TB patient coughs or sneezes. 

        It is estimated that every sputum smear-positive patient spreads the infection to 10 – 15 persons annually, if untreated..

        Figure: Transmission of TB bacteria through air via droplet

         

        Resources:

        • Technical and Operational Guidelines for TB Control in India 2016
        • WHO - Fact sheet details on Tuberculosis

        Kindly provide your valuable feedback on the page to the link provided HERE

      • TB Infection

        Content
        • TB Infection (or previously known as Latent TB infection) is a stage in between uninfected and having active TB. In this stage the person has no symptoms and can only be identified using laboratory tests.

        • The vast majority of infected people may never develop TB disease. However, to achieve TB elimination, it is important to treat TB infection in people at risk of developing active TB disease.

        • It is a state of persistent immune response to stimulation by Mycobacterium tuberculosis antigens with no evidence of clinically manifested active TB.

        • There is no single acceptable/reliable test for direct identification of Mycobacterium tuberculosis infection in humans. Tuberculin Skin Test (TST) and Interferon-gamma release assay (IGRA) are commonly used tests for identifying TB infection.

        Resources:

        • Latent Tuberculosis Infection Guideline

        • Guideline for Programmatic Management of Tuberculosis Preventive Treatment in India

         

      • Progression to TB Disease

        Content

        After exposure to infective droplets containing M.TB, only a small proportion gets infected and further progresses to active TB disease.

        • Majority of those that get infected persist in a stage of clinical latency known as TB infection (previously known as Latent TB infection). They do not have TB disease and do not show any symptoms of TB and no evidence of any TB related changes on chest X-ray.
        • A small proportion of those with prior infection may progress to active TB disease due to various environmental/ agent/ host factors.

        Figure: Flow chart for TB disease progression

         

        Resources:

        • Understanding delayed T-Cell Priming, Lung Recruitment, and AirwayLuminal T-Cell Responses in Host defence against Pulmonary Tuberculosis

         

        Kindly provide your valuable feedback on the page to the link provided HERE

      • TB Infection Vs Active TB Disease

        Content

          

        TB Infection Active TB Disease
        May not have any signs & symptoms Has sign and symptoms such as cough for more than two weeks, fever, weight loss and blood in sputum
        Has dormant, contained bacteria is the body Has active, multiplying bacteria in the body
        Doesn't spread TB bacteria to others May spread TB bacteria to others
        Chest X-ray usually normal Lesion in Chest X- ray (usually)
        May advance to active TB. It is estimated that the lifetime risk of an individual with TB infection for progression to active TB is 5–10%. Needs treatment for TB disease

        Resources:

        • Technical and Operational Guidelines for TB Control in India 2016
      • Epidemiological Triad of TB

        Content

        The Epidemiologic Triad is a model used in the field of epidemiology to study diseases and how they are spread. It consists of a triangle with three vertices or corners. 

        The three vertices for infectious diseases consist of:

        1. Agent, or microbe that is the factor causing the disease.

        2. Host, or organism harbouring the disease.

        3. Environment, or those external factors that cause or allow disease transmission. 

         

        In the Epidemiological Triad of TB (Figure), the agent is the TB causing bacteria Mycobacterium tuberculosis; the host refers to humans that are susceptible to TB. Susceptibility or the risk factors for acquiring TB can be:

        • Close contact with a person having TB disease
        • Nutritional status of the host
        • Existing co-morbidities
        • Low immunity.

        Susceptibility of the host can also vary due to age, gender, genetic composition, race, ethnicity, etc. 

        As TB is an airborne disease, environmental factors come into play for the transmission of TB. These include crowding, poor ventilation, bad sanitation, indoor air pollution, etc. 

        The understanding between the interplay of agent, host and environment is essential to understanding the epidemiology of TB and taking measures to control it. The risk of TB due to environmental factors can be reduced by practising airborne infection prevention measures like good ventilation, hand hygiene and cough etiquette. 

         

        Figure: Epidemiological Triad of TB

         

        Resources

        • Understanding the Epidemiologic Triangle through Infectious Disease, CDC. 
        • Epidemiological Triad of TB.

           

        Assessment

        Question Answer 1 Answer 2 Answer 3 Answer 4 Correct answer Correct explanation Page id Part of Pre-test Part of Post-test

        The three vertices of the Epidemiological Triad are agent, host and environment.

         

        TRUE FALSE     1

        The three vertices of the Epidemiological Triad are agent, host and environment.

         

          Yes Yes
      • Determinants of TB Disease

        Content

        Determinants are any characteristics that affect the health of a patient.

        Biological Determinants Behavioral Determinants Socio Economic Determinants Occupational Determinants
        • People living with HIV(PL HIV)
        • History of contact with a case of TB
        • People with underlying medical conditions like Diabetes, Kidney disease, Cancer etc.
        • Existing lung disease
        • Old age
        • Use of tobacco and alcohol
        • Malnutrition
        • Person in contact with TB infected patient
        • Person living in areas with poor ventilation & over crowding
        • Poverty and Malnutrition
        • Homeless
        • Mining work
        • Quarry work(Silicosis)
        • Construction work
        • Migrant worker
        • Daily wagers
      • Vulnerable Population for Tuberculosis

        Content

        TB can affect anyone but it is more prevalent in some communities which are vulnerable to TB disease due to various factors which are mentioned below:

        Increased exposure of TB due to where they live or work

        • prisoners
        • slum dwellers
        • miners
        • hospital visitors
        • healthcare workers

        Limited access to Quality TB services

        • Migrant workers
        • Women in settings with gender disparity,
        • Children
        • Physically challenged
        • Transgender population
        • Tribal and population living in hard to reach areas
        • Refugees or internally displaced people
        • Illegal miners and undocumented migrants

         

        Increased risk because of biological or behavioural factors that compromise immune functions in people who:

        • People who live with HIV
        • have diabetes or silicosis
        • undergo immunosuppressive therapy
        • are undernourished
        • use tobacco
        • suffer from alcohol use disorders.
        • inject drugs 
      • Prevention of TB

        Content

        As TB is an airborne infection, TB bacteria are released into the air when someone with infectious TB coughs or sneezes. The risk of infection can be reduced by taking simple precautions:

        Figure: Measures for control and prevention of tuberculosis

        TB Preventive Treatment(TPT) also has a very important role in prevention of TB. Presently, household contacts of sputum-positive TB patients are given TPT upon confirmation of TB infection and ruling our active Tuberculosis.

        Resources:

        • Technical and Operational Guidelines for TB Control in India 2016


         

      • Chemotherapy and its implication in TB control

        Content

        Chemotherapy for TB is the use of an anti-TB drugs to kill, or prevent the replication of, TB mycobacteria in the patient’s body. Effective anti-TB chemotherapy renders the patient non-contagious and cures the patient, thereby interrupting the chain of transmission. Mortality rates of TB range from 50-80% in untreated smear-positive individuals and drop to lower than 5% under chemotherapy.

        Most of the bacteria are killed during the first 8 weeks of treatment; however, there are persistent organisms that require longer treatment. TB disease must be treated for at least 6 months and in some cases even longer. The use of multi-drug therapy reduces the incidence of drug-resistant cases and increases the overall effectiveness of treatment.

        If treatment is interrupted, any surviving bacteria may cause the patient to later become ill and infectious again, potentially with drug-resistant disease.

        How infectious are tuberculosis patients under chemotherapy?

        Under effective chemotherapy, there is a substantial decline in infectiousness in two weeks time, and may not be a major source of risk to any contacts. This decline is indicated by the rapid fall in the number of viable organisms in the sputum, and reduced frequency of coughing.  

        Types of Chemotherapy in TB

        1. Preventive Chemotherapy: Regimen for healthy but TB infected persons with a high risk of developing TB, in order to prevent them from developing TB.
        2. Standard Chemotherapy: Two-phased chemotherapy for an average of 6-8 months based on the combination of at least four major drugs (HRZE) given for 2 months during the initial intensive phase of treatment and followed by a combination of at least 2 drugs given for at least 4 months during the continuation phase of treatment.
        3. Chemotherapy for Drug-resistant TB: Two-phased chemotherapy varying from 9 - 24 months in patients having demonstrated resistance to drugs used in standard chemotherapy. The regimen varies with the drug to which the resistance is present, however, each regimen contains a mix of second-line anti-TB drugs including injectables.   

        Resources

        • Training Modules (1-4) for Programme Managers and Medical Officers, 2020.
        • Tuberculosis Infectiousness and Host Susceptibility, The Journal of Infectious Diseases, Vol. 216, suppl_6, 2017.
        • Tuberculosis chemotherapy: Current Drug Delivery Approaches, Respiratory Research 7, Article no. 118, 2006.
        • Tuberculosis Case-finding and Chemotherapy: Questions and Answers, K. Toman.

         

         Assessment

        Question​ Answer 1​ Answer 2​ Answer 3​ Answer 4​ Correct answer​ Correct explanation​ Page id​ Part of Pre-test​ Part of Post-test​
        Which type of chemotherapy regimen of anti-TB drugs is used for infected persons with a high risk of developing TB who have no signs or symptoms of active disease, in order to prevent them from developing TB? First-line anti-TB drugs Preventive Chemotherapy Standard Chemotherapy Chemotherapy for Drug Resistant-TB 2 Preventive chemotherapy regimen of anti-TB drugs is used for infected persons with a high risk of developing TB who have no signs or symptoms of active disease, in order to prevent them from developing TB.   Yes Yes
      • Incidence of TB Disease

        Content

        Incidence is an epidemiological measure of the occurrence of new cases of a disease in a population over a specified period of time. Tuberculosis (TB) incidence is the number of new cases of active TB disease during a certain time period (usually a year), and is better expressed as a rate, as shown in the figure below.

        Figure: Deriving the Incidence of TB Disease for a Given Population

        Tuberculosis incidence varies considerably in different populations and population segments.

        In 2021, the Global TB incidence was 134 (125-143) per 100,000. The TB Incidence rate of India is  - 210 (178-244) per 100,000 in 2021 according to WHO Global TB Report 2022.

         

        Resources

        • India TB Report, 2022.
        • Epidemiologic Basis of Tuberculosis Control, Hans L. Rieder, 1999.
        • Morbidity Frequency Measures, Centers for Disease Control and Prevention.
        • Global Tuberculosis Report 2022.

         

      • Prevalence of TB Disease

        Content

        Prevalence is an epidemiological measure of the proportion of a population with a disease or a particular health condition at a specific point in time (point prevalence) or over a specified period of time (period prevalence).

        Tuberculosis (TB) prevalence refers to the number of people with TB that are present in a particular population at a given time. Calculation of the TB prevalence rate is shown in the figure below.

        Figure: Deriving the Prevalence of TB Disease for a Given Population

        TB prevalence rate is derived by adding the number of persons that develop new TB disease (i.e., incident cases​) and those who already have the disease (i.e., existing cases), and dividing the sum by the total population from which the cases arose.

        TB prevalence varies widely and is affected by a number of factors such as age, gender, population density, rural/urban settings, as well as socioeconomic factors.

        Resources

        • Epidemiologic Basis of Tuberculosis Control, Hans L. Rieder, 1999.

        Kindly provide your valuable feedback on the page to the link provided HERE

      • TB Notification rate

        Content

        TB notification rate is the number of TB cases notified over a specified time period for a specified population, usually per lakh. It indicates how many cases have been diagnosed and informed to the National TB Elimination Program.

        It is mostly calculated annually, and the calculation formula is as follows: 

         

        Image removed.

         

        Figure: Deriving the Annualized TB Case Notification Rate

        The National TB Elimination Program calculates TB notification rates based on TB cases notified using the digital surveillance system called Nikshay. Each state/district is provided with an annual target for TB case notification, the progress of which is measured periodically to understand efforts taken for the detection of TB cases.

         

        Example

        If the number of TB patients diagnosed in District X one year is 1000, and the mid-year population of District X is 10,00,000, then the annualized TB case notification rate is calculated as follows: 

        100 cases/100 000/year

         

        Resources

        • NTEP training module for medical officers 5-9
        • TB Notification Rate, TB Indicators WHO 2014
    • STS: NTEP

      Fullscreen
      • Evolution of TB Elimination Programme in India

        Content

        The National Tuberculosis Control Program (NTP) of India was launched in 1962. It relied on BCG, X-ray based diagnosis and Streptomycin and INH based treatment centralized at district level.  

        Based on a review of the NTP, and WHO recommendations of the DOTS Strategy, Government of India then revised the NTP and launched new program with the title Revised National Tuberculosis Control Program (RNTCP) in 1997. It used Sputum microscopy at DMC(Designated Microscopy Centres) for diagnosis, and multi-drug Short Course Anti-TB Therapy,  decentralized to the TU (TB Unit) level. 

        In recognition of the rising drug resistance problem the DOTS Plus/ PMDT (Programmatic Management of Drug Resistant TB) was launched in 2006 and scaled up to the entire country by 2012. 

        Further to strengthen the monitoring and supervision system - a case based notification system - Nikshay was introduced in 2012. The same year Tuberculosis was added as a notifiable disease at the point of diagnosis by all health care providers.

        Other key milestones from 2012 to 2020 were the availability of the Standards of TB Care in India (STCI) in 2014, introduction of the Daily weight band wise Fixed Dose combination (FDC) in 2016 and new drugs like Bedaquilline  and Delaminid were started in 2017 and 2018 respectively. 

        To emphasise the commitment of the Government of India and to accelerate the efforts towards TB elimination, RNTCP was renamed as "National Tuberculosis Elimination Programme (NTEP)" in 2020.

         

        Image removed.

        Figure: Key milestones under NTEP

        Resources:

        • TBC India Website
        • National Stratergic Plan for Tuberculosis Elimination 2017 - 2025
      • India's commitment to End TB

        Content

        The Government of India has committed to achieving the Sustainable Development Goals(SDG) targets related to ending TB by 2025 (5 years ahead of the global target).  This would mean that in 2025, the 2030 target of achieving 80% reduction in incidence, 90% reduction in deaths due to TB compared to that of 2015, is to be achieved.

        Parameter 2015 Value SDG 2030 Target Commitment for 2025
        Estimated annual Incidence 217 cases/Lakh 80% reduction  44 cases/lakh
        Estimated annual Mortality 4.5 lakh 90% reduction 45,000

        Table: India's commitment to End TB by 2025.

        Resources:

        • National Strategic Plan (NSP) - 2017 - 2025
        • Global TB report 2021
        • END TB Strategy
      • National Strategic Plan [NSP] for TB Elimination 2017-25

        Content

        The National Strategic Plan (NSP) for TB elimination 2017–25 is a bold strategic framework to drive the  acceleration of progress toward TB Elimination, and achieving the Sustainable Development Goal (SDG) and End TB targets for India. It expects to guide the activities of all stakeholders including the national and state governments, development partners, civil society organizations, international agencies, research institutions, private sector, and many others whose work is relevant to TB elimination in India. It is adopts strategies under four groups DETECT, TREAT, PREVENT, BUILD.

        VISION: TB-Free India with zero deaths, disease and poverty due to tuberculosis
        GOAL: To achieve a rapid decline in burden of TB, morbidity and mortality while working towards elimination of TB in India by 2025.

        The results framework of the NSP outlines the various targets (impact and outcomes) to be achieved.

        IMPACT INDICATORS 2015
        (Baseline)
        2020 2023 2025
        1. To reduce estimated TB Incidence rate (per 100,000) 217
        (112-355)
        142
        (76-255)
        77
        (49-185)
        44
        (36-158)
        2. To reduce estimated TB prevalence rate (per 100,000)
         
        320
        (280-380)
        170
        (159-217)
        90
        (81-125)
        65
        (56-93)
        3. To reduce estimated mortality due to TB (per 100,000)
         
        32 (29-35) 15 (13-16) 6 (5-7) 3 (3-4)
        4. To achieve zero catastrophic cost for affected families due to TB 35% 0% 0% 0%

         

        Resources

        • Revised National Tuberculosis Control Program National Strategic Plan For Tuberculosis Elimination 2017–2025, Central TB Division, MoHFW, 2017

         

        Assessment Questions

        Question Answer 1 Answer 2 Answer 3 Answer 4 Correct Answer Explanation Part of pre-test Part of post-test
        Which are the groups under which strategies for National Strategic Plan (NSP) for TB elimination 2017–25 were developed? DETECT, TREAT, PREVENT DETECT, TREAT, PREVENT, BUILD DETECT, TREAT, PREVENT, REHABILITATE DETECT, TREAT, REHABILITATE DETECT, TREAT, PREVENT, BUILD The National Strategic Plan (NSP) for TB elimination 2017–25 adopts strategies under four groups: DETECT, TREAT, PREVENT, BUILD. Yes Yes
        Which of the following does the National Strategic Plan (NSP) for TB elimination 2017–25 aim to bring down to 0% by 2025? Incidence rate Prevalence rate Mortality rate Catastrophic cost for affected families Catastrophic cost for affected families The target of the National Strategic Plan (NSP) for TB elimination 2017–25 is to achieve zero catastrophic cost for affected families due to TB  Yes Yes
      • NTEP Objectives- in relation to NSP 2017-2025

        Content

        NSP 2012 - 2017 had the aim of achieving universal access to quality diagnosis and treatment. The NSP 2017-2025 which builds on the success and learnings of the last NSP, and articulates the bold and innovative steps required to move towards TB elimination. In 2020, RNTCP was renamed to "National Tuberculosis Elimination Programme" with the following objectives:

        Figure: Objectives of NTEP

         

        Resources:

        • TBC India Website
      • Organizational Structure of NTEP

        Content

        National Tuberculosis Elimination Programme (NTEP) is a centrally sponsored programme being implemented under the aegis of National Health Mission.

        National Level: Managed by Central TB Division (CTD), the technical arm of the Ministry of Health and Family Welfare (MOHFW)

        State Level: State TB Cell coordinates the overall TB elimination programme in state under the guidance of State Health Society. The training ,supervision, monitoring and evaluation NTEP at state level are looked after by STDC (State TB Training and Demonstration Centre).

        District TB Centre (DTC) is the nodal point for all TB elimination activities in the district under the guidance of the District Health Society.

        Tuberculosis Unit (TU) Level: NTEP activities at block/sub-district level are implemented through TU which comprises Designated Medical Officer (MO) supported by two full-time NTEP staff - STS (Senior Treatment Supervisor) & STLS (Senior TB Lab Supervisor).

        PHI (Peripheral Health Institute): PHI is a health facility manned by a Medical Officer (MO). Some of the PHIs are also the Tuberculosis Diagnostic Centres, which are the most peripheral level laboratories in the NTEP structure. All the Private Health Facilities like Private Practitioners / Private Hospitals / Clinics / Nursing Homes are also PHI.

        Figure: Organisational structure of NTEP

        Resources:

        • TB India Report 2021
        • Technical and Operational Guidelines for TB Control in India 2016
      • The State TB Cell

        Content

        The State TB Cell or STC is the state-level implementing structure of the National TB Elimination Program (NTEP). It is the leading institution for management of NTEP activities at the state level. 

        The STC is a State Government entity that acts as the bridge between the Central and State Governments for implementing the NTEP. It works under the guidance of the Central TB Division (CTD), and it oversees the program implementation at the districts.

        1. The State TB Cell is supported by the State TB Training and Demonstration Centre (STDC) for its technical functionalities. STDC mainly supports training, supervision and monitoring.
        2. The nodal laboratory for the State is the Intermediate Reference Laboratory (IRL). This supports quality assurance of the smear microscopy network and laboratory services in the state.
        3. The STC has a fully operational State Drug Store (SDS) which is responsible for the effective management and uninterrupted supply of good-quality of medicines and other logistics.

        Human Resources at the State TB Cell are:

        1. State Tuberculosis Officer (STO). A dedicated official from the state health system, at the rank of a Joint Director is designated as the STO and heads the implementation of the NTEP at state level.
        2. Medical Officer STC (MO-STC): A medical officer from the state health system assists the STO in overseeing various activities.
        3. State DRTB Coordinator​: Assist the STO in DRTB activities monitoring across the districts
        4. TB - HIV Coordinator: Assist the STO in overseeing TB comorbidities across the district.
        5. State PPM Coordinator: Looks at the private sector engagement
        6. State IEC Officer/ACSM Officer: Oversees the implementation of advocacy, communication and social mobilisation activities across different districts.
        7. STC - Epidemiologist: Assist the STO and STDC Directors by analyzing state-level data and preparing review materials
        8. Other support staff at the STC include
          1. Accounts Officer
          2. Technical Officer-PSM
          3. Secretarial Assistant
          4. Data entry operators/Nikshay operator

        Resources

        • Training Modules (1-4) for Programme Managers and Medical Officers, 2020.
        • Training Modules (5-9) for Programme Managers and Medical Officers, 2020.

         

        Assessment

        Question​ Answer 1​ Answer 2​ Answer 3​ Answer 4​ Correct answer​ Correct explanation​ Page id​ Part of Pre-test​ Part of Post-test​
        Which of the following statements are true about the State TB Cell (STC)? STC is a state government entity. It is the leading institution for the management of NTEP activities at the state level. It is supported by the STDC. All of the above 4 The STC is a state government entity that is the leading institution for the management of NTEP activities at the state level and is supported by the STDC.   Yes Yes
      • State TB Training and Demonstration Centre [STDC]

        Content

        The State Tuberculosis (TB) Cell (STC) is supported by the State TB Training and Demonstration Centre (STDC) in many states through its three units – Training Unit, Supervision and Monitoring Unit and an Intermediate Reference Laboratory (IRL). This relationship is shown in the figure below.

        1. Training Unit: It is involved in estimating the training load, organizing state level training (Induction and Refresher) and evaluating the performance of those who undergo training.
        2. Supervision and Monitoring Unit: It consists of a team which is dedicated to the supervision of TB elimination activities through supervisory visits, periodic desk review of Nikshay and Nikshay Aushadhi data, and plans state internal evaluations apart from assisting in other supervision and monitoring activities of National Reference Laboratories, Central TB Division and other national/international monitoring missions.
        3. Intermediate Reference Laboratory: This supports an effective quality assurance system of the sputum smear microscopy network and laboratory services for the programmatic management of drug-resistant TB (molecular drug resistance and culture and drug susceptibility testing) in the state.

        The STDC is also involved in operational research.

        Human Resources in the STDC

        • The STDC functions under the leadership of STDC Director. 

        Training and Supervision & Monitoring Units:

        • 1 Epidemiologist
        • 1/more Medical Officer
        • 1 Nikshay Operator
        • 1 Secretarial Assistant

        Intermediate Reference Laboratory (IRL):

        • 1 Microbiologist
        • 1 Microbiologist- External Quality Assistance (EQA)
        • 1 Senior Laboratory Technician- EQA

         

        Resources

         

        • Training Modules (1-4) for Programme Managers and Medical Officers, 2020.
        • Training Modules (5-9) for Programme Managers and Medical Officers, 2020.

         

        Kindly provide your valuable feedback on the page to the link provided HERE

      • District TB Centre [DTC]

        Content

        The key level for the management of public health services is the district​ level. The District Tuberculosis Centre (DTC) is the nodal point for tuberculosis (TB) control activities in the district​.

        Functions of the DTC

        The primary role of the DTC is a managerial one. The DTC is the central program management unit of the district responsible for all activities related to National TB Elimination Programme (NTEP) implementation such as:

        • Advocacy
        • Active case finding
        • Diagnosis, treatment (both for drug-susceptible and drug-resistant TB cases) and follow up
        • Managing comorbidities
        • Service delivery
        • Maintaining diagnostic and treatment infrastructure
        • Setting up Drug-resistant TB (DR-TB) centres
        • Ensuring community engagement and TB forums
        • Multi-sectorial involvement for drug management, and supervision and monitoring
        • Financial management
        • Drugs, logistics and supply chain management.

         

        Components of the DTC

        1. District Drug Store (DDS)
        2. Nucleic Acid Amplification Test machine (Cartridge Based NAAT or TrueNAT)
        3. Designated Microscopic Center (DMC)
        4. Treatment Support Center
        5. Drug Resistant TB (DR-TB) Center
        6. X-Ray Unit

        With expansion of TB services and ongoing collaboration with various national programs, the structure of DTC is highly integrated as part of general health system and some components may cater to non-TB patients as well e.g., the DMC may be a part of general laboratory, and X-ray unit can be functional for all departments and not just chest/TB section.

         

        Human Resources Deployed at the DTC

         

        The Chief District Health Officer (CDHO) / Chief District Medical Officer (CDMO) / Civil Surgeon or an equivalent functionary in the district is responsible for all medical and public health activities including control of TB.

         

        A full-time District TB Officer (DTO), trained at the national level and based at the DTC, is responsible for planning, training, supervising and monitoring the programme in the district. The DTO is assisted by other technical and secretarial staff:

         

        1. Medical Officer- District TB Center
        2. District DR-TB-HIV Coordinator
        3. District Public Private Mix Coordinator
        4. District Program Coordinator
        5. District Drug Store Pharmacist
        6. District Data Entry Operator-Nikshay
        7. District Accountant
        8. Senior TB laboratory Supervisor
        9. Senior Treatment Supervisor
        10. Laboratory Technicians for DMC and NAAT site
        11. Counsellor for District DR-TB center
        12. TB Health Visitors

         

        While the National TB Elimination Program (NTEP) approves the above positions through National Health Mission NTEP Project Implementation Plan, the district always has the flexibility for additional resource deployment based on the need and existing epidemic. The DTO and his/her team are supported by various other program officers/staff and non-governmental organizations working in the field for Tuberculosis and Health.

         

        Resources

         

        • NTEP Training Modules 1-4 for Programme Managers & Medical Officers, 2020.
        • NTEP Training Modules 5-9 for Programme Managers & Medical Officers, 2020.

         

        Kindly provide your valuable feedback on the page to the link provided HERE

      • Tuberculosis Unit [TU]

        Content

        Tuberculosis (TB) unit (TU) is the sub-district level supervisory unit of National TB Elimination Program with the following organogram:

        Figure: Organogram of a TB Unit

         

        (PHI: Peripheral Health Institution)

        TUs are based mainly on National Health Mission (NHM) health blocks with the aim of aligning with the NHM Block Programme Management Unit (BPMU) for optimum resource utilization and appropriate monitoring.

        The TUs have been created based on a population of 1 per 2,00,000 (range 1.5 – 2.5 lakh) for rural and urban populations and 1 per 1,00,000 (0.75 – 1.25 lakh) population in hilly/tribal/difficult areas.

        The TU consists of a designated Medical Officer-Tuberculosis Control (MO-TC), as well as one full-time supervisory staff - Senior Treatment Supervisor (STS). However, one Senior TB Laboratory Supervisor (STLS) will be there in every 5 lakh population (one per 2.5 lakh population for tribal/hilly/difficult areas), mostly covering 2-3 TUs.

        TB Unit manages the provision of TB services (Diagnosis, Treatment, Prevention, etc.) and programme management in the assigned geographical area. 

         

        Resources

        • RNTCP Technical and Operational Guidelines for TB Control in India 2016.
        • Training Modules (1-4) for Programme Managers & Medical Officers, 2020.
      • Peripheral Health Institutions [PHI] and Health Facilities

        Content

        Under the National Tuberculosis Elimination Programme (NTEP), a Peripheral Health Institute (PHI) is a health facility that is manned by at least a Medical Officer (MO), where diagnosis and management of Tuberculosis (TB) are done.

        At this level, there are dispensaries, Primary Health Centres (PHCs), Community Health Centres (CHCs), referral hospitals, major hospitals, speciality clinics or hospitals (including other health facilities), TB hospitals, Anti-retroviral Treatment (ART) centres and medical colleges within the respective district.

        All health facilities in the private and Non-government Organisation (NGO) sectors participating in NTEP are also considered PHIs. Some of these PHIs also function as Designated Microscopy Centres (DMCs).

        Role of PHIs in Program Management for TB Elimination

        • PHIs undertake tuberculosis case-finding and treatment activities as a part of the general health services.
        • In situations where more than one MO is posted in any of the PHC, one of them may be identified and entrusted with the responsibilities of the NTEP.
        • Additionally, NTEP provides 1 TB Health Visitor (TBHV) per one lakh urban population to support the urban TB control activities in urban settings/ medical colleges.

         

        Resources

        • NTEP Training Modules 1-4 for Programme Managers & Medical Officers, 2020.
        • NTEP Training Modules 5-9 for Programme Managers & Medical Officers, 2020.
      • DR-TB Centres and Network

        Content

        Drug-resistant Tuberculosis Centres (DR-TBCs) are specialized centres for the clinical management of Drug-resistant TB (DR-TB). ​

        Each DR-TBC needs to have established a DR-TB committee to carry out the clinical management of DR-TB patients.​

        DR-TBCs can be established in the public sector where appropriate facilities are available. ​

        • The DR-TBC can also be established in the private sector on mutually agreeable terms and conditions based on the Guidance Document on Partnerships, 2019.

        District level:  There are District Drug-resistant TB Centres (DDR-TBCs) to manage DR-TB cases. ​These centres will function under the guidance of Nodal Drug-resistant TB Centres (NDR-TBCs). Almost every district has a mandate to establish a DDR-TBC in India. There are around 620 DDR-TBCs established in the country.​

        State/ Regional level: At the state/ regional/ division level, there are NDR-TBCs to manage seriously ill DR-TB cases. ​There are 173 NDR-TBCs established in India.​

        Decentralized DR-TB services through an expanded network of DR-TB centres has helped the National TB Elimination Program in improving access to DR-TB services and has also resulted in improved DR-TB treatment linkage and better management of DR-TB patients.

         

        Resources

        • Guidelines for Programmatic Management of Drug-resistant TB in India, 2021.
      • Drugs Stores in NTEP

        Content
        Image
        Drugs Stores in NTEP

        DRUG STORE

        Central TB Division, MoHFW, has

        Under NTEP, there is a large network of drug stores across the country to ensure a regular and uninterrupted supply of drugs and consumables. The Drugs and consumables are procured at the Central level and supplied at Central warehouses (GMSDs & CMSS); further drugs and consumables are supplied to the State Drug Stores and further dissemination to district and sub-district levels following the stocking norms to ensure uninterrupted supply of drugs and consumables to the patient.

        To provide overall policy guidance and coordination, the Procurement and Supply Chain Management (PSM) Unit has been established at Central TB Division (CTD), MoHFW, for procurement and Supply Chain Management of all types of anti-TB drugs, diagnostics and consumables.

      • Standards of TB Care in India

        Content

        The Standards for TB Care in India (STCI), which is a locally customized version of the International Standards of Tuberculosis Care, mentions 26 standards that every citizen of India should receive irrespective of the sector of treatment. 

        STCI were developed based on a series of discussions involving various stakeholders including clinicians, public health specialists, community workers and patient advocates. 

        STCI represent what is expected for quality TB care from the Indian healthcare system including both public and private systems. 

        It was first published in 2014 and outlines standards across the four themes of TB diagnosis, TB treatment, public health action and social inclusion.

        Following are the list of the 26 Standards:

        Table 1: Categorisation of the Standards for TB Care in India, Source: Standards for TB Care in India, World Health Organisation, pp. 13-23

        Resources

        • Standards for TB Care in India, World Health Organisation, 2014

        Assessment

         

        Question​ Answer 1​ Answer 2​ Answer 3​ Answer 4​ Correct answer​ Correct explanation​ Page id​ Part of Pre-test​ Part of Post-test​
        How many standards in TB care are described in the Standards of TB Care in India (STCI) 2014? 4 15 26 32 3 There are 26 standards for TB care under four major categories: diagnosis, treatment, public health actions and social inclusion. ​ Yes Yes
      • Stages in TB Patient's Lifecycle

        Content

        Those who are suspected of having TB disease are first screened for symptoms like cough and fever for more than 2 weeks, blood stained sputum and weight-loss. If found positive on screening, then TB patients are referred for testing to the nearest health facility. If diagnosed with TB, then they are subsequently initiated on treatment. The TB patients initiated on treatment are regularly monitored with the help of field staff or digital interventions like 99DOTS and MERM (Medication Event Reminder Monitor) technology. NTEP staff also ensures that the TB patients are regularly followed up on monthly basis till their treatment completion.

         

        Figure: Patient Flow

        Kindly provide your valuable feedback on the page to the link provided HERE

      • Senior Treatment Supervisors [STS] and their role

        Content

        Senior Treatment Supervisor (STS) is one of the key programme staff working under NTEP at TU level. 

        Roles and responsibilities of STS include:

        • Ensure that all presumptive cases undergo TB diagnosis as per National TB Elimination Programme (NTEP) guidelines
        • Ensure screening for TB disease and TB infection among contacts of all microbiologically confirmed pulmonary TB patients and refer for appropriate management
        • Notify every TB patient in Nikshay at the earliest and update information of patients on comorbidity, treatment adherence, treatment outcome, contact investigation, TB preventive treatment (TPT) including private sector
        • Maintain the Tuberculosis Register, incorporating required information on smear result, laboratory number, name of DMC, date of sputum examination, results of follow up sputum examinations in respect of all cases diagnosed
        • Support updation and completing the information in the TB notification register and Nikshay
        • Ensure bank details of all diagnosed TB patients and other beneficiaries are collected and updated in Nikshay and facilitate timely payment of Direct Benefit Transfer schemes to them
        • Prepare quarterly reports on case-detection, sputum conversion and treatment outcome
        • Record observations in supervisory register for visit to DMCs with regards to laboratory performance

        Resources

        1. Module for Senior Treatment Supervisor.,Central TB Division, MoHFW , June 2005
        2. Training Modules for Programme Managers and Medical Officers.Central TB Division, MoHFW 2020

        Assessment

        Question Answer 1 Answer 2 Answer 3 Answer 4 Correct answer Correct explanation Page id Part of Pre-test Part of Post-test

        True or False: STS is responsible to ensure that all presumptive cases undergo TB diagnosis as per National TB Elimination Programme (NTEP) guidelines.

         

        True False     1

        STS is responsible to ensure that all presumptive cases undergo TB diagnosis as per National TB Elimination Programme (NTEP) guidelines.

         

         

             
      • Interaction of STS with TB Patient Care Ecosystem

        Content

        The Senior Treatment Supervisor (STS) interacts with the patient care ecosystem from the time a TB case is notified, diagnosed and anti-TB treatment is initiated.

         

        The key interactions include:

         

        • Coordination with laboratory technician and Senior TB Lab Supervisor (STLS) for results of TB diagnosis, follow-up, diagnosis, sending samples for drug susceptibility testing whenever required.
        • Clinical evaluation of the patient by a Medical Officer (MO) and follow-up evaluation.
        • The STS conducts home visits to provide health education and counselling on nutrition and treatment adherence to the patient and family/ caregivers, and for monitoring treatment progress till successful completion of treatment.
        • The STS supports the health facility staff to update the information of patients on Nikshay, including on comorbidity, treatment adherence, treatment outcome, contact investigation and their TB Preventive Treatment (TPT).
        • Interactions with the District Drug Store (DDS), pharmacist and District TB Centre (DTC) to ensure an adequate supply of drugs for the patient.
          • Uses Nikshay Aushadhi for drug request generation, managing drug inventory, dispatch and issue to patients.
        • The STS supports assigning treatment support centres and treatment supporters for the patient. The treatment supporters may be community volunteers accessible, willing and acceptable to the patient and who can be accountable to the health system. These include Anganwadi workers, dais, teachers, panchayat leaders, religious leaders, and others.
        • The STS coordinates with District TB Officer (DTO) and DTC to ensure the disbursement of incentives to patients under Nikshay Poshan Yojna, incentives to treatment supporters and travel incentives to Drug-resistant TB (DR-TB) patients.
        • The STS is crucial in organising community-based Information, Education and Communication (IEC) activities like patient-provider group interaction meetings and community meetings in coordination with the support of field staff, which includes the Community Health Officer (CHO), Multipurpose Health Worker (MPHW), Auxiliary Nursing Midwife (ANM).
        • STS works in coordination with the DR-TB coordinator to ensure diagnosis, pre-treatment evaluation, treatment initiation, adherence and follow-up for all DR-TB patients.
        • Ensures standards of TB care in India are followed for patients diagnosed in private health facilities.

         

        Resources

         

        • Training Modules (1-4) for Programme Managers and Medical Officers, NTEP, 2020.  
        • Module for Senior Treatment Supervisors, RNTCP, CTD, 2005. 
        • Guidelines for PMDT in India, 2021.

         

        Assessment 

        Question     Answer 1     Answer 2     Answer 3     Answer 4     Correct answer     Correct explanation     Page id     Part of Pre-test     Part of Post-test    
        The STS supports assigning treatment support centres and treatment supporters for the patient. True False     1 The STS supports assigning treatment support centres and treatment supporters for the patient.           Yes Yes
    • STS: Integration of NTEP with Health System

      Fullscreen
      • Organisational Structure of Health System

        Content

        Overview of the organisational structure of the health system in relation to the National TB Elimination Programme (NTEP) is shown in the figure below.

        Image
        Organisational Structure
         
        • Sub-centre: Most peripheral units under the public health system are designed to bring about behavioural change and provide preventive health care services.
        • Primary Health Centre (PHC): First contact point between the village, community and the medical officer envisaged to provide integrated, curative and preventive health care.
        • Community Health Centre/ Sub-district Hospitals: Serve as a referral centre for four PHCs and provides facilities for obstetric care and specialist consultations.
        • Peripheral Health Institute (PHI): Most Peripheral Unit under the NTEP provides TB treatment and diagnostic services to the population.
        • Tuberculosis Units: Nodal point for TB elimination activities in the sub-district level and are also responsible for stacking and supply of drugs to the PHI.

         

        Resources

        • Operational Guidelines for TB Services at Ayushman Bharat Health and Wellness Centres, CTD, MoHFW, India, 2020.
        • National Strategic Plan 2017-2025 for TB Elimination in India, CTD.

         

        Assessment

        Question​ Answer 1​ Answer 2​ Answer 3​ Answer 4​ Correct answer​ Correct explanation​ Page id​ Part of Pre-test​ Part of Post-test​
        Where are Tuberculosis Units present under the NTEP? At the central level At the state level At the district level At the sub-district/ block level 4 Tuberculosis Units are present at the sub-district level under the NTEP. ​ Yes Yes
      • Need for integration of NTEP with Health System

        Content
        • The public health system in India through the National Health Mission (NHM) visualises the attainment of Universal Health Coverage (UHC) for all its citizens, which provides access to equitable, affordable and quality health care services, which is also accountable and responsive to the needs of the people.

        • Under the umbrella of NHM, the National TB Elimination Programme (NTEP) ensures the provision of free TB services (diagnostics and drugs) and management of TB as per the Standards for TB Care in India (STCI).

        • Furthermore, the NHM, under the Ayushman Bharat initiative has taken measures to strengthen the primary care facilities including Primary Health Centres (PHCs) and Sub Health Centres (SHCs) in the Ayushman Bharat Health & Wellness Centres (AB-HWCs).

         

        Need for integration of NTEP with the Health System at Different Levels

        1. Closer to community TB Services: The integration of TB services with the health system provides an opportunity for the TB programme to leverage the resources under the Ayushman Bharat initiative to take TB interventions closer to the community which were otherwise provided at the primary care level.
        2. Improved population coverage: Active empanelment and HWC database will help to monitor and identify the left-out population and contribute significantly to the NTEPs case finding activity coverage.
        3. Improved population health outcomes: Improved availability, access and utilisation of advanced TB treatment services under the ambit of UHC is essential in reducing morbidity and mortality from TB which may in turn also contribute to overall equitable health outcomes.
        4. Reduced out-of-pocket expenditure: The integration will improve the access to TB services, assure within-reach TB medicines and diagnostic services, provide linkages for care coordination with Medical Officers/ specialists across various levels of care, etc., all of which will reduce the catastrophic expenditures faced by the patients and their families.
        5. Decreased crowding at the secondary and tertiary health facilities: A strong network of peripheral level TB care services would facilitate in reduction of the overcrowding and the case burden at the secondary and tertiary facilities, which could be utilised for cases with follow-up referral to higher level facilities.
        6. Increased responsiveness and addressal of social determinants of TB: Provision of TB treatment at the nearest point of care for the communities and engaging the most peripheral workers from the health system like the Accredited Social Health Activists (ASHA) in the TB programme may lead to comfort in accessing the care by the patients and also enable addressing psycho-social determinants of TB.

         

        Resources

        • Operational Guidelines for TB Services at Ayushman Bharat Health and Wellness Centres, CTD, MoHFW, India, 2020.
        • National Strategic Plan 2017-2025 for TB Elimination in India, CTD.

         

        Assessment

        Question​ Answer 1​ Answer 2​ Answer 3​ Answer 4​ Correct answer​ Correct explanation​ Page id​ Part of Pre-test​ Part of Post-test​
        Under the umbrella of NHM, the NTEP ensures the provision of free TB services (diagnostics and drugs) and management of TB as per the Standards for TB Care in India (STCI). True False     1 Under the umbrella of NHM, the NTEP ensures the provision of free TB services (diagnostics and drugs) and management of TB as per the Standards for TB Care in India (STCI). ​ Yes Yes
      • National Health Mission [NHM]

        Content

        The National Health Mission (NHM) was launched by the Government of India in 2013, subsuming the National Rural Health Mission (NRHM) and National Urban Health Mission (NUHM). Figure 1 shows the history of the NHM.

        The vision of NHM is “Attainment of Universal Access to Equitable, Affordable and Quality health care services, accountable and responsive to people's needs, with effective intersectoral convergent action to address the wider social determinants of health.”

        Image
        NATIONAL HEALTH MISSION - 1

        Figure 1: History and Make-up of the NHM; Source: Annual Report 2015-16, Ministry of Health and Family Welfare (MoHFW)

        NHM further aims to support the existing national programmes of health and family welfare (Figure 2) including reproductive and child health, malaria, blindness control, iodine deficiency, filariasis, kala-azar, tuberculosis (TB), leprosy, and integrated disease surveillance.

        Image
        NATIONAL HEALTH MISSION - 2
        Figure 2: Health Programs Supported by NHM

         

        NHM and the National Tuberculosis Elimination Program (NTEP)

        Integrating the NTEP with the health system increases the effectiveness and efficiency of TB care and control. India's TB control programme has been mainstreamed efficiently with the NHM.

        The overall responsibility for the financial management of the NTEP is with the MoHFW, Director General of Health Services (DGHS) through the NHM.

        At the state level, the State Health Society or its equivalent under the NHM of the state manages the financing of the TB Control Programme.

        At the sub-district level, the TB Unit (TU) is the nodal point for TB control activities. TUs are based mainly in NHM health blocks with the aim of aligning with the NHM Block Programme Management Unit (BPMU) for optimum resource utilization and appropriate monitoring.

         

        Resources

        • Annual Report 2015-16, Chapter 2: NHM, Ministry of Health and Family Welfare (MoHFW).
        • Information on the NHM, NHM India, 2020.
        • NTEP Training Modules 1-4 for Programme Managers & Medical Officers, 2020.
      • Types of Health Facilities in the Private Sector: Private Labs

        Content

        As per India’s Tuberculosis (TB) notification rule, each diagnostic laboratory, including private labs, must report diagnosed TB patient details to the National TB Elimination Program (NTEP) utilizing the digital surveillance system called Nikshay. As of March 2021, 20899 private laboratories are mapped in the Nikshay online portal for notification of diagnosed TB cases.

         

        Private laboratories provide a variety of TB diagnostic services which includes:

        1. Smear microscopy
        2. Molecular diagnostic test for TB (CBNAAT and TrueNAT)
        3. Culture and Drug Susceptibility Testing (C&DST)
        4. Fine Needle Aspiration Cytology
        5. Histopathology

        These private laboratories can be stand-alone laboratories, part of private laboratories/ diagnostic chains or part of any multispecialty hospital.

         

        Under NTEP, accreditation of labs by the Central TB Division and calibration of CBNAAT and TrueNAT machines existing in the private sector, is crucial to ensuring optimal quality care.

         

        The program has promoted partnership and certified 16 private sector and 4 NGO laboratories to provide quality-assured TB diagnostic services. Their services are being used by the program under the private public partnership model for providing TB diagnostic services under the NTEP .

         

        Resources

         

        • India TB Report 2021, NTEP, MoHFW, GoI.

         

        Kindly provide your valuable feedback on the page to the link provided HERE

      • NTEP Integration into Public Health System

        Content

        Integrated patient-centred care and prevention are one of the pillars of the End TB strategy. This requires TB services to be made affordable and accessible by integrating them with the general health system. 

        In 2005, the National Rural Health Mission (NRHM) was established and was merged with the National Urban Health Mission (NUHM) in 2013, to form the National Health Mission (NHM).The National TB Elimination Programme (NTEP) is a flagship programme under the NHM and fund allocation to NTEP occurs through the NHM.

         

        NTEP integrates with the public healthcare system at various levels as follows:

        • Community level – Accredited Social Health Activists (ASHA)/ Community Health Volunteers (CHVs)/ Multipurpose Workers (MPWs)
        • Ayushman Bharath Health and Wellness Centre - Sub Health Centre (ABHWC - SHC)
        • Ayushman Bharath Health and Wellness Centre - Primary Health Centre (ABHWC - PHC)
        • Community Health Centre (CHC)
        • District/ Taluka hospital
        • Medical Colleges
        • Other health institutions in the public sector – ESI, railways, ports and the ministries of mines, steel, coal, etc.

        Note: As far as NTEP is concerned, a Peripheral Health Institution (PHI) is a health facility headed by a Medical Officer

        TB services are provided free of cost through the public health system.

        Services provided include:

        1. Advocacy, Communication and Social Mobilisation (ACSM) and Information Education and Communication (IEC)
        2. Screening for TB – Active Case Finding (ACF), Passive Case Finding (PCF), Intensified Case finding (ICF)
        3. Diagnosis of TB and drug resistance – Designated Microscopy Centre (DMC) or TB diagnostic centres. Some of the PHIs themselves act as DMCs or Sputum Collection Centres
        4. Treatment for DS-TB and H Mono/Poly DR-TB through PHIs
        5. Treatment for DR-TB through District/Nodal DR-TB Centres
        6. Treatment Support through out treatment course
        7. Clinical follow-up and comorbidity management
        8. Referral services for those with Adverse Drug Reactions (ADRs)
        9. Screening for Tobacco and Alcohol addiction and linkage to de-addiction services
        10. TB preventive therapy
        11. Data management in Ni-kshay

         

        References

        • Technical and Operational Guidelines for Tuberculosis, 2016.                        
        • National Strategic Plan 2017-2025 for TB Elimination in India, CTD. 
        • Detect-Treat-Prevent-Build: Strategy for TB Elimination in India by 2025, Indian J Community Med., 2018.

         

        Assessment

         

         

        Question​

        Answer 1​

        Answer 2​

        Answer 3​

        Answer 4​

        Correct answer​

        Correct explanation​

        Page id​

        Part of Pre-test​

        Part of Post-test​

        Which of these is included in the TB services available at sub- centre level?

        Providing treatment support and follow-up of TB cases in the sub- centre area

        Conducting ACSM and IEC activities

        Refering TB symptomatics to the nearby DMC/ TDC

        All of the above

        4

        Services at ABHWC – SHC level include:

        • Conduct ACSM and IEC activities
        • Conduct case-finding activities in the catchment area of the centre – Active/ Passive/ Intensified
        • Refer TB symptomatics to the nearby DMC/ TDC
        • Linkage of positive DS-TB cases to the nearest PHC for initiation of TB treatment
        • Referral of DR-TB cases to the nearest Nodal DR-TB Centre for treatment
        • Treatment support and follow-up of TB cases in the sub- centre area
        • Liasoning with the STS and MOTC for TB control activities in the area
        • Facilitates data entry in Ni-kshay.

        ​

        Yes

        Yes

         

         

         

      • Ayushman Bharat Health and Wellness Centres

        Content

        Ayushman Bharat (AB) is an attempt to move from a selective approach to health care to deliver comprehensive range of services spanning from preventive, promotive, curative, rehabilitative and palliative care. AB-HWCs are envisaged to deliver expanded range services that go beyond maternal and child health care services to include care for non-communicable diseases, palliative and rehabilitative care, oral, eye and ear nose and throat care, mental health and first level care for emergencies and trauma, including free essential drugs and diagnostic services.

        It has two components which are complementary to each other.

        1. Under its first component, 1,50,000 Health and Wellness Centres (HWCs) will be created to deliver Comprehensive Primary Health Care, which is universal and free to users, with a focus on wellness and the delivery of an expanded range of services closer to the community.
        2. The second component is the Pradhan Mantri Jan Arogya Yojana (PM-JAY) which provides health insurance cover of Rs. 5 lakhs per year to over 10 crore poor and vulnerable families for seeking secondary and tertiary care.

        On 14th April 2018, the Honorable Prime Minister of India launched the first Health and Wellness Centre at Jangla, Bijapur, Chhattisgarh. Health Sub-Center (HSC), PHC (Primary Health Center) and Urban PHCs are currently being upgraded to reach a goal of 1.5 lakhs AB-HWC by 2022.

        The National TB Elimination Program (NTEP) has also integrated TB services as part of the health and wellness center service delivery package.

         

        Resources

        • Operational Guidelines for TB Services at Ayushman Bharat Health and Wellness Centres, MoHFW, 2021.
        • Ayushman Bharat - Health and Wellness Centre Website, Government of India.

         

        Kindly provide your valuable feedback on the page to the link provided HERE

      • Medical Colleges

        Content

        Medical colleges in the country are integrated with the National TB Elimination Programme (NTEP) to widen access and improve the quality of TB services. Medical colleges provide specialized services for seriously ill TB patients.

        The integration of medical colleges in the program is in a structured task force mechanism at different levels:

        • National
        • Zonal
        • State  

        One national and six zonal task forces have been formed under the programme along with task forces for all states. A core committee is also formed in each medical college. These task forces are created with defined roles and responsibilities for the effective involvement of medical colleges in the programme.

         

         

        Core Committee

        Every medical college will have core committees representing various hospital departments and NTEP nodal officers. These committees meet quarterly and review the implementation of the program in the medical college.

         

        Functions of the core committee:

        • They organise sensitisation workshops and training for faculty members, postgraduates, undergraduates, interns, paramedical staff, etc. ​
        • Ensure that teachings on TB/ NTEP form part of the curriculum for all medical colleges.
        • Coordinate between various departments so that patients get the services under one roof.
        • Coordinate with the district TB programme. ​

         

        ​Role of Medical College in NTEP

        1. Medical colleges coordinate with the district TB programme for participation in quality assurance, supervision, monitoring, review and evaluation.
        2. Operational research is one of the important activities of medical colleges. 
        3. Every medical college should have TB detection facility and treatment support centres. These centres are equipped with trained additional human resources such as medical officers, laboratory technicians and TB health visitors.
        4. The National Medical Commission insists that all Medical Colleges should also have facilities to manage DR-TB patients.
        5. Medical colleges undertake advocacy for the programme.
        6. Medical colleges also functions as peripheral health institutes (PHI), maintain TB notification registers and submit monthly PHI reports​: They have Nikshay user access and need to enter TB-related data on a real-time basis. 

         

         

        Resources

        RNTCP Technical and Operational Guidelines for Tuberculosis Control in India, 2016.

         

        Assessment

        Question​  Answer 1​  Answer 2​  Answer 3​  Answer 4​  Correct answer​  Correct explanation​ 
        Every medical college should have a DR-TB facility? True False     1 National Medical Commission insists that all Medical Colleges should also have facilities to manage DR-TB patients.
    • STS: Patient Management

      Fullscreen
      • Overview of the Patient Management Workflow in Nikshay

        Content

        Nikshay is an integrated Information, Communication and Technology (ICT) platform adopted by the National Tuberculosis (TB) Elimination Programme (NTEP) for TB patient management and care.

         

        The patient management workflow in Nikshay streamlines a series of activities required for TB patients from identification of presumptive TB cases to recording treatment outcomes. Nikshay uses in-built modules in the platform to perform these tasks. There are also different user logins that allow certain functions (see figure below).

         

        Figure: Overview of the TB Patient Management Workflow in Nikshay; Source: Module 1: Introduction to Nikshay

         

        Summary of the Patient Management Workflow in Nikshay

         

        STEPS ACTIVITY AND NIKSHAY MODULE DETAILS
        1

        Identify a presumptive or confirmed TB case and notify that case using the New Enrolment Module.

        • A Nikshay ID will be generated for the patient upon enrolment, which will be unique and used for the entire TB care life cycle of that patient.
        2

        Request for diagnostic tests using the Test Module.

        • On receiving test results, update it using the patient’s Nikshay ID, irrespective of whether they are positive or negative.
        • Once diagnosed positive for TB, notify the patient as a confirmed TB case.
        3 Initiate treatment by entering treatment information in Treatment Prescription, Contact Tracing, Comorbidity, Health Facilities, and Engagement Staff Modules.
        4 Enter adherence monitoring details in the Adherence Module.
        5 Request for follow-up tests using the Test Module. Update test results using same processes in Step 2.
        6 Update patient details as required using Modules like Delete Patient, Treatment, Prescription, Health Facilities, Engagement, Staff, Notes.
        7 Declare outcome upon receiving treatment outcome details of patient in the Close Case Module.

         

        Resources

         

        • Nikshay FAQ Modules: Module 1: Introduction to Nikshay, 2021.

         

        Kindly provide your valuable feedback on the page to the link provided HERE

      • Patient management in Nikshay

        Content
        Video file

        Video: Patient Management in Ni-kshay

      • Enrolling a patient in Nikshay

        Content
        Video file
      • Deduplication while enrolling a new patient

        Content
        Video file

        Video: Deduplication while enrolling a new patient - Web

         

         

        Video file

        Video: Deduplication while enrolling a new patient - Mobile 

      • Searching and viewing patient lists

        Content
        Video file

        Video: Searching and viewing patient lists

      • Requesting a Test on Nikshay

        Content

        Once a presumptive TB patient is identified, the patient is enrolled online by a healthcare worker or doctor in Nikshay online portal. For diagnosis of Tuberculosis, the treating physician can request a test utilizing the request test option of Nikshay online portal. The step-by-step approach for test request is as follows:

         

        Step 0: Go to the Patients Page.

        Step 1: Select the “Tests” tab.

        Step 2: Click the “Add Test” button.

         

         

        Step 3: Fill the form.

        Step 4: Select the “Test Status” as “Results Pending”.

        Step 5: Click the “Add Test” button by selecting the appropriate test for the patient.

         

         

        In a situation where the patient is referred to another health facility for TB testing, one needs to select the test requested along with the facility name where the patient will visit for undergoing the TB test. the results are added by the concerned healthcare worker only after the test is conducted and the result is available.

         

        In the absence of such results, it will show ‘Result pending’ instead of ‘Result available’ status.

        Video file

        Video: Process to add tests on Ni-kshay

         

        Resources

         

        • Nikshay Portal Training Resource Material.

         

        Kindly provide your valuable feedback on the page to the link provided HERE

      • Add comorbidity

        Content
        Video file

        Video: Add Comorbidity in Ni-kshay - Web

         

        Video file

        Video: Add Comorbidity in Ni-kshay - Mobile App

      • Patient Engagement

        Content
        Video file

        Video: Patient Engagement

      • Unified Patient Page

        Content
        Video file

        Video: Unified Patient Page

      • Task List on Ni-kshay

        Content
        Video file

        Video:

        Task List (Web)

        Video file

        Video: Task List on Ni-kshay - Mobile 

  • STS: TB Diagnosis and Case finding

    Fullscreen
    • STS: Diagnostic Technologies

      Fullscreen
      • Testing for TB diagnosis

        Content

        National Tuberculosis Elimination Programme (NTEP) strives for all presumptive TB patients to be microbiologically confirmed. Under NTEP, the acceptable methods for microbiological diagnosis of TB are: 

        Sputum Smear Microscopy (for Acid Fast Bacilli - AFB): Sputum Smear microscopy is the primary tool which is reliable, inexpensive, easily accessible and rapid method of diagnosing PTB, where in the bacilli are demonstrated in the sputum. Two types:

        • Ziehl-Neelsen Staining

        • Fluorescence staining

        Rapid diagnostic molecular test: Rapid molecular tests that use techniques like NAAT are very specific. They amplify the genomic material in the patient sample and hence enhances detection

        • Nucleic Acid Amplification Test (NAAT) e.g., GeneXpert, TrueNat

          GeneXpert

          Figure: Genxpert Machine for CBNAAT

          Truenat

          Figure:  Truenat Machine

        • Line Probe Assay

         

        Culture and DST: A culture test involves studying bacteria by growing the bacteria on different substances. This is to find out if particular bacteria are present. In the case of the TB culture test, the test is to see if the TB bacteria Mycobacterium tuberculosis, are present. 

        Two types:

        • Solid (Lowenstein Jensen) media

        • Liquid media (Middlebrook) e.g., Bactec MGIT etc.

      • Microscopy

        Content

        Microscopy is a TB diagnostic technology that utilizes the acid-fastness property of Mycobacterium tuberculosis to visualize it under a microscope. Results of sputum smear microscopy can either be smear-negative, or smear-positive (with various grades). 

        Advantages:

        • It is currently the most accessible and cheapest TB diagnostic test available under National TB Elimination Programme (NTEP) in India.
        • It has the shortest turnaround time for diagnosis.
        • It has high specificity. 

        Limitations:

        • Low sensitivity. It becomes positive only when more than 5000 bacilli/ml of sample are present. Hence, cases would be missed in early disease, or when an inappropriate biological specimen is provided, where bacterial load in sputum is less.
        • It is unable to differentiate between M. tuberculosis and Non-tuberculous Mycobacteria (NTM). This is predominantly an issue in geographies with lower burden.

        There are two types of microscopies used in NTEP: Ziehl-Neelsen (ZN) Microscopy and Fluorescence Microscopy (FM). These vary in the type of stain and microscope used. FM is newer of the two types and is currently recommended for use over ZN.

         

        Resources

        • WHO Policy Statement - Fluoresence Light-emitted Microscope for the Diagnosis of TB, 2010.
      • Cartridge Based Nucleic Acid Amplification Test [CBNAAT]

        Content

        Cartridge Based Nucleic Acid Amplification Test (CBNAAT) is a rapid molecular diagnostic test. It is used for diagnosis of Tuberculosis (TB) and Rif-resistant Tuberculosis (RR-TB) in NTEP. Results are obtained from unprocessed sputum samples in about 2hours which helps in early detection and treatment of TB patients. 

        India has vast number of CBNAAT laboratories which are utilized for TB/RR-TB detection and Universal Drug Susceptibility Testing (UDST) under the National TB Elimination Program (NTEP).  

        Figure: CBNAAT Cartridge and Machine in Use (Image courtesy: USAID supported Challenge TB Project)

        The CB-NAAT system detects DNA sequences specific for Mycobacterium tuberculosis complex and rifampicin resistance by Polymerase Chain Reaction (PCR). It concentrates Mycobacterium tuberculosis bacilli from sputum samples, isolates genomic material from the captured bacteria by sonication and subsequently amplifies the genomic DNA by PCR. The process identifies clinically relevant rifampicin resistance-inducing mutations in the RNA polymerase beta (rpoB) gene in the Mycobacterium tuberculosis genome in a real-time format using fluorescent probes called molecular beacons.

         

        Video file

        Video: Cartridge-Based Nucleic Acid Amplification Test [CBNAAT] - GeneXpert Technology 

        Resources

        • Training Module (1-4) for Program Managers and Medical Officers, NTEP, MoHFW, 2020.
        • India TB Report 2021, National TB Elimination Program (NTEP), MoHFW, 2021.

         

        Assessment Questions

         

        Question 

        Answer 1 

        Answer 2 

        Answer3 

        Answer 4 

        Correct Answer 

        Correct explanation 

        Part of pre-test

        Part of post-test

        Under NTEP, CBNAAT is offered upfront for which of these categories?

        PLHIV

        Paediatric presumptive TB

        Presumptive DR-TB

        All of the above

        4

        Under NTEP, CBNAAT is recommended upfront for People living with HIV, Paediatric Presumptive TB patients, Presumptive DR-TB patients and patients notified from the Private sector.

        Yes

         

        Yes

        CBNAAT requires the processing of sputum samples before testing

        True

        False

         

         

        2

        Results are obtained from unprocessed sputum samples in about 2hours from a CBNAAT machine

        Yes

         

        Yes

         

      • Truenat

        Content

        Truenat is an indigenous rapid molecular test platform that is currently under use in NTEP for diagnosis of TB and Rif Resistance. It is a platform utilising real-time Polymerase Chain Reaction (PCR) technology built into micro-PCR chips.

        Testing on Truenat involves three components:

        1. Workstation (consisting of 2 devices)
          • Trueprep AUTO Universal Cartridge-based Sample Prep Device for the automated extraction and purification of DNA
          • Truelab Real-time micro PCR Analyzer for performing real-time PCR. It is available as 1 (Uno), 2 (Duo) or 4 (Quattro) chip ports.
        2. Cartridge and Chip
        3. Reagent kits (Sample Pre-treatment and Prep kits)

          Figure: Truenat  Source: MolBio Products.

          Test results for MTB detection and Rif Resistance has a turn around time of 1-2 hours. Depending on the micro-PCR chips used various tests can be performed using Truenat. Truenat MTB micro-PCR chips detect Mycobacterium tuberculosis bacteria for TB diagnosis. Truenat MTB RIF micro-PCR chip is used as a reflex test to detect resistance to Rifampicin (RIF), the first-line drug for TB treatment

          Truenat has many advantages. Truenat is designed to be mobile and is battery operated (~8 hours on full charge). It can be deployed in peripheral laboratories and microscopy centres with minimal or no added facilities and hence it is more point-of-care. Biosafety requirements are similar to smear microscopy. However, it is multi staged and partially automated, requiring the presence of a Lab Technician through out the test.

          Resources

          1. Truenat MTB Kit Insert.
          2. Trueprep AUTO Universal Cartridge-based Sample Prep Device.
          3. Practical Guide to Implementation of Truenat Tests for the Detection of TB and Rifampicin-resistance, 2021.

           

          Assessment

          Question​

          Answer 1​

          Answer 2​

          Answer 3​

          Answer 4​

          Correct answer​

          Correct explanation​

          Page id​

          Part of Pre-test​

          Part of Post-test​

          Truenat is used in NTEP for: MTB detection Rif Resistance Detection INH resistance Detection MTB and Rif Resistance Detection 4 Truenat is used for MTB and Rif Resistance detection in NTEP   Yes Yes

          The Truelab Analyzer is available in how many chip ports?

          2 (Duo)

          1 (Uno), 2 (Duo) and 4 (Quattro)

          1 (Uno)

          4 (Quattro)

          2

          The Truelab Analyzer is available as 1 (Uno), 2 (Duo) and 4 (Quattro) chip ports.

          ​

          Yes Yes
        • Line Probe Assay [LPA]

          Content

          Line Probe Assay (LPA) is a rapid molecular test available at centralised laboratories.

          The assay is based on Polymerase Chain Reaction (PCR) that can simultaneously detect Mycobacterium tuberculosis complex as well as drug sensitivity to anti-TB drugs.

          Figure 1: The GenoType MTBDRplus Molecular LPA Procedure; Source: Molecular Detection of Drug-resistant Tuberculosis by Line Probe Assay.

          Advantages of LPA

          • Rapid molecular test. (Turnaround time: 3-5 days)
          • Highly sensitive and specific.
          • Performed directly from sputum smear-positive specimens and on isolates of M. tuberculosis complex grown from smear-negative and smear-positive specimens.
          • Detects multiple gene mutations in anti-TB drugs.
            • First-line LPA detects mutations to rifampicin and isoniazid
            • Second-line LPA detects mutations to fluoroquinolones and aminoglycosides.
          • Suitable for low and high-throughput labs.

           

          Disadvantages of LPA

          • Cannot be used as a point-of-care test.
          • Requires appropriate laboratory infrastructure, equipment and biosafety precautions.
          • Different rooms (DNA extraction, pre-amplification, amplification, post-amplification/ hybridization) are required to perform different steps (Figure 2).
          • Requires trained manpower to perform tests and interpret test results.
          • Stringent internal quality control is required to prevent contamination.

          Figure 2: Amplification (A) and Post-amplification Laboratory (B) for LPA; Source: Molecular Detection of Drug-resistant Tuberculosis by Line Probe Assay.

           

          Resources

          • Guidelines for PMDT in India, 2021.
          • Molecular Detection of Drug-resistant Tuberculosis by Line Probe Assay.

          Assessment

          Question​ Answer 1​ Answer 2​ Answer 3​ Answer 4​ Correct answer​ Correct explanation​ Page id​ Part of Pre-test​ Part of Post-test​
          LPA can be used as a point-of-care test. True False     2 LPA cannot be used as a point-of-care test. ​ Yes Yes
        • Solid and Liquid Culture in TB

          Content

          Culturing TB Bacilli is well known and historic method for detection/ confirmation of Tuberculosis. It is a highly sensitive and specific phenotypic test; it can detect even a few viable bacilli in the sample (Upto 10 Colony Forming Units- CFUs). TB bacilli multiply in the culture and form colonies of TB bacilli which can are easily be identified.

          Based on the growth media used Culture is divided in to two types, Solid and Liquid Culture methods. Types Culture:

          • Solid Culture on Lowenstein Jensen media : Historic gold standard culture test. Results take usually upto 2 months (60 days).
          • Modern Liquid culture systems: (e.g. BACTEC MGIT 960, BacT Alert or Versatrek etc.) Results take usually up to 42 days. 

          Uses

          1. Solid culture is the gold standard diagnostic test for TB. But it is not used for the purpose of TB diagnosis due to the long turn around time of 2 months. It is largely used for research purposes where it is used as the baseline test on which the sensitivity and specificity of other tests are calculated.
          2. Liquid Culture is being used for follow-up monitoring of patients on drug resistant TB treatment to detect treatment failure. Liquid culture is also used for long term follow up patients who have successfully completed treatment to detect recurrence.
          3. Liquid culture is used as a previous step to grow bacilli and obtain isolates prior to Drug Susceptibility Testing.
          4. Liquid cultures are also used in TB prevalence surveys for its high sensitivity and specificity

           

          Resources

           

          • Guidelines for Programmatic Management of Drug Resistant Tuberculosis in India 2021

           

          Kindly provide your valuable feedback on the page to the link provided HERE

        • Culture Drug Susceptibility Testing [CDST]

          Content

          Culture Drug Susceptibility Testing (CDST) is a growth-based phenotypic method used to check the susceptibility of Mycobacterium tuberculosis strains to various first and second line anti-TB drugs. Mycobacterial resistance to a particular drug is identified if there is growth observed in culture in presence of that drug.

          In NTEP CDST is the standard method to detect resistance in samples of patients who have tested positive on followup. While CDST is possible on both Solid and Liquid culture, currently, the NTEP utilizes only liquid culture as a method for DST, due to faster Turn around times.

          CDST testing services are available under NTEP in designated, specialized laboratories called CDST Labs both in public and private sector. Currently there are 80 such laboratories (60 certified for First Line and 49 for Second line drugs). Such designated laboratories are subject to regular external quality assessment, often by the National Reference Laboratory at that region.

          Quality assured DST to R, H, Z, Mfx, Lfx, Lzd, Am, Km and Cm are available across the country. 

          Resources

          • Guidelines for Programmatic Management of Drug-resistant Tuberculosis in India, 2021.
          • Training Manual for Mycobacterium tuberculosis Culture & Drug Susceptibility Testing, NTEP, 2009.
          • RNTCP Laboratory Network Overview, CTD, 2009.
      • STS: Diagnostic Network and Hierarchy

        Fullscreen
        • Laboratory Hierarchy and Network

          Content

          NTEP laboratory network is comprising of National Reference Laboratories (NRLs), state level Intermediate reference laboratories (IRLs), Culture & Drug Susceptibility Testing (C & DST) laboratories and peripheral level laboratories. Peripheral level laboratories consist of  designated microscopy centres (DMCs) and NAAT labs.

           

          NTEP has a quality assured laboratory network for bacteriological examination of sputum in a 3-tiered system.

          Figure: Laboratory network of NTEP

           

          Resources:

          • TB India Report 2021

          Kindly provide your valuable feedback on the page to the link provided HERE

        • National Reference Laboratories [NRL]

          Content

          The National Reference Laboratories (NRLs) constitute the third tier of the National Tuberculosis Elimination Programme (NTEP) laboratory network hierarchy. 

           

          They provide quality assurance and certification services for the Culture and Drug Susceptibility Testing (C&DST) labs and coordinate with the World Health Organisation (WHO) Supranational Reference Laboratory (SNRL) network.

           

          There are six designated NRLs which are delineated in the figure below.

          Image
          NRL

          Figure: Six National Reference Laboratories under NTEP in India

          NIRT, Chennai, in addition to being one of the NRLs is also one of the WHO designated SNRLs for the Southeast Asia Region.

           

          Resources

          • Guidelines for Programmatic Management of Drug-resistant TB in India, 2021.
          • NTEP Laboratory Network: Overview.

           

          Question 

          Answer 1 

          Answer 2 

          Answer3 

          Answer 4 

          Correct Answer 

          Correct explanation 

          Part of pre-test

          Part of post-test

          How many designated NRLs are there in India?​

          8

          6

          4

          2

          2

          There are 6 designated NRLs in India.

          Yes

           

          Yes

          Who is responsible for quality assurance and certification services for the C&DST labs?

          IRLs

          State TB Cell

          NRLs

          Central TB Division

          3

          NRLs provide quality assurance and certification services for the Culture and Drug Susceptibility Testing (C&DST) labs and coordinate with the World Health Organisation (WHO) Supranational Reference Laboratory (SNRL) network.

          Yes

           

          Yes

           

        • Intermediate Reference Laboratories [IRL] and their role

          Content

          Some Culture and Drug Susceptibility Test (C&DST) laboratories host an Intermediate Reference Laboratory (IRL) under the National TB Elimination Programme (NTEP). 

          There is at least one IRL per state at an identified location, usually in a secondary or tertiary level public health facility. There are 34 IRLs in India.

          The IRLs are responsible for:

          • Undertaking training on laboratory technologies for district and field level staffs
          • Conducting on-site evaluation visits to districts for sputum microscopy at least once a year
          • Undertaking panel testing of Senior TB Laboratory Supervisors (STLS) at each district linked to it
          • Ensuring the proficiency of staff performing National Tuberculosis Elimination Programme (NTEP) smear microscopy activities by providing training to laboratory technicians and STLS

           

          Resources

           

          • Guidelines for Programmatic Management of Drug-resistant TB in India, 2021.
          • NTEP Laboratory Network: Overview.

           

          Kindly provide your valuable feedback on the page to the link provided HERE

        • CDST labs and their role

          Content

          Under the National Tuberculosis Elimination Programme (NTEP), many labs are established at the regional level within states for providing Culture and Drug Susceptibility Testing (C&DST) facilities for presumptive TB/DRTB and for TB/DRTB patients.

          • C&DST laboratories are mostly located in intermediate reference laboratories (IRLs) or medical colleges.
          • There are 42 C&DST laboratories established under the programme in different geographies.
          • Dedicated human resources are provided for the laboratories under the programme.
          • Districts are linked with laboratories for providing facilities for Culture and DST using:
            • Phenotypic Methods (Solid – Lowenstein Jensen (LJ), and Liquid Culture – Mycobacteria Growth Indicator Tube (MGIT))
            • Genotypic technology (Line Probe Assay (LPA) and Cartridge Based Nucleic Acid Amplification Test (CBNAAT))

          Figure: Culture and Drug Susceptibility Testing (C&DST) facility,
          Source: The Foundation For Innovative New Diagnostics (FIND)

           

           

           

          Resources

           

          • Guidelines for Programmatic Management of Drug Resistant TB in India, 2021
          • Training Modules (1-4) for Programme Managers and Medical Officers; New Delhi, India: Central TB Division, July 2020

           

          Kindly provide your valuable feedback on the page to the link provided HERE

        • NAAT Labs and their role

          Content

          The National Tuberculosis (TB) Elimination Program (NTEP) has a network of Nucleic Acid Amplification Tests (NAAT) laboratories coupled with Designated Microscopy Centers (DMCs) to form the backbone of the diagnostic component of TB services.

           

          Nucleic Acid Amplification Tests (NAAT) laboratories includes Cartridge-based NAAT (CBNAAT) and TrueNat tests. These tests detect tuberculosis as well as rifampicin resistance and are more sensitive than smear microscopy.

           

          Functions of Nucleic Acid Amplification Test (NAAT) Laboratories:

          1. Acting as a hub for collection of samples from public and private health facilities (spokes)
          2. Universal Drug Susceptibility Testing (UDST) to rule out rifampicin resistance among confirmed TB patients
          3. Timely provision of NAAT test result to the TB patient, medical officer of the concerned health facility and NTEP staff for related actions
          4. Acting as a sample dispatch center for the Culture DST laboratory for subsequent processing of samples for first-line line probe assay (LPA) and second-line drug resistance testing utilizing second line LPA and liquid culture DST
          5. Recording and reporting including digitization of diagnostic process from collection to test result in NTEP Nikshay portal and Laboratory Information Management System
          6. Management of supplies and logistic associated with laboratory logistic (CBNAAT cartridges and TrueNAT chips) and reporting any additional requirement thereof
          7. Supporting the quality assurance activities undertaken by District or Intermediate Reference Laboratory under NTEP
          8. Support health system in carrying out special drives for vulnerable and at-risk population and their testing directly by CBNAAT (slum population, diabetic population, smoker, malnourished people, patients of silicosis and kidney dialysis etc.)

           

          Resources

          • RNTCP Technical and Operational Guidelines for TB Control in India, 2016.
          • Guidelines for Programmatic Management of Drug Resistant Tuberculosis in India, 2021.

           

          Kindly provide your valuable feedback on the page to the link provided HERE

        • Functions of a Designated Microscopy Centres [DMC]

          Content

          Functions and Integrated Services of the DMC

          • Testing of Sputum samples by Microscopy.
          • Request/ referral for microscopy or Nucleic Acid Amplification Test (NAAT) or Culture and Drug Susceptibility Test (C&DST) or Chest X-ray (CXR) or Tuberculin Skin Test (TST) is generated at the PHI-DMC, as well as follow-up tests.
          • Maintain consumables and logistics required for testing/ packaging and transport.
          • Maintain TB laboratory registers for recording and reporting.
          • Notify every TB patient in Nikshay at the earliest and update information of patients on comorbidity, treatment adherence, treatment outcome, contact investigation and TB Preventive Treatment (TPT).
          • Biomedical waste management for the waste generated at DMCs.
          • A DMC is required to participate in the External Quality Assurance system(EQA) of NTEP to ensure standardized quality diagnostic testing. 

           

          Resources

          • NTEP Training Modules 1-4 for Programme Managers & Medical Officers, 2020

           

          Kindly provide your valuable feedback on the page to the link provided HERE

           

        • Sputum Collection centres

          Content

          To increase access to diagnostic services, NTEP has a provision for sputum collection centres in areas where the health facility is not equipped with key requirements to conduct sputum microscopy, molecular tests, drug susceptibility testing or follow up examinations.

          Sputum collection centres are dedicated locations where sputum samples are collected, packaged and then transported to nearby TB diagnostic centres. It could be attached to any near-by health-facility as well.

          Requirements of a Sputum Collection Centre

          To function as sputum collection centres, the following is essential:

          • Linkage/ mapping (time and distance) to testing laboratory
          • Availability of adequate number of sputum cups and falcon tubes, logistics for sample packaging and transport
          • Identification of open areas for sputum collection
          • Staff trained in NTEP guidelines on sputum collection, sample packaging and transport, complete and correct documentation of laboratory request form, and infection control practices
          • Feasibility and financial measures required for sample transport
          • Inclusion of local volunteers, courier services, sample transportation under National Health Mission Free Diagnostic Services or other mechanisms as decided by the state/district
          • Availability of Information, Education and Communication (IEC) material, training modules, and job-aids
             

           Sputum collection centres are established in:

          • Ayushman Bharat Health and Wellness Centres/Sub-centres
          • Urban primary health centres
          • Tribal, hilly, desert and difficult-to-reach areas of the country

          Resources

          • Training Modules for Programme Managers and Medical Officers
          • Operational Guidelines for TB Services at Ayushman Bharat Health and Wellness Centres
          • Mycobacteriology Laboratory Manual, GLI Initiative, 2014

           

          Assessment:

          Question Answer 1 Answer 2 Answer 3 Answer 4 Correct answer Correct explanation Page id Part of Pre-test Part of Post-test
          Under NTEP, where are sputum collection centres established to increase access to diagnostic services?  Tribal areas Ayushman Bharat health and wellness centres Difficult-to-reach areas All of the above 4 To increase access to diagnostic services, sputum collection centres are established in Ayushman Bharat health and wellness centres, Urban health centres, tribal, hilly, desert and difficult-to-reach areas of the country.   Yes Yes

           

      • STS: Approaches to TB Case Finding

        Fullscreen
        • Screening For Tuberculosis Disease

          Content

          Screening for active tuberculosis (TB) a process to filter out people who are less likely to have TB, from a group. Screened positive people are likely to have TB and are confirmed subsequently using a TB diagnostic test. This will allow finite diagnostic testing resources to be used on the remaining.

          Screening in TB may be performed ​using simple field tools (4 Symptom complex) and tests such as Chest X-ray, or a combination of both. ​Combination of both is the most effective, but is often not applied due to the practical difficulties in making a chest X-ray conveniently available.

          Screening is an integral part of any general case finding effort. It is also applied systematically in specific situations.

          1. At health care facilities (intensified case finding): Here those visiting are screened using the 4 symptom complex, often at the point of entry to the facility. Those screened positive may be fast-tracked to TB Diagnostic testing.
          2. In vulnerable populations in active case finding efforts: Here the entire population identified for active case finding are screened using the pre-decided protocols by going door to door. 

          Resources

          • Systematic Screening for Active Tuberculosis; Principles and Recommendations, WHO 2013.
          • National Strategic Plan for Tuberculosis Elimination 2020–2025.
        • Approaches to TB Case Finding

          Content

          People who have been exposed to patients with infectious TB are known as TB contacts; they constitute a high-risk group for TB. Case finding investigation contributes to the early detection of TB cases, and results in identifying a significant number of additional patients.

          Figure: Approaches to Tuberculosis Case Finding

           

          Active case-finding requires systematic screening and clinical evaluation of populations who are at high risk of developing TB, such as people living in slums, tribal areas, congregate settings, persons who are household contacts of TB cases

           

          Resources:

          • Assessing TB Case-Finding

           

          Kindly provide your valuable feedback on the page to the link provided HERE

           


           

        • Active Case Finding

          Content

          Systematic screening of all individuals of a defined population is known as active case finding.  It is applied outside of health facilities at the community level by the health system.

          Objective of ACF is to:

          1. identify cases early, initiate prompt treatment, reduce risk of poor treatment outcomes and reduce risk of further transmission of TB
          2. to provide access to diagnosis services to populations that would have been otherwise unreached

          It is effort intensive and is recommended only in population groups where there is estimated high case load. In NTEP, ACF is recommended only to be performed in Key / vulnerable population.

          ACF can also be clubbed with suitable ACSM campaigns to create awareness about the signs and symptoms and about TB in the target population/ community. It can also be combined with other health activities/ campaigns (such as Pulse Polio/ Leprosy screening/ population based screening for NCDs) for increased efficiency.

          Resources

          1. Training Modules for Programme Managers and Medical Officers.
          2. Active TB Case Finding, Guidance Document.
          3. WHO recommendations for Systematic Screening for Active Tuberculosis

           

          Assessment

          Question Answer 1 Answer 2 Answer 3 Answer 4 Correct answer Correct explanation Page id Part of Pre-test Part of Post-test
          Which of the following is not a primary objective of ACF? Increase TB notification Early identification of cases. Reduce the risk of transmission of TB. Reduce the risk of poor treatment outcomes. 1 Notification is not a primary objective of ACF.   Yes Yes
        • Passive Case Finding

          Content

          Passive case finding is essentially where the patient self reports to the health care provider with symptoms. This requires that affected individuals are aware of their symptoms, have access to health facilities, and are evaluated by health workers or volunteers who recognise the symptoms of TB and link those individuals for TB testing services.

          This approach to case finding has the least effort and cost and is a minimum expectation. In a Peripheral Health Institution (PHI), it is estimated that about 2-3% of new adult outpatients are symptomatic that require referral for TB diagnosis (presumptive TB cases).

          Passive case finding may miss TB patients if :

          1. The disease is mild/ transient.
          2. Access to healthcare is poor.
          3. Health providers do not have an adequate index of suspicion and are unable to reliably link respiratory symptoms to TB. 

          Resources

          1. Training Modules for Programme Managers and Medical Officers.

           

          Assessment

          Question Answer 1 Answer 2 Answer 3 Answer 4 Correct answer Correct explanation Page id Part of Pre-test Part of Post-test
          Which of the following can be considered a passive case finding?  TB case finding for all patients attending an HIV clinic. TB case finding in all inmates of an elderly home. Patients attending a PHC with symptoms are referred for testing by the doctor. TB case finding among household contacts of a TB case. 3 All other examples except those attending PHC referred for TB testing are cases of active or intensified case finding effort.   Yes Yes
          What may cause a passive case finding to miss cases? Healthcare providers fail to notify the case. Healthcare providers do not refer cases for TB testing. There are no health facilities in the area. Both 2 and 3 4 Healthcare providers failing to notify cases is missing notification and not related to passive case finding.   Yes Yes

           

        • Intensified Case Finding

          Content

          Intensified Case Finding (ICF) is a case finding approach between Active and Passive approaches. Here individuals coming in contact with the health system through any activity are screened actively for symptoms of TB and referred for testing.

          This approach brings the benefit of active case finding approach by active screening for TB symptoms, but does limit the extensive effort required by restricting to only those people who has some or the other healthcare problem. This approach is considered for people attending a healthcare facility.

          Some examples of ICF are screening for TB symptoms and referral for testing in:

          • all cases attending an HIV clinic.
          • among children with malnourishment who attend a nutrition clinic.
          • all mothers attending the antenatal clinics

          Resources

          1. Technical and Operational Guidelines.
          2. Assessing TB Case Finding.

          Assessment

          Question Answer 1 Answer 2 Answer 3 Answer 4 Correct answer Correct explanation Page id Part of Pre-test Part of Post-test

          Which of the following is an example of an intensified case finding?

           

          Systematic screening for TB of all contacts of TB cases. Screening all cases attending an OPD with respiratory symptoms for TB testing. Referring cases that report more than 2 weeks of cough from an OPD for TB testing. Screening all people belonging to a slum for TB symptoms. 2

          Systematic screening of TB contacts and those belonging to a slum population are examples of active case finding.

          Referring to cases that report TB symptoms is a passive case finding.

            Yes Yes
        • Bidirectional Screening

          Content

          Bidirectional screening is a method to identify cases in diseases which have predisposition to each other or has a significant influence on each other. For example TB and HIV, where having HIV increases risk of developing TB and cases with TB would have poor outcomes if co-infected with HIV.

          Screening for TB is done through four-symptoms complex based screening or through Chest X-ray. Screening for the linked disease is carried out as per the policies of the corresponding health program.

          Bi-directional screening policies are implemented by various disease control programs. For example, with NTEP the following disease control efforts implement a bidirectional screening policy:

          1. HIV through NACO 
          2. COVID19 
          3. Diabetes Mellitus (DM) through NPCDCS
          4. Tobacco  through National Tobacco Control Program

          Both programs monitor bidirectional screening, referral and testing as per their own policies.

          Resources

          1. National Strategic Plan for TB Elimination.

          Assessment

          Question Answer 1 Answer 2 Answer 3 Answer 4 Correct answer Correct explanation Page id Part of Pre-test Part of Post-test
          Bidirectional screening for TB is not done in which of the following conditions? Diabetes Tobacco abuse/ addiction Pregnancy COVID-19 3 Although pregnant mothers may be screened for TB as a part of intensified case finding, all TB cases are not actively/ routinely screened for pregnancy.   Yes Yes
        • TB-HIV Bidirectional Screening

        • TB-Diabetes Bidirectional Screening

        • TB-Tobacco Bidirectional Screening

          Content

          Why important, how is it done,

        • TB-COVID Bidirectional Screening

      • STS: TB Case Finding in NTEP

        Fullscreen
        • Diagnostic Algorithm for EPTB

          Content

          It is crucial to make an effort for microbiological confirmation in presumptive Extrapulmonary Tuberculosis (EPTB) cases. Appropriate specimens from the Extrapulmonary (EP) site are collected and, depending on the specimen type and availability of facilities, the specimens are sent for:

          • Cartridge-based Nucleic Acid Amplification Testing (CBNAAT)
          • Culture and Drug Susceptibility Testing (C&DST) for M. tuberculosis 
          • Histopathological examination

           

          The diagnostic algorithm (see the figure below) to be followed for EPTB cases depends on 2 main factors:

          1. Availability of appropriate specimens from the EP site
          2. Availability of CBNAAT (preferred test)

          Figure: Diagnostic Algorithm of EPTB

           

          • If an appropriate specimen from the EP site is available, specimens from the presumed sites of involvement must be tested with CBNAAT.
          • CBNAAT detects MTB and RIF status and helps to identify microbiologically confirmed EPTB cases.
          • If CBNAAT is not available, the specimen is sent for Liquid Culture (LC) at the C&DST lab. If the LC is positive, it is identified as a microbiologically confirmed EPTB case.
          • If there is high clinical suspicion of TB even after a negative culture result, other diagnostic tools are used to clinically diagnose EPTB (usually with a specialist). If these tests indicate TB, they may be treated as clinically diagnosed EPTB or else arrive at an alternate diagnosis.

           

          Clinical Diagnosis of EP-TB

          If an appropriate specimen from the EP site is not available, in the presence of high clinical suspicion of TB, other modalities of diagnosis are used in consultation with a specialist. If with other diagnostic modalities, TB diagnosis still cannot be established, the specialist may explore an alternate diagnosis. 

          A clinical diagnosis of EPTB is made if a consultative decision is made to treat with a full course of anti-TB drugs in spite of the situations listed above. Chest X-ray (CXR), ultrasonography, Computerised Tomography (CT) scan, Magnetic Resonance Imaging (MRI) and biochemical examinations are supporting tests that can be used to help arrive at a diagnosis.

           

          Resources

          • Training Modules (1-4) for Programme Managers and Medical Officers, 2020.
          • Technical Operational Guidelines, Chapter 3: Case Finding and Diagnosis Strategy, NTEP.

           

          Assessment

          ​

          Question​

          Answer 1​

          Answer 2​

          Answer 3​

          Answer 4​

          Correct answer​

          Correct explanation​

          Page id​

          Part of Pre-test​

          Part of Post-test​

          Which of the following statements are correct?

          We must try our utmost best to get a microbiological confirmation in presumptive extrapulmonary tuberculosis cases.

          If the extrapulmonary specimen is not available, then consult with a clinician if there is a high suspicion of TB to diagnose the case.

          Wherever possible, all extrapulmonary specimens must be subjected to CBNAAT.

          All of the above

          4

          Microbiological confirmation is crucial for EPTB cases, and CBNAAT is the preferred test. If specimens are not available, but TB is highly suspected, then a clinical diagnosis can be sought in consultation with a specialist.

            Yes Yes

           

        • Diagnostic Algorithm for Pediatric TB

          Content

          All children with persistent fever with/without cough for two or more weeks; close contact with TB patients in the last 2 years; unexplained sudden weight loss or signs of malnutrition despite good nutrition, should be subjected to Chest X-ray (CXR).

          1) If the CXR is normal, the child should be checked for signs of Extrapulmonary TB (EPTB) and referred for detailed investigations to higher centres in case of any symptoms.

          2) If the CXR is suggestive of TB, the child should be subjected to a sputum test/ gastric aspiration / induced sputum for Mycobacterium tb (MTB) testing.

                         - If the report is MTB positive, the child is microbiologically confirmed for TB and should be further tested for Rifampicin (Rif)-resistance and treated accordingly for Drug-sensitive (DS)/ Drug-resistant (DR) TB, based on Rif results.

                         - If the report is MTB negative, look for significantly enlarged peripheral lymph nodes and also repeat the sputum test with a good sample and refer to a higher centre if required.

          3) If the CXR displays non-specific shadows prescribe antibiotics (amoxiclav/ amoxicillin) if not already taken. Do not prescribe quinolones or linezolid and review the shadow and symptoms.

          4) If CXR displays pleural effusion send the pleural fluid for examination at Nucleic Acid Amplification Testing (NAAT) lab as well for cytology and biochemical examinations.

                        - If pleural fluid turns out MTB positive at the NAAT, treat as per guidelines

                        - If the pleural fluid is MTB negative, but is a straw-coloured exudative effusion, treat the child as clinically diagnosed probable TB.

          Image
          322

          Figure: Diagnostic Algorithm for Paediatric TB; Source: Standard Treatment Workflows of India: Special Edition on Paediatric and Extrapulmonary Tuberculosis, 2022.

           

          Resources

          • Standard Treatment Workflows of India: Special Edition on Paediatric and Extrapulmonary Tuberculosis, ICMR, MoHFW, GoI, CTD, 2022.
          • Guidelines on Programmatic Management of Drug Resistant TB (PMDT) in India, CTD, MoHFW, GoI, 2021.

           

          Assessment

          Question​

          Answer 1​

          Answer 2​

          Answer 3​

          Answer 4​

          Correct answer​

          Correct explanation​

          Page id​

          Part of Pre-test​

          Part of Post-test​

          What should be the next step in the case where a child’s sputum examination report comes out as MTB negative? 

          Look for significantly enlarged peripheral lymph nodes if any

          Repeat the sputum test with a good sample

          All of the above

          None of the Above

          3

          If the sputum test report turns out to be MTB negative, look for significantly enlarged peripheral lymph nodes in the child and also repeat the sputum test with a good sample and refer to a higher centre if required.

          ​

          Yes

          Yes

        • Screening and diagnosis for DRTB

          Content

          Drug-resistant TB (DR-TB) diagnosis is predominantly based on laboratory diagnosis. Presumptive-TB/ DR-TB is identified by the health facility doctor during passive screening or by health staff/ community volunteers during Active Case Finding (ACF). 

          The vision of National TB Elimination Programme (NTEP) is to provide early diagnosis to all persons with any form of DR-TB through Universal Drug Susceptibility Testing (UDST).

          All diagnosed TB patients are eligible for a NAAT test to know their Rifampicin sensitivity status. The integrated diagnostic algorithm for diagnosis of TB offers upfront Nucliec Acid Amplification Test (NAAT) for diagnosis of TB to vulnerable population. Among other eligible groups for NAAT are: non-responders to treatment and contacts of DR-TB patients are also offered upfront NAAT.

          Rapid identification of DR-TB is achieved by using a combination of NAAT (CBNAAT/ Truenat) followed by sequential testing by first- and second-line Line Probe Assay (LPA) and Liquid Culture (LC) and Drug Susceptibility Testing (DST) for specific drugs as described below:

          • When Rifampicin resistance is not detected by NAAT, the patient is offered First-line (FL) LPA.FL-LPA provides information on Isoniazid resistance.
          • For Rif resistance/Inh resistance cases, SL-LPA  is done and it provides information on resistance to Levofloxacin, Moxifloxacin and Amikacin.
          • For all Rif resistance cases, LC and DST is done for Pyrazinamid, Moxifloxacin (if resistance detected by LPA), Linezolid, Clofazimine*, Bedaquiline* and Delamanid*.

           

          (* when available)

           

          Resources

          • Guidelines for PMDT in India, 2021.

           

          Assessment

          Question​ Answer 1​ Answer 2​ Answer 3​ Answer 4​ Correct answer​ Correct explanation​ Page id​ Part of Pre-test​ Part of Post-test​
          Liquid Culture and DST is done before NAAT. True False     2 Rapid identification of DR-TB is achieved by using a combination of NAAT (CBNAAT/ Truenat) followed by sequential testing by first- and second-line LPA and then liquid culture and DST. ​ Yes Yes
        • Integrated DR-TB Algorithm

          Content

          Check

        • Diagnostic Algorithm for Paediatric DR-TB

          Content

          All childhood TB patients’ sputum and other relevant samples (e.g. gastric aspirate, induced sputum, bronchoscopic lavage, lymph node aspiration, CSF, tissue biopsies etc.) should be subjected to genotypic or the phenotypic Drug Susceptibility Tests (DSTs). Based on the bacteriological confirmation, the child should be treated for DS/DR TB as required.

          But in cases where the child’s DST is unknown, the source patient’s DST should be considered.

          If the source is a known DS TB, treat the child for DS TB. If the child responds poorly to the DS TB treatment consult the pediatrician and re attempt the necessary investigations.

          If the source patient is a known DR TB patient, consult with the pediatrician and re-attempt DST on an appropriate specimen from the child and treat as per the child’s DST (if the report is conclusive), if not then treat the child as DR TB after the source patient.

          If the source patient’s DST status is not known perform DST on the child’s and the source patient’s specimen and treat the child as per the DST of the child or the source patient, whichever report is conclusive.

          Pediatric TB patients should be presented to and discussed with a DR-TBC Committee (including the pediatrician) to decide the treatment.

          Image
          Diagnostic algorithm for pediatric TB

          Figure:  Diagnostic Algorithm for Paediatric DR-TB; Source: Guidelines on Programmatic Management of Drug-resistant TB (PMDT) in India,2021, CTD, MoHFW, India, p39. 

          Abbr: DR-TB: Drug-resistant TB; DS-TB: Drug-sensitive TB; NAAT: Nucleic Acid Amplification Test; MGIT: Mycobacterium Growth Indicator Tube; DST: Drug Susceptibility Testing; DRT: Drug Resistance Testing; BAL: Bronchoalveolar Lavage.

           

          Resources

          • Standard Treatment Workflows of India: Special Edition on Paediatric and Extrapulmonary Tuberculosis.

          • Guidelines on Programmatic Management of Drug Resistant TB (PMDT) in India, 2021, CTD, MoHFW, India.

           

          Assessment

          Question​

          Answer 1​

          Answer 2​

          Answer 3​

          Answer 4​

          Correct answer​

          Correct explanation​

          Page id​

          Part of Pre-test​

          Part of Post-test​

          Whose DST report should be considered if the child's DST is not known? Source Patient's DST  Any other patient's DST No other patient's DST None of the Above 1 If the child's DST is not known, source patient's DST should be considered. ​ Yes Yes

           

        • Classification of TB on the basis of Site of disease

          Content

          Based on the site of disease, Tuberculosis can be classified as-

          1. Pulmonary tuberculosis (PTB) refers to any microbiologically confirmed or clinically diagnosed TB involving the lung parenchyma or the tracheo-bronchial tree.
          2. Extra Pulmonary tuberculosis (EPTB) refers to any microbiologically confirmed or clinically diagnosed TB involving organs other than the lungs such as pleura, lymph nodes, intestine, genitourinary tract, joint and bones, meninges of the brain etc. 

          Note: Miliary TB is classified as PTB because there are lesions in the lungs. A patient with both pulmonary and extra-pulmonary TB should be classied as a case of Pulmonary TB.

        • Classification of TB cases based on history of Previous TB treatment

          Content
          • New case - A TB patient who has never had treatment for TB or has taken anti-TB drugs for less than one month is considered as a new case. 
          • Previously treated patients have received 1 month or more of anti-TB drugs in the past. They could be further classified as:
          • Recurrent TB case - A TB patient previously declared as successfully treated(cured/treatment completed) and is subsequently found to be microbiologically confirmed TB case is a recurrent TB case. 
          • Treatment After failure patients are those who have previously been treated for TB and whose treatment failed at the end of their most recent course of treatment.  
          • Treatment after loss to follow-up A TB patient previously treated for TB for 1 month or more and was declared lost to follow-up in their most recent course of treatment and subsequently found microbiologically confirmed TB case 
          • Other previously treated patients are those who have previously been treated for TB but whose outcome after their most recent course of treatment is unknown or undocumented. 
          • Transferred In: A TB patient who is received for treatment in a Tuberculosis Unit, after registered for treatment in another TB unit is considered as a case of transfer in.
          • Transferred Out : A patient who has been transferred to another recording and reporting unit and whose treatment outcome is unknown.
        • Classification of TB on the basis of Drug Resistance

          Content

            

          Resistant Sensitive Unknown / Sensitive

           

          Types of Drug Resistance TB (DR TB) Resistant to
          Isoniazid (H) Rifampicin (R)

          Fluroquinolones (FQ) = 
          Ofloxacin, Levofloxacin, 
          Moxifloxacin

          Group A Drugs = 
          Bedaquiline/ Linezolid

          H Mono / Poly Drug Resistance Resistant Sensitive Unknown/ Sensitive Unknown/ Sensitive
          Rifampicin Resistance (RR) Unknown/ Sensitive Resistant Unknown/ Sensitive Unknown/ Sensitive
          Multi Drug Resistance TB (MDR TB Resistant Resistant Unknown/ Sensitive Unknown/ Sensitive
          Pre-Extensive Drug Resistance (Pre -XDR) Resistant Resistant Resistant Unknown/ Sensitive
          Extensive Drug Resistance (XDR)

          Resistant

          Resistant Resistant Resistant

           

          Resources:

          • Guidelines for Programmatic Management of Drug Resistant Tuberculosis in India, March 2021 
          • WHO Consolidated Guidelines on Tuberculosis: Module 4-Treatment: Drug resistant TB Treatment, 2020
        • Classification of TB on the basis of diagnosis

          Content

          On the basis of diagnosis, Tuberculosis (TB) can be classified into 2 main types:

          1. Microbiologically confirmed TB
          2. Clinically diagnosed TB

          Microbiologically Confirmed TB

          • Microbiologically confirmed TB refers to a presumptive TB case from which a biological specimen is positive for acid-fast bacilli/ Mycobacterium tuberculosis on smear microscopy, culture, or on a rapid diagnostic molecular test (such as Cartridge-based Nucleic Acid Amplification Test (CBNAAT)/ Truenat).
          • All such diagnosed cases should be notified at the source, regardless of whether TB treatment has started.

           

          Clinically Diagnosed TB

          • Clinically diagnosed TB refers to a presumptive TB case that is not microbiologically confirmed but has been diagnosed with active TB by a clinician who has decided to give the patient a full course of anti-TB treatment.
          • This definition includes cases diagnosed on the basis of X-ray abnormalities or suggestive histology or extrapulmonary cases without laboratory confirmation.
          • Clinically diagnosed cases subsequently found to be microbiologically positive (before or after starting treatment) should be reclassified as microbiologically confirmed.

          Resources

          • Training Modules (1-4) for Programme Managers and Medical Officers, 2020.
          • Definitions and Reporting Framework for Tuberculosis, WHO, 2013.

           

          Assessment

          Question​ Answer 1​ Answer 2​ Answer 3​ Answer 4​ Correct answer​ Correct explanation​ Page id​ Part of Pre-test​ Part of Post-test​
          TB is classified on the basis of diagnosis into which of the following? Microbiologically confirmed TB and clinically diagnosed TB Mono-resistant TB and poly-resistant TB Recurrent cases and previously treated cases None of the above 1 TB can be classified on the basis of diagnosis into 2 main types: Microbiologically confirmed TB and Clinically diagnosed TB. ​    
      • STS: Active Case Finding Campaign

        Fullscreen
        • ACF campaign activities

          Content

          Active Case Finding (ACF) is a provider-initiated activity with the primary objective of detecting TB cases early by active case finding in targeted groups and to initiate treatment promptly.

          • It can target people who anyway would have sought health care with or without symptoms or signs of TB and also people who do not seek care.
          • Increased coverage can be achieved by focusing on clinically, socially and occupationally vulnerable populations.
          • ACF activities in a campaign mode will create mass awareness about the signs and symptoms in general population

          Objective of ACF campaign activities- Reaching the unreached in a campaign mode to enhance TB case finding

          Figure 1: Objectives of active case finding

          Beyond TB disease, screening can also identify individuals who are eligible for and would benefit from TB preventive treatment (TPT) once TB disease is ruled out, thus further averting future incident TB.

           

          General process is as below:

          Figure 2: ACF campaign general process

           

          Resources

          1. WHO consolidated guidelines on tuberculosis: Module 2: Screening, Systematic screening for TB disease;WHO 2021
          2. India TB Report 2022, Central TB Division, MoHFW 2022
          3. Active TB Case Finding- Guidance document, Central TB Division & DGHS, MoHFW 2017

          Assessment:

          Question​ Answer 1​ Answer 2​ Answer 3​ Answer 4​ Correct answer​ Correct explanation​ Page id​ Part of Pre-test​ Part of Post-test​
          ACF will help in reducing spread of tuberculosis True False     1

          ACF helps in early case detection & treatment initiation, thus reducing community level prevalence of TB disease &  limit spread

           

           

               

           

           

           

           

           

        • Mapping the population for ACF

          Content

          Mapping of vulnerable population is a pre-requisite for conducting an efficient ACF campaign. It involves understanding the population characteristics, identifying and enumerating and mapping the target population. 

          Guidelines for mapping

          • Identify & map high risk/ vulnerable populations in the local area with the following guidance. If additional information is available locally, it can be used for the prioritisation of target groups.
          Priority Urban area Rural area

          Tribal area

           

          1 Slum Difficult to reach villages Difficult to reach villages & hamlets
          2 Prisons inmates Mineworkers Villages with a known higher caseload
          3 Old Age homes Stone crusher workers Tribal school hostels
          4 Construction site workers Populations groups with known high malnutrition Areas with known high malnutrition
          5 Refugee camps Populations known to drink raw milk Villages seeking care from traditional healers
          6 Night shelters Populations known to eat uncooked meat Populations known to drink raw milk
          7 NACO/SACS identified HRG for HIV NACO/ SACS identified HRG for HIV Populations known to eat uncooked meat
          8 Homeless Weaving & Glass industrial workers Tribal areas with little ventilated huts
          9 Street children Cotton mill workers  
          10 Orphanages Unorganised labour  
          11 Homes for destitute Tea garden workers  
          12 Asylums Villages largely seeking care from traditional healers  

           

           

          Figure 1: Schematic map for house to house survey of identified vulnerable population

          • Without proper mapping, there is a high chance of missing cases. The success of the active TB case finding campaign relies on how good the mapping is.

           

           

          Resources

          • Active TB Case Finding - Guidance Document, Central TB Division & DGHS, MoHFW, 2017.

           

          Assessment

          Question​ Answer 1​ Answer 2​ Answer 3​ Answer 4​ Correct answer​ Correct explanation​ Page id​ Part of Pre-test​ Part of Post-test​
          ACF campaign activities are done in all individuals of a defined area. True False     2

          Symptom screening as part of the ACF campaign will be done in the identified and mapped target groups only (not in the general population).

           

          ​ Yes Yes

           

        • Planning for ACF

          Content

          Active case-finding (ACF) approaches bring essential TB services closer to the community. It has high potential for improving TB case detection and reach people with TB currently missed by the health system. To maximize gains from ACF, it is important that the interventions are planned in advance. 

          Planning for ACF includes identifying the right target population/area, designing the intervention, finding the right implementing partners, training of workforce, microplanning for daily activities, logistics, ensuring that the complete pathway of care is followed, reporting and recording.

           

          Steps involved in planning for ACF

          1. Identification of population based on:

          a. increased risk for TB eg: prisoners, miners, urban slums, co-morbidities like HIV, diabetes etc.

          b. those with limited access to health services eg: migrants, homeless, tribal, live in hard to reach areas etc.

          2. Identification of stakeholders including district and sub-district TB program staff, non-government organizations, community based organizations, community health workers to support with ACF activities

          3. Strengthening the health system e.g. training of staff, ensuring sufficient lab supply and lab technicians. Staff trainings should be done to eliminate gaps in knowledge about TB, cough hygiene, infection control measures, conducting screening, collecting quality sputum, transporting sputum or referring people with presumptive TB to the health facility/laboratory, TB testing, data collection, data entry 

          4. Microplanning for ACF includes:

          a. when and where to conduct ACF-day, time, duration, methodology-camp, door-to-door, community gatherings, home visits, place of work etc

          b. availability of trained manpower, team composition, logistics and consumables

          c. screening and diagnostic algorithm to be used

          d. number of screenings and tests done per day

          e. accessibility and linkage with TB testing laboratories, use of mobile van with CXR, CBNAAT/Truenat 

          f. laboratory workload to accommodate additional testing due to ACF

          g. laboratory turn around time, availability of test reports for clinical management 

          h. advocacy on ACF activities with the target population, pre-sensitization meetings, addressing perceived risks of TB screening and diagnosis (e.g. job loss, loss of income)

          i. data collection tools (paper based, smartphones, tablets etc.), TB notification, recording and reporting

           

          Resources

          1. Systematic screening for active tuberculosis: an operational guide (http://www.who.int/tb/publications/ systematic_screening/en/)

          2. Experience of active tuberculosis case finding in nearly 5 million households in India (Prasad BM, Satyanarayana S, Chadha SS, Das A, Thapa B, Mohanty S, et al. Public Health Action. 2016;6(1):15–8. doi:10.5588/pha/15/0035)

          3. Community-wide screening for tuberculosis in a high-prevalence setting (Marks GB, Nguyen NV, Nguyen PTB, et al. N Engl J Med 2019; 381: 1347-57)

           

          Assessment

          Question

          Answer 1

          Answer 2

          Answer 3

          Answer 4

          Correct answer

          Correct explanation

          Page id

          Part of Pre-test

          Part of Post-test

          True or False:  Active case screening required planning for manpower, resources and microplanning for ACF activities

           

          True

          False

           

           

          1

          Active case screening required planning for manpower, resources and microplanning for ACF activities

           

           

           

           

           

        • Identifying and mapping the target population for ACF campaign

          Content

          A targeted approach is considered as an appropriate public health response to identify the hidden cases of TB in the communities. In this regard the National TB Elimination Programme (NTEP) expects that 110,000 per million vulnerable population (11%) should be mapped for community-based screening and >90% of the mapped target vulnerable population should be screened for symptoms of TB.

          Mapping of target population from the identified vulnerable population helps the programme to screen out the persons into: 1) those who are at high risk of progression to active TB disease; 2) those who are eligible for TB preventive treatment 3) Enhance the cost-effectiveness of the programme

          Following are various methods for identifying and mapping the target population from the vulnerable population:

          • Tuberculosis symptom screening

          • Sputum testing

          • Chest X-ray

          Various modalities used to conduct mapping of target population from the identified vulnerable population under the ACF campaign are:

          a) House-to-house TB symptom interviews through community volunteers

          • Relatively minimal costs

          • Needs community awareness session as a pre requisite before conducting ACF

          • May be affected by self and perceived stigma

          • Community volunteers may require monetary/ no monetary incentives.

          b) Door-to-door Sputum collection / sputum drop-off clinics

          • Has the potential for higher yield of TB cases

          • Involvement of Trained TB staff is required for appropriate collection of sputum

          • The sputum has to be non-contaminated in order to avoid compromising the results.

          c) Conducting Camps in prisons, migrant localities, old age homes and other such institutional settings

          • Accessible to the population who are at high risk but otherwise have limited access to TB testing services

          • Essential to detect TB early and stop the spread of infection in such institutional settings.

          • Requires skilled TB staff in such settings

          d) Mobile vans equipped with X-ray units and Truenat machines

          • Feasible yet resource-intensive modality

          • Requires skilled staff to handle the testing

          • Requires resources - electricity, internet, computer/ tablet etc.

           

          Image
          713

          Resource 

          • Optimizing active case finding for tuberculosis, Implementation lessons from South-East Asia, World Health Organization,2021.

          • Burugina Nagaraja, S.; Thekkur, P.; Satyanarayana, S.; Tharyan, P.; Sagili, K.D.; Tonsing, J.; Rao, R.; Sachdeva, K.S. Active Case Finding for Tuberculosis in India: A Syntheses of Activities and Outcomes Reported by the National Tuberculosis Elimination Programme. Trop. Med. Infect. Dis. 2021, 6, 206. https://doi.org/10.3390/ tropicalmed6040206

          Assessment

           

          Question    

          Answer 1    

          Answer 2    

          Answer 3    

          Answer 4    

          Correct answer    

          Correct explanation    

          Page id    

          Part of Pre-test    

          Part of Post-test    

          What proportion of mapped target vulnerable population is recommended by NTEP to be screened for symptoms of TB?

          >25%

          >40%

          >60%

          >90%

          4

          NTEP recommends >90% of the mapped target vulnerable population should be screened for symptoms of TB.

              

             Yes

           Yes

           

          What are the various modalities used to conduct mapping of target population from the identified vulnerable population under the ACF campaign?

           

          House-to-house TB symptom interviews through community volunteers

          Door-to-door Sputum collection / sputum drop-off clinics

          Conducting Camps in prisons, migrant localities, old age homes and other such institutional settings All of the above 4 Mapping of target population from the identified vulnerable population helps the programme to screen out the persons into: 1) those who are at high risk of progression to active TB disease; 2) those who are eligible for TB preventive treatment 3) Enhance the cost-effectiveness of the programme   Yes Yes

           

           

        • Contextualizing the algorithm for ACF campaign

          Content

          A good screening algorithm should have the following characteristics:

          • High specificity (to reduce the number of false positives, ideally around 70%)
          • High sensitivity (to reduce the number of false negatives, ideally around 90%)
          • Low Number Needed to Screen (NNS)
          • Low cost
          • Rapid and simple to apply
          • High client acceptability

           

          The algorithm should be optimised so that the maximum number of cases can be detected with available resources.

          Usually verbal screening using  symptom complex (4S) are used. However ACF campaigns targeting high risk populations (household contacts, elderly homes etc.)can consider using X ray also as a screening tool. Chest X ray helps in picking up sub-clinical TB cases also which will be usually missed through verbal screening of symptoms.   

          A more sensitive test like NAAT is preferred over sputum microscopy in ACF campaigns as the cases will be in early stage and may be missed by testing using Microscopy.

           

          References

          • Optimising Active Case Finding – Implementation Lessons from South-East Asia. WHO SEAR, 2021.
          • WHO Consolidated Guidelines on Tuberculosis – Module 2: Screening, WHO, 2021.
          • High-priority Target Product Profiles for New Tuberculosis Diagnostics: Report of a Consensus Meeting, 28–29 April 2014, Geneva, Switzerland. Geneva: World Health Organisation, 2014.

           

          Assessment

          Question Answer 1 Answer 2 Answer 3 Answer 4 Correct Answer Explanation Page ID

          Part of Pre-test

           

          Part of Post-test

           

          Which of these is a condition for a good screening algorithm for ACF? Minimise false positive results Ensure that the maximum number of cases are diagnosed with available resources The algorithm may differ from place to place depending on the local TB burden among different subgroups All the Above 4 A good screening algorithm is one which ensures a high yield of cases, with minimum resources and ensures equitable access to TB care. This algorithm has to be optimised locally based on research and previous prevalence data among subgroups. 2008 Yes Yes
        • Identifying the resources for ACF campaign

          Content

          1. Financial Resources

          • Financial resources for ACF may be procured from the Centre/State or through local Private Provider Support Agencies (PPSA). When the funds for ACF are procured from the centre, it should be included under a separate budget head (DSTB Pool) under PIP. 
          • Each team would be eligible for an incentive of INR 500 for every new case of TB diagnosed and put on treatment under this activity OR as per approvals in the Programme Implementation Plan (PIP) in the National Programme Coordination Committee (NPCC) of the respective state or as approved by the state National Health Mission (NHM). 
          • Each state should ensure that local travel arrangements from the general health system are made available for the field visits by the team, supervisory visits, etc.
          • Allowances to ensure Travel Allowance (TA)/ Dearness Allowance (DA) and refreshments as per entitlement are to be made from the respective source of salary for the field teams and supervisory teams.

          2. Consumables

          Logistics for an ACF campaign include:

          a. IEC materials: Appropriate IEC materials are to be designed and printed in the local language. A prototype of the same will be shared with states from the CTD. IEC material printing/ distribution should be completed by two weeks before the start of field activities.

          b. Additional logistics for testing:

          • Additional slides, laboratory reagents, sample transport boxes, X-ray films, CBNAAT cartridges,  falcon tubes (minimum 1000 per 1 lakh population) should be procured and supplied to health staff for collecting sputum samples from the eligible symptomatic at least two weeks before the start of field activities. Boxes for sputum sample transport should be provided to the health staff for carrying samples to DMCs.
          • Additional sputum examination request forms needed – 500 per 1 lakh population

          c. Recording and reporting forms: All recording and reporting formats requirement assessment is to be done by DTOs three weeks before the start of field activities

          3. Human resource

          Human resource for ACF is required for the following:

          a. Field activities: House-to-house visits, symptom screening, sputum collection and transport to the Designated Microscopy Centre (DMC).

          • One field visit team will comprise two members - one health worker from National TB Elimination Programme (Senior Treatment Supervisor (STS)/ Senior TB Lab Supervisor (STLS)/ TB Health Volunteer (TB-HV)) or a partner organisation (NGO outreach worker) or general health services (Auxiliary Nurse Midwife (ANM)/ Multipurpose Worker (MPW)/ Multipurpose Healthcare Supporters (MPHS) and one Accredited Social Health Activist (ASHA) or community volunteer. The states should decide on the team composition based on available resources and the population to be covered (as obtained from vulnerability mapping).
          • House-to-house visits by health workers should involve community leaders, panchayat members particularly the women members, religious leaders and other local influencers like medical practitioners, local moneylenders, grocery shop owners, popular teachers, prominent youth, etc.
          • Local community members/ influencers must accompany search teams during house-to-house visits in such areas, especially during revisit to houses.

          b. Testing additional sputum samples for Mycobacterium tuberculosis (MTB): Laboratory technicians of the linked DMC and Cartridge-based Nucleic Acid Amplification Test (CBNAAT) labs should be well-informed about the increase in workload and recording of information during ACF activities. 

          c. Supervision and Monitoring of ACF activities: Supervision and monitoring of the campaign are done at various levels under the leadership of designated officers. It is  required during the preparatory phase as well as the implementation phase of the campaign.The list of observers along with the districts/ blocks/ urban areas allotted must be shared with Central TB Division (CTD).

          • Village level - Medical Officer of Primary Health Centre (PHC)/ Community Health Centre (CHC)/ Urban Health Centre (UHC)
          • Block level - Block Medical Officer (BMO)/ Block Health Officer (BHO)
          • District level - District TB Officer (DTO)
          • State level - State TB Officer (STO)
          • Regional level – Regional Directors of the Regional Office of Health and Family Welfare (ROH&FW) will be in charge of supervising activities in their respective states.
          • National level - One national level officer for each state will be nominated by CTD to supervise and monitor activities including field visits to the states prior to and during the campaign.

           

          References

          • Active TB Case Finding Guidance Document, Central TB Division, Ministry of Health and Family Welfare, 2017.

           

          Assessment

          Question​

          Answer 1​

          Answer 2​

          Answer 3​

          Answer 4​

          Correct answer​

          Correct explanation​

          Page id​

          Part of Pre-test​

          Part of Post-test​

          Which of the following statements is true about ACF ?

          ACF campaign is done once in 3 years.

          ACF campaign doesn’t require additional manpower or logistics Each field team should screen a minimum of 100 targeted populations in 2-3 days. Each field team should have a community volunteer or ASHA worker.  4

          1. ACF campaign should be done 3 times a year.

          2. It requires additional manpower, logistics and financial resources

          3. 500 persons to be screened in 2-3 days by each team.

          ​ Yes Yes

           

        • Microplanning and execution of ACF campaign

          Content

          Microplanning for ACF Campaign

          A microplan is a detailed plan of action in terms of human resources, materials, money and time. A good microplan ensures that the health intervention reaches each individual beneficiary and is crucial to the success of the activity. For Active Case Finding (ACF), microplanning is performed at the health facility level and collated at the block, district and state levels. Training for the same is given to concerned personnel during state, district and block level meetings prior to the campaign. Microplan at PHI, Block, District and State levels should be ready at least 15 days prior to the initiation of field activities.

          Microplanning is done with respect to:

          I. Advocacy, Communication and Social Mobilization (ACSM)

           A comprehensive IEC plan should be made with communication material for mass media, mid-media and print media to reach out up to the remotest village in advance.

          II. Logistics

          • Microplan should include planning additional consumables required for the campaign
          • It includes additional slides, laboratory reagents, sputum cups, falcon tubes, sample transport boxes, X-ray films, Cartridge-based Nucleic Acid Amplification Test (CBNAAT) cartridges, etc. Additional sputum containers (minimum 1000 per lakh population) will be procured and supplied to health staff for collecting sputum sample from the eligible symptomatic two weeks before the start of field activities
          • Linkages of Peripheral Health Institute (PHI) areas with Designated Microscopy Centre (DMC), X-ray facilities, CBNAAT lab, Extra Pulmonary (EP) sample collection and EP testing should be included in the planning up-front. 
          • Laboratory technicians of the linked DMC and CBNAAT labs should be well informed about the increase in workload and recording of information during ACF activities.

          III. Field activities including human resources

          • Maps prepared for other campaigns like Pulse Polio, Leprosy Case Detection Campaign (LCDC), etc. must be used while planning. If maps are not available with local bodies, search team members and supervisors should be sent to the area before the ACF campaign, in order to become familiar with the area and develop maps. 
          • The number of houses to be covered each day should be mentioned in the microplan. This number may vary from day to day depending upon the geographical situation of the area planned to be covered by the team on a particular day. 
          • Teams of two persons each should go house-to-house. Out of the two members in each team, one should be a local volunteer (including Accredited Social Health Activist (ASHA)).
          • Each team should be allocated clear-cut, well-demarcated areas clearly mentioning the starting and ending points, identifiable with landmarks; for each day of House to House (h-t-h) activity.
          • In special areas, one additional person from the local community, where the team will be working, should accompany the team. 
          • Human resources required for covering the mapped vulnerable population during field activities should be calculated and recorded.
          • For planning and implementation purposes, urban areas should be divided into smaller planning units based on municipal wards or assemblies, or by roads or prominent landmarks. Each such unit should be put under the charge of a medical officer or nodal officer.
          • Involvement of the local community, leaders, health officials, municipal bodies and their staff is essential in planning.
          • Local staff is familiar with the layout of the urban areas and their inputs are vital for planning and supervision of house-to-house activities.

          Execution of Microplan

          The ACF campaign is executed as per the microplan and supervision is done with reference to the microplan

          The House to House (h-t-h) survey is done for 2 weeks

          A survey team consisting of 2 persons - one NTEP staff/ partner organization staff/ General Health services staff and one local volunteer / ASHA worker. They go from house to house in the mapped vulnerable areas/ key population groups and screen individuals for symptoms of TB. After screening, the eligible population for sputum examination includes: Persistent cough for ≥2 weeks, Fever for ≥2 weeks, Significant weight loss (>5% weight loss over last 3 months), Presence of blood in sputum any time during the last 6 months, Chest pain in the last one month, History of Anti-TB Treatment (previous/ current). If any one of these is present, a sputum cup or falcon tube is given to them and a sputum sample is collected. Sputum samples thus collected are transported to a designated lab using the sample transport system existing in the area. testing using smear microscopy/CBNAAT will be done for all symptomatic persons as per the state policy. Those who are microbiologically confirmed to be positive should be initiated on treatment within 2 days. Additionally, the team will look for other symptoms/diseases also. If person is having any symptoms or other ill health, s/he will be referred for evaluation by a Medical Officer for further management, if needed. Field Activity Report will be submitted by each health staff on a daily basis to the Medical Officer of the Peripheral Health Institution

          Resources

          • Active TB Case Finding – Guidance Document, 2017, Central TB Division, MoHWF, New Delhi.
          • Active Case Finding for Tuberculosis in India: A Syntheses of Activities and Outcomes Reported by the National Tuberculosis Elimination Programme, Burugina Nagaraja S et al, Trop Med Infect Dis., 2021.

           

          Assessment

           

          Question​

          Answer 1​

          Answer 2​

          Answer 3​

          Answer 4​

          Correct answer​

          Correct explanation​

          Page id​

          Part of Pre-test​

          Part of Post-test​

          Which of the following is wrong about microplanning in ACF?

          Microplan is first made at the state level.

          It is a detailed plan of the human resources, logistics and field activities required in the ACF campaign.

           A good microplan is important for the success of the ACF campaign.

          Supervision of field activities is done with reference to the microplan.

          1

          Microplan is made at the health facility level and then collated at subsequent levels.

           

          ​

          Yes

          Yes

        • Recording formats under ACF campaign

          Content

          Vulnerability mapping and Microplanning are 2 important activities of Active Case Finding which precede field activities. Vulnerable populations should be mapped and recorded in prescribed formats from health facility level onwards. Mapping data from PHI are consolidated at Block level, those at Block level are consolidated at district level and those at district level are consolidated at state level. Data from mapping formats is used for microplanning. Microplanning forms the basis of field activities. Microplans are also consolidated at subsequent levels. During supervision and monitoring, it is important to assess the activities with respect to the microplan. 

          The recording formats for ACF include:

          1. Formats for mapping - Health Facility Level, Block Level, District Level and State Level                     

          2. Formats for microplanning - Manpower, Logistics, Field Activity

           

          FORMATS FOR MAPPING

           

           

          Mapping details should also be entered in Ni-kshay under the section shown below:

           

          Image
          Ni-kshay ACF Mapping screen

           

          Fig: Ni-kshay section for reporting various ACF activities

          FORMATS FOR MICROPLANNING

          Based on the requirement obtained from the mapping exercise, microplanning is done with respect to human resource, logistics and field activities

          Human Resource Planning Form

          Field activities are captured in Form 1 & 2 of the ACF. The data from field activities are compiled at the PHI level and submitted to the District and State using google sheets at present. Although there is no specific mechanism to demarcate the presumptive TB patients and the confirmed (clinical and microbiological) TB cases in Ni-kshay, States follow different mechanism including marking in the Laboratory register as ACF testing and sending a separate sheet to the district in paper format.

          Reference: 

          1. Active TB Case Finding - Guidance Document, Central TB Division & DGHS, MoHFW, 2017 

           

          Assessment:

          Question​

          Answer 1​

          Answer 2​

          Answer 3​

          Answer 4​

          Correct answer​

          Correct explanation​

          Page id​

          Part of Pre-test​

          Part of Post-test​

          Vulnerability mapping and microplans for ACF should be recorded at

          Health facility level

          District level

          State level

          All the above

          4

          Mapping activities should be recorded at health facility level and consolidated at subsequent levels (district, state, etc)

          ​

          Yes

          Yes

        • Field Supervision of ACF campaign

          Content

          Field supervision of Active Case Finding (ACF) is needed during both the preparatory phase and the implementation phase. Supervisory teams should be formed at the National, State, District, Block and Peripheral Health Institute (PHI) levels.

          Field supervision during the preparatory phase: 

          The Field Supervisors should: 

          • Attend District and Block Coordination Committee meetings.
          • Review the micro plan and check whether all components are present. 
            • All geographical areas have been included. 
            • Team composition is appropriate – all house-to-house teams have at least one Accredited Social Health Activist (ASHA) and at least one Non-government Organisation (NGO) worker and at least one National TB Elimination Programme (NTEP) field staff. 
            • Sensitisation training to detect the cases has been planned for all ASHAs and field staff. 
            • Workload of teams in terms of houses to be covered/ day has been rationalised.  
            • Areas requiring special attention have been identified and plans developed.
            • Information, Education and Communication (IEC)/ social mobilisation plans have been developed and documented. 

           

          Field supervision during the implementation phase: 

          • All officers should again visit their allotted districts/ blocks/ urban areas during the implementation phase to assess the quality as well as the completeness of coverage of the area through house-to-house visits. 
          • Field Activity Report will be submitted by each health staff on a daily basis to the Medical Officer of PHI. The Field Activity reports from all health staff will be analysed and appropriate action will be taken by the Medical Officer of PHI and these reports will be combined and a report will be prepared and submitted to Block Medical Officer (BMO) on daily basis. 
          • Ensure a mechanism of daily feedback from the observers to the block and district control rooms to facilitate immediate corrective action at all levels. Tracking the cascade of care is a useful tool for assessing quality. (Cascade of care: Track No. of people targeted, no. of people screened out of targeted, no. of presumptive TB identified out of screened, no. of presumptive TB patients examined out of identified, no. of presumptive TB completely evaluated {like smear-negative patients examined with chest X-ray and Cartridge-based Nucleic Acid Amplification Test (CBNAAT), no. of TB patients diagnosed out of examined, no. of TB patients put on treatment out of those diagnosed.})
          • Qualitative and quantitative assessment of the ACF campaign activity from observers should be utilised for long-term corrective actions like problems faced by ASHAs & Frontline Workers (FLWs) during the campaign, review of micro-plans etc. or immediate corrective actions like repeating the activity in an area where a significant number of uncovered houses are found after completion of the activity. 

          The Progress indicators and quality indicators for ACF should be monitored by the supervisory team while on field visit.

           

          Resources

          • Active TB Case Finding Guidance Document, CTD, DGHS, MoHFW, 2017.

           

          Assessment

          Question​ Answer 1​ Answer 2​ Answer 3​ Answer 4​ Correct answer​ Correct explanation​ Page id​ Part of Pre-test​ Part of Post-test​
          What should be the minimum limit for the sputum positivity rate in ACF? 2-3% 10% 8% 15% 1 For the quality of samples collected, in health facilities in passive strategy, an average of 15% positivity is found, but in active case finding it would be as low as 5%, but should not be below 2-3% in any case, and can be monitored as a quality indicator for the campaign.   Yes Yes
        • Monitoring of ACF campaign

          Content

          Monitoring should be an integral part of the Active Case Finding (ACF) interventions. It is accomplished by a strong data collection system enacted through a programme-based ACF data and recording in Nikshay.

          Monitoring activities for ACF interventions broadly cover the number screened, number of presumptive TB cases based on symptoms or chest X-ray findings, samples collected for testing, samples transported for testing, samples tested, microbiologically and clinically diagnosed TB cases, TB notification and treatment initiation.

           

          Monitoring Against the ACF Plan

          1. Monitor the Number Needed to Screen (NNS), i.e., the number needed to be screened based on current TB symptoms, past history of TB, comorbidities, other socio-economic factors, etc. 

          2. Monitor the Number Needed to Test (NNT) which helps understand the efficiency of diagnostic testing and the efficiency of screening for presumptive TB.

          3. Monitor the yield of ACF activities, i.e., TB cases found and compare the yield of different screening and testing methods (X-ray, smear, Nucleic Acid Amplification Test (NAAT)).

          4. Monitor whether there was an additional increase in TB notification of bacteriologically confirmed TB cases compared to the previous year (or in comparison to a control district).

          • Monitor notification trends, treatment outcomes and mortality (TB prevalence should decrease over years based on repeated ACF in the same population).

          5. Monitor engagement of National TB Elimination Programme (NTEP) staff, non-governmental organisations, community volunteers and the private sector in ACF activities.

           

          Monitoring Against the Cascade of Care

          1. Monitor the proportion of people with presumptive TB who provide sputum.

          2. Monitor linkage to health facilities, sample collection, transportation and tests done.

          3. Monitor drop-outs between screening and diagnosis, dropouts between diagnosis and treatment.

          4. Monitor public health action provided to notified TB cases.

           

          Resources

          • Optimizing Active Case Finding for Tuberculosis, 2021. 
          • Training Module (1-4) for Programme Managers and Medical Officers, NTEP, MoHFW, 2020.

           

          Assessment

          Question Answer 1 Answer 2 Answer 3 Answer 4 Correct answer Correct explanation Page id Part of Pre-test Part of Post-test
          Monitoring of ACF intervention is accomplished by a strong data collection system enacted through program based ACF data and recording in Nikshay. True False     1 Monitoring of ACF intervention is accomplished by a strong data collection system enacted through program based ACF data and recording in Nikshay.   Yes Yes

           

           

        • Reporting of ACF campaign

          Content

          The ACF campaign has to be reported for documentation, monitoring and evaluating the performance of the activity and guiding the policy decisions. 

          The various formats used for reporting of performance of Active Case Finding (ACF) activities are as follows:

          1. Field activity daily report

          • Submitted by each health staff on a daily basis to the Medical Officer of Primary Health Centre (PHC)/ Community Health Centre (CHC)/ Urban Health Centre (UHC).

          Table 1: Format for field activity daily report

          Name of citizen

           

          Type of target population

           

          Address/ Place

           

          Age

           

          Sex

           

          Symptom (write no of days)

          Sputum sample collected?

          Sputum

          TB diagnosed?

          TB treatment initiated?

          Any other symptoms (specify)

          Refer to (where)

          Cough

          Fever Weight Haemoptysis Chest pain h/o ATT

          1

           

           

           

           

           

           

           

           

           

           

           

           

           

           

           

           

          2

           

           

           

           

           

           

           

           

           

           

           

           

           

           

           

           

          3

           

           

           

           

           

           

           

           

           

           

           

           

           

           

           

           

          4

           

           

           

           

           

           

           

           

           

           

           

           

           

           

           

           

           

          2. ACF activity reporting by Health Facility

          • The Field Activity reports from all health staff will be analysed and appropriate action will be taken by Medical Officer of PHC/ CHC/ UHC.
          • These reports are combined and a report will be prepared as per the following format and submitted to Block Medical Officer (BMO)/ Block Health Officer (BHO) on daily basis.

          Table 2: Format for ACF activity by health facility

          State: ……………………………    District: ………………………………….    TB Unit:…………………………     PHC/CHC/UHC:………………

          Total Population of PHC/CHC/UHC:………………

          Total mapped target population:…………………..

          Type of target population

          Address / place

          Population of target group

          Number screened for symptoms

          Number examined for sputum

          Number of TB patients diagnosed

          1

           

           

           

           

           

          2

           

           

           

           

           

          3

           

           

           

           

           

          4

           

           

           

           

           

          At the block level reports from all the reporting units will be compiled in the below format and sent to the District on a daily basis.

           

          3. ACF activity reporting by Block/ Town/ City

          Table 3: Format for ACF activity reporting by block/ town/ city

          State: ……………………………                         District: …………………………………. Block/Town/City:…………………………

          Name of PHC/CHC/UHC

          Total mapped target population

          Number screened for symptoms

          Number examined for sputum

          Number of TB patients diagnosed

          1

           

           

           

           

          2

           

           

           

           

          3

           

           

           

           

          4

           

           

           

           

          And at the district level, reports from all blocks are to be compiled in the format below, and the consolidated report should be sent to the State.

           

          4. ACF activity reporting by District

          Table 4: Format for ACF activity reporting by district

          State: ……………………………                         District: ………………………………….

          Name of Block/Town/City

          Total mapped target population

          Number screened for symptoms

          Number examined for sputum

          Number of TB patients diagnosed

          1

           

           

           

           

          2

           

           

           

           

          3

           

           

           

           

          4

           

           

           

           

           

          5. ACF activity reporting by State

          Table 5: Format for ACF activity reporting by state

          State: ……………………………      

          Name of District

          Total mapped target population

          Number screened for symptoms

          Number examined for sputum

          Number of TB patients diagnosed

          1

           

           

           

           

          2

           

           

           

           

          3

           

           

           

           

          4

           

           

           

           

           

          • State TB Officer (STO) would be responsible for the overall coordination and implementation of campaign activities and reporting in the State/ UT.
          • Data entry of district-level reports in electronic format will be ensured by District TB Officer (DTO) on a daily basis after the field activity is completed. Nikshay has a section on active case finding where the mapping of target population and reporting of various activities can be done.

          Fig 1: Nikshay section for reporting various ACF activities

           

          Resources

          • Active TB Case Finding - Guidance Document, Central TB Division & DGHS, MoHFW, 2017.

           

          Assessment

          Question​

          Answer 1​

          Answer 2​

          Answer 3​

          Answer 4​

          Correct answer​

          Correct explanation​

          Page id​

          Part of Pre-test​

          Part of Post-test​

          Who is in the overall charge of activities and reporting of ACF campaign in a state?

          Health minister

          Medical college task force

          State TB Officer

          None of the above

          3

          State TB Officer would be responsible for the overall coordination and implementation of campaign activities and reporting in the State/ UT.

          ​

          Yes Yes

           

    • STS: TB Treatment and care

      Fullscreen
      • STS: General concepts in TB Treatment

        Fullscreen
        • Goals of treatment

          Content

          The goals of tuberculosis treatment are:

          • Rendering the patient non-infectious, breaking the chain of transmission and decreasing the infection​ pool

          • Decreasing case fatality and morbidity by ensuring relapse-free cure

          • Minimising and preventing the development of drug resistance.  ​

           

          To meet the goals of treatment, the regimens should be:

          • Safe, easy to administer and aid treatment adherence
          • Long enough to achieve the long-term cure of the disease, and short enough to increase patient compliance.

           

          Any treatment regimen which reduces the pill count but increases the overall treatment success is an ideal regimen to meet the goals of tuberculosis treatment.  

           

          Resources

          • Training Modules (1-4) for Programme Managers and Medical Officers, 2020.

           

          Assessment

          ​

          Question​

          Answer 1​

          Answer 2​

          Answer 3​

          Answer 4​

          Correct answer​

          Correct explanation​

          Page id​

          Part of Pre-test​

          Part of Post-test​

          In what scenarios is a TB treatment regimen considered efficient?

           

          High sputum conversion

           

          High treatment success

           

          Low emergence of drug resistance

           

          All of the above

          4

          The goal of TB treatment ties in with how we consider a regimen efficient, and this occurs when the regimen results in high sputum conversion and treatment success, and low relapse rates and emergence of drug resistance.

               

           

           

           

        • Strategies for TB Treatment

          Content

          Under the National TB Elimination Programme (NTEP), strategies adopted in the treatment of TB are based on the available scientific and operational researches. These strategies are combined to ensure better treatment outcomes for the TB patients. The main strategies include:

           

          Domiciliary Treatment

          • This is a strategy that allows for the treatment of TB in a patient’s home.
          • Domiciliary chemotherapy proved to be as effective as sanatoria treatment (which was the historical way of treating TB) and achieved higher cure rates.
          • The patients having the social benefits of being at home. 

           

          Short Course Chemotherapy (SCC)

          • Chemotherapy of TB underwent revolutionary changes in the 70s owing to the availability of two well-tolerated and highly effective drugs – rifampicin and pyrazinamide.
          • These drugs allowed for SCC and made it possible to simplify treatment and reduce its duration without reducing the therapeutic effect.
          • Now with SCC regimens, it is possible to treat and cure TB patients in 6 months.
          • When given daily, these regimens are effective, achieve high cure rates, prevent the emergence of drug resistance and minimize relapses.
          • The shorter duration also contributes to improvement in treatment adherence.

           

          Directly Observed Treatment (DOT)

          DOT is a method whereby a trained healthcare worker or another trained designated person (treatment supporter) watches a patient swallow each dose of anti-TB drugs and document it.

          • DOT can reduce the development of drug resistance, treatment failure, or relapse after the end of treatment.
          • Many patients who do not receive directly observed treatment stop taking drugs once they feel better.
          • Hence, by providing DOT, the NTEP ensures that patients receive the right drugs, in the right doses, at the right intervals and for the right duration.

           

          The modern treatment strategy is based on standardized short-course chemotherapy regimens largely administered on a domiciliary basis, utilising the DOTS strategy and proper case management to ensure completion of treatment and cure.

           

          Resources

          • Training Modules (1-4) for Programme Managers and Medical Officers, 2020.
          • Treatment of Tuberculosis Disease, CDC, 2006.
          • Guide on Tuberculosis Control for Primary Health Care Providers, WHO, 2015.
          • Treatment of Tuberculosis: Guidelines for National Programmes, WHO, 2003.

           

          Assessment

          Question​

          Answer 1​

          Answer 2​

          Answer 3​

          Answer 4​

          Correct answer​

          Correct explanation​

          Page id​

          Part of Pre-test​

          Part of Post-test​

          Which of these treatment strategies are adopted by NTEP?

          Domiciliary treatment

          Use of short-course chemotherapy

          Directly observed treatment

          All of the above

          4

          Strategies utilized by NTEP in TB treatment are domiciliary, short-course chemotherapeutic short-course regimens that are directly observed.

               

           

        • Pharmacological Basis of treatment

          Content

          Tuberculosis treatment and its different regimens have scientific backgrounds for their formulations. To understand this, we need to know about the mode of action of each anti-TB drug first.

           

          Mode of Action of Anti-TB Drugs

          Anti-TB drugs have the following three actions:

          1. Early bactericidal activity: Killing of actively growing bacilli (in the phase of rapid multiplication and uninhibited metabolic activity).
          2. Sterilizing activity of persisting bacilli, i.e., metabolically inhibited organisms in a quasi-dormant state.
          3. Ability to prevent the emergence of drug resistance.

          The ranking of first-line drugs with respect to their type of activity is indicated in Table 1 below.

          Table 1: Ranking of first-line anti-TB drugs used in the treatment of drug-sensitive TB, based on the mode of action and activity

          First-line Drugs Early Bactericidal Sterilizing Prevention of emergence of drug resistance
          Isoniazid (H) ++++ ++ ++++
          Rifampicin (R) +++ ++++ +++
          Pyrazinamide (Z) ++ +++ +
          Ethambutol (E) + Nil ++
                 

          Thus, each drug has unique characteristics and drug combinations will make the regimen more effective.

           

          Need for Long Duration of Treatment of TB

          • Anti-TB drugs mostly kill actively multiplying tubercle bacilli.
          • When bacilli have low metabolic activity, i.e., when bacterial growth has almost come to a standstill and the organisms are “dormant”, they are not killed by otherwise bactericidal drugs. Such organisms are referred to as persisters*.
          • Though they may survive in the presence of drugs, behaving as if they were drug-resistant, they are in fact susceptible to the drugs.
          • Thus, if for some reason these organisms regain their ability to multiply freely, they would be killed by the very drugs that had not harmed them before.
          • When dormant bacilli again become metabolically active and start multiplying during effective chemotherapy, they are soon killed.
          • Once chemotherapy has been completed, the revived bacilli may continue to multiply and thus cause relapse.
          • This explains why conventional chemotherapy needs to be of long duration.

           

          Resources

          • Training Modules (1-4) for Programme Managers and Medical Officers, 2020.
          • Tuberculosis Case-finding and Chemotherapy: Questions and Answers, K. Toman.

           

           Assessment

          Question​ Answer 1​ Answer 2​ Answer 3​ Answer 4​ Correct answer​ Correct explanation​ Page id​ Part of Pre-test​ Part of Post-test​
          What is the role of the intensive phase of anti-TB treatment? To reduce adverse drug reactions in patients

          To achieve rapid killing of actively multiplying bacillary population

           

          To prevent the emergence of drug-resistance Options 2 and 3 4 The role of IP is to achieve rapid killing of actively multiplying bacillary population and eliminate naturally occurring drug-resistant mutants and prevent the further emergence of drug resistance.   Yes Yes
          Which of the following drugs is bacteriostatic? Isoniazid Ethambutol Pyrazinamide Rifampicin 2 Ethambutol is an effective bacteriostatic drug, helpful in preventing the emergence of resistance to other companion drugs.   Yes Yes

           

        • Treatment Phases

          Content

          Standard TB Treatment is divided into two phases

          • Intensive Phase(IP): In this phase,
            • Kills most of the TB bacteria during the first 8 weeks of treatment, but some bacteria can survive longer
            • Therefore, more drugs are administered to kill the bacteria and reduce the severity of disease.
            • Treatment in this phase usually is of short duration(2 to 6 Months or more) in comparison to Continuation Phase(CP)

           

          • Continuation Phase(CP): In this phase,
            • All the remaining TB bacteria are in the dormant stage i.e., stage when growth and development of bacteria are temporarily stopped.
            • Therefore, fewer but powerful antibiotics are administered to kill those bacteria. 
            • Treatment in this phase usually lasts longer than Intensive Phase(IP)(4 to 18 Months or more)

           

          Kindly provide your valuable feedback on the page to the link provided HERE

           

        • Fixed Dose Combinations [FDC]s

          Content

          Fixed-dose combinations (FDCs) are drug formulations where two or more drugs are combined physically into one formulation such as a tablet or pill.

          This is more convenient to the patients taking medicines and it also simplifies the supply chain.

          Resources:

          • Technical and Operational Guidelines for TB Control in India 2016

           

          Kindly provide your valuable feedback on the page to the link provided HERE

        • Advantages of FDCs

          Content

          Fixed-Dose Combination(FDC) provides a simple approach to deliver the correct number of drugs at the right dosage as all the necessary drugs are combined in a single tablet. By altering the number of pills according to the patient’s body weight, complete treatment is delivered without the need for calculation of dose

          Figure: Advantages of Fixed Dose Combination(FDC)

           

        • FDCs used in NTEP

          Content
          Image
          FDCs used in NTEP
        • TB Drug Regimen

          Content

          A regimen means a prescribed systematic form of treatment for a course of drug(s). For TB treatment, Multi drug combination of regimen is followed. 

           

          All TB drug regimens have an initial intensive phase(IP) followed by a continuation phase(CP). 

          Following are some of the main TB drug regimens used based on the drug resistance pattern detected for TB patients.

           

          • First-Line Anti TB Drugs(Prescribed for Drug Sensitive TB DS-TB)
            • Daily weight band wise FDC

           

          • Second-Line Anti TB Drugs (Prescribed for Drug Resistance TB - DR-TB)
            • H Mono Poly Regimen
            • Shorter oral Bedaquiline containing MDR-TB regimen
            • Longer oral Bedaquiline containing regimen
            • Shorter injectable containing MDR-TB regimen
        • TB Treatment Initiation

          Content

          It is extremely important for any type of TB patient to be initiated on the right treatment at the earliest in order to have better treatment outcomes. Therefore as soon as the patient is diagnosed, s/he should immediately be traced with the help of the Community Health Officer (CHO) of the Health and Wellness Centres (HWC), TB Health Visitors (TBHV) / Senior Treatment Supervisor(STS) and the health facility doctors and initiated on the appropriate treatment regimen.

          Steps in TB Treatment Initiation

          Image
          752

          Figure: Flowchart-Treatment Initiation

          Resources

          • Guidelines on Programmatic Management of Drug-resistant TB (PMDT) in India, CTD, MoHFW, India, 2021.
          • Training Modules (1-4) for Programme Managers and Medical Officers, CTD, MoHFW, India.

          Assessment

          Question    

          Answer 1     Answer 2     Answer 3     Answer 4     Correct answer     Correct explanation     Page id     Part of Pre-test     Part of Post-test    
          The ultimate goal of the initial counselling session should be to empower the patient and their caregiver to make informed decisions regarding the treatment initiation. True False     1 The ultimate goal of the initial counselling session should be to empower the patient and their caregiver to make informed decisions regarding the treatment initiation.      Yes  Yes

           

          As soon as the patient is diagnosed, s/he should immediately be traced with the help of the Community Health Officer (CHO) of the Health and Wellness Centres (HWC), TB Health Visitors (TBHV) / Senior Treatment Supervisor(STS) and the health facility doctors and initiated on the appropriate treatment regimen

          True False     1 Soon after identification pre treatment counselling is given to patient and caregivers followed by pre treatment evaluation and treatment initiation.   Yes Yes
        • Follow-up of TB patient

          Content

          To know the TB treatment response and to determine that if patient is cured, TB patients are clinically evaluated at the end of every four weeks of treatment, and they are also followed up by performing sputum test at end of each treatment phase (i.e. Intensive phase and Continuation phase)

          TB patients during clinical evaluations are assessed to

          • Identify possible adverse reactions to medications;
          • Check for any comorbid conditions;
          • Weight change;
          • monitor adherence; and determine treatment efficacy by observing their symptoms

          Although each patient responds to treatment at a different pace, all TB symptoms should gradually improve and eventually go away.

          Patients whose symptoms do not improve during the first 2 months of treatment, or whose symptoms worsen after improving initially, should be re-evaluated for adherence issues and development of drug resistance.

        • TB Treatment Outcome

          Content

          When a TB patient consumes all the doses under the prescribed regimen, then Treatment Outcome is declared for a Patient.

           

          Treatment Outcome

          Description

          Cured

          A TB patient who was microbiologically confirmed for TB at the beginning of treatment but who is smear or culture negative at the end of complete treatment

          Treatment Complete

          A TB patient who completed treatment without evidence of failure or clinical deterioration BUT with no record to show that the smear or culture results of biological specimen in the last month of treatment was negative, either because the test was not done or because the result is unavailable

          Treatment Failure

          A TB patient whose biological specimen is positive by smear or culture at the end of treatment

           

          A case of paediatric TB who fails to have microbiological conversion to negative status or fails to respond clinically/or deteriorates after 4 weeks of compliant intensive phase shall be deemed to have failed response provided alternative diagnoses/reasons for non-response have been ruled out.

          Loss to Follow up

          A TB patient whose treatment was interrupted continuously for one month or more

          Not Evaluated

          A TB patient for whom no treatment outcome is assigned

          Treatment Regimen Changed

          A TB patient who is on first line regimen and has been diagnosed as having TB(DR-TB) and switched to DR-TB regimen prior to being declared as failed

          Died

          A patient who has died during anti-TB treatment(due to any reason)

          Treatment success is considered when a TB patient either Cured or Treatment completed is accounted in treatment success

        • Closing Cases and Assigning Treatment Outcomes

          Content
          Video file

          Video:

          Closing Cases and Assigning Treatment Outcomes (Web)

           

           

           

           

          Video file

          Video:

          Closing Cases and Assigning Treatment Outcomes (Mobile)

        • Types of ADR of TB Treatment

          Content

          Adverse Drug Reactions(ADR) are classified into serious and non-serious ADR depending upon the intensity of symptoms experienced by the patient. Below is the brief overview

           

          Common ADRs

          Non-serious ADR

          Serious ADR

          (Refer to the nearest health facility)

          Nausea and Vomiting

          Symptoms of dehydration like thirst, dizziness, tiredness, dry mouth and eyes

          • Extreme vomiting,
          • Signs and symptoms of severe dehydration
          • Blood in vomit
          • Electrolyte imbalance and
          • Altered level of consciousness

          Gastritis and Pain in abdomen

          • Occasional Discomfort
          • Sour taste in mouth with acid reflux
          • Burning sensation in upper abdominal region
          • Severe pain in abdomen
          • Acidity, Burping, Flatulence, Vomiting
          • Blood in vomit
          • Electrolyte imbalance and
          • Altered level of consciousness.

          Diarrhoea

          2-3 /3-10 loose liquid stools with signs and symptoms of dehydration.

          • More than 10 watery stools
          • Signs and symptoms of dehydration
          • Blood in stool
          • Fever
          • Intense abdominal pain
          • Electrolyte imbalance and
          • Altered level of consciousness

          Tingling, Burning, Numbness in hands and feet

          • Mild numbness and weakness in hands and feet.
          • Prickling, stabbing, burning or tingling along with gradual increase in severity of numbness and weakness.
          • Signs and symptoms of moderate neuropathy
          • Extreme sensitivity to touch,
          • Lack of coordination and balance
          • Muscle Weakness
          • Poor control of bowel and bladder

          Pain in Joints

          • Pain on touching joints
          • Pain on walking, swelling and redness
          • Warmth in and around joints
          • Stiffness and signs of increased tenderness
          • Severe weakness and restricted joint movement

          Skin rashes, itchiness, and allergic reactions

          •Itching and skin rashes with tingling and burning sensations

          • Itching with increased size and raised wheels
          • Swelling of lips and tongue
          • Severe allergic reactions /Serious disorder of the skin with painful rashes /Shredding of skin.
        • Management of Adverse Drug Reactions(ADRs) of TB Treatment

          Content
          1. Counsel and reassure the patient as the common occurring adverse effects usually resolve with time.
          2. Advise the patient to take all the drugs together.
          3. Advise patient to take light meal (biscuits, bread, rice etc.) before taking drugs.
          4. Inform patients that they may take drugs embedded in banana or at the bedtime to reduce their associated side effects.
          5. Encourage patients to keep themselves hydrated by increasing fluid intake.
          6. Provide ORS (Oral Rehydration Solution) to counter dehydration due to loose motion and vomiting.

          Figure: Referral to PHI for ADR

          Resources:

          • Training Guide for Peripheral Health Workers on Adverse Drug Reactions

          Kindly provide your valuable feedback on the page to the link provided HERE

        • Long Term Post-treatment follow up of TB patients

          Content

          After completion of TB treatment, all patients should be followed up at the end of

          • 6 months,
          • 12 months,
          • 18 months &
          • 24 months

          TB patients at the follow up should be screened for any clinical symptoms and/or cough. If found positive on screening, then sputum microscopy and/or culture should be considered. This is important in detecting the recurrence of TB at the earliest.

          After completion of TB treatment, if the patient has not developed any clinical symptoms and/or cough and also if the microscopy remains negative during their follow up, then the patient is considered as “Relapse Free Cure from TB.”

           

        • TB Treatment Card

          Content

          The Tuberculosis Treatment Card is a paper-based recording form that is kept in the institution treating the TB patient under the National TB Elimination Programme (NTEP). It is a pre-requisite documentation related to treatment services offered to TB patients under NTEP.

           

          Uses of the TB Treatment Card

          The TB treatment card is primarily used for:

          1. Documenting administered drugs with their dosages
          2. Documenting follow-up investigation results
          3. Monitoring adherence to treatment
          4. Recording adverse events
          5. Recording treatment outcomes

           

          There are two pages in the TB treatment card and details in each page is delineated in the table below.

           

          Table: Parts of the Treatment Card; Source: NTEP Training Module 2 for Programme Managers & Medical Officers, p. 105

          PAGE

          DETAILS CONTAINED IN PAGE

          The First Page

          Patient details such as name, age, sex and address of the patient

           

          Type of disease

           

          History of anti-TB treatment

           

          Regimen prescribed and duration of treatment

           

          Results of investigation before and during treatment

           

          Comorbidity-related information

           

          Contact tracing and chemoprophylaxis details 

           

          Social habits such as tobacco and alcohol use

          The Back Page

          Details of intensive and continuation phases of treatment including drug details and adherence monitoring

           

          Retrieval actions for missing doses

           

          Adverse events

           

          Post treatment follow-up, nutritional support details and remarks

           

          Treatment outcome

           

          Important Points to Note

          • The TB treatment card is filled at the Peripheral Health Institution (PHI) when a patient is initiated on treatment.
          • The original TB treatment card is kept at the PHI and updated fortnightly.
          • A duplicate treatment card is to be given to the treatment supporter for documentation of daily events. 
          • The treatment supporter should be trained on how to record the treatment card. 
          • Details on the patient’s HIV status are not included in the treatment supporter’s copy to maintain confidentiality.

           

          The figure below shows the 1st page of the TB treatment card. Click here to access the full form in the NTEP Training Modules 1-4 for Programme Managers & Medical Officers, p. 223.

           

          Figure: First Page of the TB Treatment Card; Source: NTEP Training Modules 1-4 for Programme Managers & Medical Officers, p. 223

           

           

          Resources

           

          • NTEP Training Modules 1-4 for Programme Managers & Medical Officers, 2020.

           

          Kindly provide your valuable feedback on the page to the link provided HERE

        • NTEP TB ID Card

          Content

          In the National TB Elimination Programme (NTEP), the ‘NTEP TB identity card’ is provided for their identification and record of clinical follow-ups.

           

          The identity card is completed for each patient who has a Tuberculosis (TB) Treatment Card, and it is kept with the patient. Information from the TB Treatment Card is used to complete the identity card.

           

          There are 3 parts in the NTEP TB identity card and details in each part is delineated in Table 1.

           

          Table 1: Parts of the NTEP TB identity card; Source: NTEP Training Module 2 for Programme Managers & Medical Officers, p. 105

          PART

          DETAILS CONTAINED IN THE SECTION

          The First and Second Part

          Patient information

          Name and address of the TB unit/ district

          Treatment details of the patient including:

          • Disease classification
          • Type of patient
          • Treatment provider
          • Case definition
          • Weight bands
          • Dosage
          • Sputum results
          • Culture results
          • Results of follow-up smear examinations
          • Results of follow-up cultures
          • Information on the date of treatment initiation
          • Treatment outcome

          The Back Part

          Appointment dates for visits to NTEP facilities

          Contact details of NTEP staff in case of side events/queries

           

          The information contained in this card will help to continue treatment in case the patient is transferred or admitted to any other health facility any time during the treatment period. The TB identity card is shown in Figure 1.

           

          Figure 1: NTEP TB Identity Card; Source: NTEP Training Modules 1-4 for Programme Managers & Medical Officers, 2020

           

           

          Figure 2: Sample of a patient’s TB identity card

           

          Resources

           

          • NTEP Training Modules 1-4 for Programme Managers & Medical Officers, 2020

           

          Kindly provide your valuable feedback on the page to the link provided HERE

        • Transfer of TB Patient

          Content

          TB patients may not stay in one place throughout the treatment duration. When they move from one place to other, there should be a mechanism to hand over the responsibility of continuing the patient's treatment in a facility near the new place of the patient. This is the concept of patient transfer and can be easily managed in Nikshay portal.

          • The transfer module in Nikshay enables transfer requests of patients between Health Facilities (HFs) across the country.
          • Provision of shifting of patient from one HF to another is possible if the patient changes his/her residence for the purpose of treatment.
          • The requests are of two types: “Transfer In” and “Transfer Out”.
          • All transfer requests needs to be accepted by the “District/ TB Unit (TU)/ Peripheral Health Institute (PHI)” where the transfer request is made in order for it to take effect.
          • Transfer requests can be made to even the District/ TU level. However, it can be completed only once the “Transferred to PHI” has been assigned.

          Figure: Transfer Management in Nikshay; Source: Nikshay Zendesk, Nikshay Knowledge Base, Advanced Transfer in Web.

           

          Steps in Transfer of TB Patient

           

          1. In Nikshay, the referring HF updates details from the current HF of patient to the HF where patient is being transferred.

          2. The receiving HF gets the intimation about the transfer.

          The patient transfer module also provides the provision to pull the patient belonging to another HF to the recipient HF. The accountability of the transferred patients is now with the receiving HF and the treatment initiating facility.

          A separate transfer register is also available to get details about various transfers from and to a given district, which can be downloaded from Nikshay reports.

           

          Resources

          • Nikshay Zendesk, Nikshay Knowledge Base, Advanced Transfer in Web.
          • Guidelines for PMDT in India, 2021.

           

          Assessment

          Question​

          Answer 1​

          Answer 2​

          Answer 3​

          Answer 4​

          Correct answer​

          Correct explanation​

          Page id​

          Part of Pre-test​

          Part of Post-test​

          Transfer requests include "Transfer In" and "Transfer Out".

          True

          False

           

           

          1

          Transfer requests include "Transfer In" and "Transfer Out".

          ​

          Yes

          Yes

        • Pharmacovigilance in NTEP

          Content

          Pharmacovigilance is defined by the World Health Organisation (WHO) as the science and activities relating to the detection, assessment, understanding and prevention of adverse effects or any other drug-related problem.

          • It is a fundamental public health surveillance activity to ensure patient safety measures in healthcare.
          • Good pharmacovigilance will identify the risks within the shortest possible time after medicines have been marketed and help establish or identify risk factors.

           

          Importance of Pharmacovigilance

          Pharmacovigilance allows for intelligent, evidence-based prescribing with the potential for preventing many Adverse Drug Reactions (ADRs). Pharmacovigilance will help in:

          • Improving patient care by assessing both the harms and benefits received from drugs (anti-tubercular treatment).
          • Strengthening patient safety, safeguarding the patient’s interests and ensuring adherence to prescribed drug regimens.
          • Preventing antimicrobial resistance.

          Pharmacovigilance ultimately helps each patient in receiving optimum therapy at a lower cost to the health system.

           

          Conducting Pharmacovigilance under the National TB Elimination Programme (NTEP)

           

          The Pharmacovigilance Programme of India (PvPI) was set up by the Ministry of Health and Family Welfare, Govt. of India, in July 2010. PvPI is India’s national programme for surveillance of ADR-related information.

          NTEP in collaboration with PvPI, and with support from WHO India, developed the comprehensive active Drug Safety Monitoring and Management (aDSM) system for ADR monitoring. Pharmacovigilance is prioritised in Drug-resistant TB (DR-TB) centres for drug-resistant cases.

           

          Adverse events reporting for pharmacovigilance is done as follows:

          1. DR-TB centres are linked with ADR Monitoring Centres (AMC) established in medical colleges to initiate reporting of ADR in a systematic manner.
          2. Serious adverse events are reported to AMCs and Central TB Division (CTD) within 24 hours. This is done via a standardized suspected ADR reporting form (Annexure-11) which is filled by the treating doctor.
          3. The data is entered in Nikshay on a regular basis by statistical assistants at the nodal DR-TB centre and senior DR-TB TB-HIV supervisors at the district DR-TB centre.
          4. From Nikshay, the information is directly communicated to PvPI through a connecting bridge called Vigiflow.
          5. The ADR data submitted to Vigifloware is analysed by PvPI and shared with CTD on a regular basis.

           

          Resources

          • Training Modules (1-4) for Programme Managers and Medical Officers, 2020.
          • Guidelines for Programmatic Management of Drug-resistant Tuberculosis in India, March 2021.
          • Ready Reckoner for Medical Officer - Adverse Drug Reactions Associated with Anti-TB Drugs Identification and Management, 2019.
          • Practical Handbook on the Pharmacovigilance of Medicines used in the Treatment of Tuberculosis, WHO, 2012.

           

          Assessment

           

          Question​

          Answer 1​

          Answer 2​

          Answer 3​

          Answer 4​

          Correct answer​

          Correct explanation​

          Page id​

          Part of Pre-test​

          Part of Post-test​

          Which of the following is true concerning pharmacovigilance in NTEP?

          PvPI is India’s national programme for surveillance of ADR-related information.

          ADR-related information flows between Nikshay and PvPI via Vigiflow.

          Pharmacovigilance assesses both the harms and benefits received from anti-TB drugs.

          All of the above

          4

          PvPI is India’s national programme for surveillance of ADR-related information, which flows between Nikshay and PvPI via Vigiflow. Pharmacovigilance assesses both the harms and benefits received from anti-TB drugs.

            Yes Yes

           

           

        • Follow up sputum examination

          Content

          Follow-up Sputum Examination is useful for the clinical follow-up which helps in assessing the response to treatment, and to establish cure or failure at the end of treatment.

          Significance:

          The most important tool in the diagnosis of tuberculosis is direct microscopic examination of appropriately stained sputum specimens for acid-fast bacilli (AFB). The technique is simple and inexpensive, and used in the detection of tuberculosis. Sputum microscopy is also useful for the clinical follow up which helps in assessing the response to treatment, and to establish cure or failure at the end of treatment.

          Schedule

          In case of Drug-sensitive Tuberculosis (DS-TB), the follow-up is done at the end of Intensive Phase (IP) and at the end of Continuation Phase (CP).

          In case of Drug-resistant Tuberculosis (DR-TB), the follow up schedule is different for all the three regimen described below:

          Isoniazid (H) mono/ poly DR-TB regimen

          • Monthly from month 3 onwards, till the end of treatment
          • Conduct sputum microscopy within 7 days, if the smear at month 4 or later is positive to rapidly ascertain bacteriological conversion/ reversion.

          Shorter oral Bedaquiline-containing Multidrug-Resistant (MDR)/ Rifampicin-Resistant (RR)-TB regimen

          • Monthly from 3rd month onwards, till end of IP
          • Monthly in extended IP, only if previous month S+ve
          • Conduct sputum microscopy within 7 days, if the smear at 6 months is positive to rapidly ascertain bacteriological conversion/ reversion.

          Longer oral M/ XDR-TB regimen

          • With culture at Culture and Drug Susceptibility (C&DST) lab
          • Conduct sputum microscopy within 7 days if any smear at 6 month or later is positive to rapidly ascertain bacteriological conversion/ reversion.

           

          Post Treatment Follow-Up

          After completion of treatment, the patients should be followed-up at the end of 6, 12, 18 & 24 months for detecting recurrence of TB at the earliest. In presence of any clinical symptoms and/or cough, sputum microscopy and/or culture should be considered. This is important in detecting recurrence of TB at the earliest.

           

          Implications

          The sputum follow-up examination is a quick and reliable method which helps in monitoring the progress of the treatment and gives an early indication of any recurrence.

           
          Resources
          • Training Modules (1-4) for Programme Managers & Medical Officers, NTEP, CTD, MoHFW, GoI, 2020.
          • Guidelines for Programmatic Management of Drug-resistant Tuberculosis in India, NTEP. CTD, MoHFW, 2021.

          Assessment

           



          Question 1


          Answer 1


          Answer 2


          Answer 3


          Answer 4


          Correct Answer


          Correct Explanation


          Page id


          Part of Pre-Test


          Part of Post-Test


          The follow-up in all oral longer regimen should be done with culture at C&DST Lab


          True


          False


           


           


          1


          The follow-up of sputum is done with culture at C&DST lab

           


           


          Yes


          Yes

           

           

        • Management of EPTB

          Content

          ​The management principles of Extrapulmonary Tuberculosis (EPTB) are shown in the figure below.

          Figure: Ten principles about what every EPTB patient in India needs as a basic standard of care

          Abbr: CBNAAT:Cartridge-based Nucleic Acid AMplification Test; PTB: Pulmonary TB; NTEP: National TB Elimination Programme

           

          Diagnosis of EP-TB

          • All efforts need to be made to get a microbiological confirmation whenever a sample is available. 
          • Clinical diagnosis can be made by treating physician based on the clinical features, lab investigations, imaging studies and by ruling out other causes

           

          Treatment Regimen and Duration for EPTB

          The treatment regimen and schedule for EPTB cases will remain the same as for pulmonary TB (2HRZE/ 4HRE). However, the duration of the continuation phase in EPTB may be extended in special situations such as TB Meningitis, bone and spine TB etc.

           

          Role of Surgery in EPTB Cases

          • Surgery is sometimes required for the diagnosis of EPTB. It is reserved for management of late complications of the disease.

           

          Monitoring Treatment Response

          • Response to treatment in EPTB may be best assessed clinically. Clinical follow-up is the most important criterion for the follow-up of EPTB patients. The clinician can assess the patient’s condition by checking weight gain and a decrease/ increase in presenting clinical symptoms.
          • Investigations such as Acid-fast Bacilli (AFB) microscopy, chest X-ray, liver function tests, serum creatinine, and USG-abdomen can be used to monitor the treatment status.

          The treatment support and other monitoring activities remain the same as for pulmonary TB.

           

          Resources

          • Training Modules (1-4) for Programme Managers and Medical Officers, 2020.
          • Index TB Guidelines on Extra-pulmonary Tuberculosis for India, Central TB Division, 2016.

           

          Assessment

          ​Question​

          Answer 1​

          Answer 2​

          Answer 3​

          Answer 4​

          Correct answer​

          Correct explanation​

          Page id​

          Part of Pre-test​

          Part of Post-test​

          What is the standard treatment duration for most EPTB cases?

          2 weeks

          1 month

          6 months

          3 years

          3

          The treatment regimen and schedule for EPTB cases will remain the same as for pulmonary TB (2HRZE/ 4HRE).

            Yes Yes

          In which cases can the treatment duration exceed 6 months in EPTB?

          TB meningitis

          TB of the bone and joint

          Depending on the clinician’s decision

          All of the above

          4

          EPTB treatment duration can be extended beyond 6 months in TB meningitis, TB of bone and joint (including TB otitis media), and if recommended by the clinician.

           

          Yes

          Yes

           

           

           

        • Management of Patients with Treatment Interruptions

          Content

          Treatment interruption is defined as a patient-initiated episode in which the patient discontinues TB treatment. All efforts must be made to ensure that TB patients do not interrupt treatment or are not lost to follow-up. Action should be taken to promptly retrieve patients who fail to come for their daily dose by the treatment supporter

           

          The management of treatment interruptions is made based on the following criteria:

          i. Type of case: Whether new, relapse or failure

          ii. Duration of treatment taken: Less than one month/ more than one month. This helps in assessing the risk of the presence of drug resistance.

          iii. Duration of Interruption: Less than one month/ more than a month.

          If treatment interruption is more than one month, the outcome is declared as ‘lost to follow up’.

          If a patient returns to the health facility after interrupting treatment for more than one month, the patient sample needs to be subjected to Drug Susceptibility Testing (DST) to determine resistance/ sensitivity status to anti-TB drugs.

          In case the interruption is for less than one month, the same treatment regimen is completed to complete all doses.

           

          Modes of Retrieval

          TB treatment is supervised by a trained treatment supporter (a health worker, family member or community volunteer). The residential address is verified for all TB patients by home visits. However, in case of treatment interruption, patient retrieval action is required.

           

          Retrieval can be done by the following modes:

          1. Retrieval of patients interrupting treatment within 24 hours of discontinuation is done by the Treatment Supporter (TS) or Accredited Social Health Activist (ASHA)/ Auxilliary Nurse Midwife (ANM)/ Multipurpose Worker (MPW). The reason for interruptions should be reviewed carefully and efforts made to counsel and bring the patient back for treatment.

          2. If the TS is not successful in retrieving such patients, it should be reported to the next higher level of supervisors, like Senior Treatment Supervisor (STS), and they should take all efforts to counsel and retrieve the patient.

          3. If the patient interrupts treatment on more than one occasion, the Medical Officer of the Peripheral Health Institute (MO-PHI) should visit the patient’s home. The MO-PHI should give intensive counselling to the patient and may provide additional support to continue the treatment without interruption.

          4. Innovative use of information and communication technologies for treatment adherence monitoring through 99 DOTS, Medication Event Reminder Monitor (MERM), etc. are also beneficial in finding missed doses and initiating retrieval action by the health staff.

           

          Resources

          1. Training Modules (1-4) for Programme Managers and Medical Officers.

          2. Guidelines for PMDT in India, 2021.

           

          Assessment

          Question​ Answer 1​ Answer 2​ Answer 3​ Answer 4​ Correct answer​ Correct explanation​ Page id​ Part of Pre-test​ Part of Post-test​
          If treatment interruption is more than one month, the outcome is declared as ‘lost to follow-up'. True False     1 If treatment interruption is more than one month, the outcome is declared as ‘lost to follow-up'. ​ Yes Yes
        • Prevention of Drug Resistance

          Content

          There are five principal ways to prevent Drug-resistant Tuberculosis (DR-TB), as given in the figure below.

          Image
          Five Principal Ways to Prevent DR-TB; Source: Guideline for PMDT in India, 2021.

           Figure: Five Principal Ways to Prevent DR-TB; Source: Guideline for PMDT in India, 2021.

          • Drug resistance cannot be prevented by mere diagnosis and treatment of DR-TB.
          • Basic TB diagnostic and treatment services should receive priority for the prevention of drug resistance.
          • Systems for early detection and treatment of DR-TB should be integrated into the existing TB services and the general health system.
          • Healthcare facilities and congregate settings should be provided with proper infection control measures.
          • Transmission should be prevented by addressing non-specific determinants like access to care, comorbidities and awareness.

           

          Resources

           

          • Guidelines for PMDT in India, 2021.
          • Companion Handbook to the WHO Guidelines for the Programmatic Management of Drug-resistant Tuberculosis.

           

          Kindly provide your valuable feedback on the page to the link provided HERE

        • Management of TB in special situations

          Content

          The treatment for TB is demanding in terms of duration of treatment, adverse drug reactions, the requirement of prolonged adherence by patients and catastrophic expenditures. The presence of a special condition added on by a TB diagnosis makes it even more challenging.

          To improve the outcomes for such challenging situations, the programme recommends certain modifications in the regimen, which are listed in the table below.

          Table: Management of TB in Special Situations

          Pregnancy and lactation Pregnant women with TB should be jointly managed by an obstetrician/ gynaecologist and pulmonologist/ physician.
          The shorter oral Bedaquiline-containing Multidrug-resistant (MDR)/Rifampicin-resistant (RR)-TB regimen should not be administered in pregnant women before 32 weeks due to Ethionamide (Eto) led to potential teratogenicity in first trimester and risk of hypothyroidism in the infant in second trimester.
          Beyond 32 weeks, the choice of regimen needs to be a consultative decision between the obstetrician and physician at the Nodal/District Drug-resistant TB Centre (N/DDR-TBC).
          In pregnant women diagnosed with DR-TB, if the duration of pregnancy is <20 weeks*, the patient should be advised to opt for Medical Termination of Pregnancy (MTP) in view of the potential severe risk to both mother and foetus.
          Bedaquiline (Bdq) and Delamanid (Dlm) both should not be recommended during the lactating period unless the mother is willing to replace breastfeeding with formula feed.
          Breastfeeding must be continued and after ruling out active TB, the baby should be given 6 months of isoniazid preventive therapy, The mother should be advised about cough hygiene measures such as covering the nose and mouth while coughing, sneezing or any act which can produce sputum droplets.
          Mothers receiving INH and their breastfed infants should be supplemented with vitamin B6 (pyridoxine), recommended dose of Pyridoxine in infants is 5 mg/day and for mother is 10mg/day.
          Renal impairment In the presence of mild to moderate renal impairment dosage of Ethambutol (E) and Levofloxacin (Lfx) should be adjusted.
          In the presence of severe renal impairment, Lfx can be replaced with a normal dose of Moxifloxacin (Mfx) (200/400 mg based on the patients’ weight).
          In case of patients undergoing dialysis, medicine should be given either 4-6 hours before dialysis or immediately after dialysis
          Pre-existing liver disease MDR/ RR-TB patients having deranged Liver Function Test (LFT) during pre-treatment evaluation should be strictly monitored as clinically indicated while on treatment.
          In patients with pre-existing liver disease with persistently abnormal liver function tests, a shorter oral MDR/ RR-TB regimen should be avoided due to presence of High-dose Isoniazid (H(h)), Eto and Pyrazinamide (Z).

          If the serum alanine aminotransferase level is more than 3 times normal before the initiation of treatment, the following regimens should be considered: –

          1. Containing two hepatotoxic drugs:

          - 9 months of isoniazid and rifampicin, plus ethambutol (until or unless isoniazid susceptibility is documented) - 9HRE

          - 2 months of isoniazid, rifampicin, streptomycin and ethambutol, followed by 7 months of isoniazid and rifampicin-2SHR/ 7HR

          - 6–9 months of rifampicin, pyrazinamide and ethambutol-(6-9 RZE)

          1. Containing one hepatotoxic drug: 2 months of isoniazid, ethambutol and streptomycin, followed by 10 months of isoniazid and ethambutol (2SHE/10 HE)
          2. Containing no hepatotoxic drugs: 18–24 months of streptomycin, ethambutol and fluoroquinolone. (18-24 SLE)
          Seizure disorders Patients should be evaluated to check if seizures are under control and verify if the patient is taking anti-seizure medication.
          Since Eto, Fluoroquinolones (FQ), and high dose Isoniazid are associated with seizures they should be used carefully/ avoided amongst MDR/RR-TB patients with a history of seizures.
          Though the seizure is not common with Bdq, it should also be considered while assessing the causality assessment.
          The prophylactic use of oral pyridoxine (vitamin B6) up to 5-25 mg/day can be used in patients with seizure disorders to protect against the neurological adverse effects of isoniazid or cycloserine.
          Serum levels of anti-epileptic drugs should be monitored closely to identify any drug interactions.

          Management of Adverse Drug Reactions (ADRs) in Special Situations

          • The actual management of ADR begins during the treatment initiation counselling, where the patient should be instructed in detail about potential adverse effects due to the prescribed drug regimen and when they occur, to notify a healthcare provider.
          • Treatment Supporter (TS) should be trained to closely monitor the patient for any signs of ADR (especially, since drug-drug interaction could happen) daily so that they can be recognized and managed quickly.
          • The TS should also be trained to identify ADR as major and minor.
          • A symptom-based approach should be followed to manage minor ADR where the patient is usually able to tolerate anti-TB drugs and continue medication with symptomatic treatment. Appropriate referrals should be made for all major ADRs that may require hospitalization of the patient.
          • If the adverse effect is mild and not serious the treatment regimen must be continued with the help of ancillary drugs, if needed.
          • For most second-line drugs related ADR, reducing the dosage/ terminating the offending drug can be considered and should be decided by the Nodal/District Drug-resistant TB Centre (N/DD- TBC) committee.
          • Psychosocial support, patient education and motivation through TS and other patient support groups are also effective ways to manage the ADRs.

          Resources

          • Guidelines on Programmatic Management of Drug Resistant TB (PMDT) in India, CTD, MoHFW, India, 2021.
          • Training Modules (1-4) for Programme Managers and Medical Officers, CTD, MoHFW, India.

          Assessment

          Question Answer 1 Answer 2 Answer 3 Answer 4 Correct answer Correct explanation Page id Part of Pre-test Part of Post-test
          The shorter oral Bdq-containing regimen should not be administered to pregnant women until how many weeks? 20 22 30 32 4 The shorter oral Bedaquiline-containing MDR/RR-TB regimen should not be administered in pregnant women before 32 weeks as it can cause Ethionamide (Eto)-led potential teratogenicity in the first trimester and risk of hypothyroidism in infants in the second trimester.   Yes Yes
        • Death Audit

          Content

          A death review or mortality audit is a means of documenting the causes of death and the factors that contributed to it, identifying factors that could be modified and actions that could prevent future deaths, putting the actions into place and reviewing the outcomes.

          The aims of the audit or review of deaths in hospitals and health services are to:

          • Ensure that all deaths are identified and discussed, and confidentiality is maintained.
          • Assign a cause or causes to each death.
          • Determine whether the care given was consistent with evidence-based clinical practice, standards of care or the care desired by professionals.
          • Determine the social, environmental and nutritional risk factors for any death.
          • Determine possible modifiable factors in the care of each person who dies.
          • Change modifiable factors to improve the quality of care and avoid similar deaths in the future.
          • Improve the quality and completeness of patient documentation.
          • Provide an opportunity for reflection and support to HCWs.
          • Let families know that their relative’s life was valued, the death is being taken seriously and HCWs are committed to learning and improving their practice.

          Under the National TB Elimination Programme (NTEP), death audits provide insights into the chain of social, economic and clinical events leading to TB deaths and guide the programme in taking appropriate actions to prevent them.

            Process for Undertaking Death Audits

            An overview of the process for undertaking a TB death audit is shown in the figure below. Under NTEP, the following stakeholders are involved in the process:

            • The medical officer should conduct an in-depth audit of all the deaths occurring amongst TB patients irrespective of initiation of treatment.
            • Similarly, the District TB Officer (DTO) should conduct the death review of all Multidrug-resistant TB (MDR-TB) patients who died.

             

            Figure: Overview of the process for undertaking a TB death audit

             

            Resources

            • Training Modules (1-4) for Programme Managers and Medical Officers, 2020.
            • A Guide to Conducting TB Patient Mortality Audits using a Patient-centered Approach, KNCV, USAID and MSH, 2012.
            • Operational Guide for Facility-based Audit and Review of Paediatric Mortality, WHO, 2018.

             

            Assessment

            Question​

            Answer 1​

            Answer 2​

            Answer 3​

            Answer 4​

            Correct answer​

            Correct explanation​

            Page id​

            Part of Pre-test​

            Part of Post-test​

            Which of the following is true about death audits?

            A death audit is a means of documenting the causes of death and the factors that contributed to it.

            It helps in identifying factors that could be modified and actions that could prevent future deaths.

            It can be conducted via a community-based death review

            All of the above

            4

            A death review or mortality audit is a means of documenting the causes of death and the factors that contributed to it, identifying factors that could be modified and actions that could prevent future deaths, putting the actions into place and reviewing the outcomes. It is conducted via two main methods: Community-based Death Review and Facility-based Mortality Audit.

              Yes Yes

            Which of the following stakeholders are responsible for conducting death reviews under NTEP?

            Treatment supporters

            Medical officers

            State TB officers

            None of the above

            2

            The medical officer should conduct an in-depth audit of all the deaths occurring amongst TB patients irrespective of initiation of treatment.

             

            Yes

            Yes

             

             

        • STS: DS-TB Treatment and care

          Fullscreen
          • Categorization of DSTB Treatment Regimen

            Content

            Daily Regimen is prescribed for Drug Sensitive TB patients (DSTB), where the patient needs to consume the FDC formulation daily.

            Daily Regimen comprises the first line Anti TB drugs based on

            • Age: Adult/ Pediatric
            • Weight of the patient: Weight Bands

            Age: Based on age, patients are categorized into

            • Adults: The patient's age should be greater than 19 years
            • Paediatrics: Patient's age up to 19 years and weight less than 39 Kgs

            Weight Bands: 

            • Treatment dosages are based on TB patients’ weight.
            • A weight band category is defined for Adults and Pediatric patients separately, and FDC are issued based on that weight category.
          • Treatment Regimen for DSTB – Adult

            Content

            Intensive Phase(IP): Consists of eight weeks (56 doses) of HRZE in daily dosages as per weight of patient.

            Continuation Phase(CP): Consists of 16 weeks (112 doses) of HRE in daily dosages as per weight of patient.

            For adults, there are five weight bands, as shown in the table below. The table also indicates the number of FDC tablets that have to be consumed in each weight band

            Weight band category

            Intensive phase(IP)

            (HRZE - 75/150/400/275)

            Continuation phase(CP)

            (HRE - 75/150/275)

            25–34 kgs

            2

            2

            35–49 kgs

            3

            3

            50–64 kgs

            4

            4

            65–75 kgs

            5

            5

            >=75 kgs

            6

            6

            Regular monthly follow up of the patient needs to be done and if patient loses or gains approx. 5 kg weight and if weight band changes during the treatment, then the dose of the patient needs to be recalculated.
             

          • Treatment Regimen for DSTB - Pediatrics

            Content

            Intensive Phase (IP)

            Consists of eight weeks (56 doses) of HRZ in daily dosages as per weight of patient.

            Ethambutol (E) is given separately for children to monitor ophthalmic side effects.

             

            Continuous Phase (CP)

            Consists of 16 weeks (112 doses) of HRE in daily dosages as per the weight of the patient.

            In Pediatric, there are six weight bands’s as shown in the table below. The table also indicates the number of FDC tablets  that has to be consumed in each weight band

             

            Weight Band category

             

            Fixed-Dose Combinations (FDCs)

             

            Intensive phase (IP)

            (HRZE - 75/150/400/275)

            Continuation phase (CP)

            (HRE - 75/150/275)

            4-7 kgs

            1 1

            8-11 kgs

            2 2

            12-15 kgs

            3 3

            16-24 Kgs

            4 4

            25-29 Kgs

            3 + 1A 3 + 1A

            30-39 Kgs

            2 + 2A 2 + 2A

             

            Regular monthly follow-up of the paediatric patient needs to be done and if the patient weight crosses the range of the weight band during the treatment, then the weight band of the patient should be changed immediately.

            Children above 39 kg shall usually be adolescents, the drug dosage requirement for them would be similar to adults

            Resources:

            • Technical and Operational Guidelines for TB Control in India 2016

            Kindly provide your valuable feedback on the page to the link provided HERE

          • DS-TB Treatment – Patient Flow

            Content

            Community Health Volunteers(CHVs) have to refer the presumptive cases identified based on the r symptom screening to the nearest NTEP health facility for further investigation. Once Diagnosed with TB, the TB patients are initiated on the first-line TB treatment. Patients are also offered NAAT within a maximum of 15 days to rule out any drug resistance. If no drug resistance is detected, then the patient continues on the first-line TB treatment. TB patients are then clinically evaluated every month to check the progress of TB treatment. 

            The treatment duration of TB is divided into two phases - The Intensive Phase(IP) and the Continuation Phase(CP). Post-treatment completion, patients are then evaluated at intervals of 6,12,18 and 24 Months to ensure a relapse-free TB cure for the patient.

            Figure: DSTB Treatment Flow

             

          • Adverse Drug Reactions(ADRs) to First Line Treatment

            Content

            Symptoms

            Drug Responsible

            Action to be taken by Community Health Volunteers

            Gastrointestinal Symptoms 

            Any Oral Medications

            • Reassure patient. 

            • Give TB Drugs with less water at a longer interval. 

            • If symptom persists, refer to the nearest health facility

            Itching/Rashes  

            Isoniazid

            • Reassure patient. 

            • In case of severe itching, refer the patient to the nearest health facility

            Tingling/ burning/ numbness in the hands & feet 

            Isoniazid

            • Refer the patient to the nearest health facility

            Joint Pains 

            Pyrazinamide

            • Reassure patient. 

            • Increase intake of liquids. 

            • If severe, refer the patient to the nearest health facility

            Impaired Vision  

            Ethambutol

            • Refer the patient to the nearest health facility

            Ringing in the ears, Loss of hearing, Dizziness and loss of balance  

            Isoniazid, Rifampicin or Pyrazinamide

            • Refer the patient to the nearest health facility

            Hepatitis: Anorexia/ nausea/ vomiting/ jaundice  

            Isoniazid, Ethambutol,  Rifampicin or Pyrazinamide

            • If patient detected with signs of jaundice, refer the patient to the nearest health facility

             

        • STS: DR-TB Treatment and care

          Fullscreen
          • Screening for DR-TB

            Content

            All patients diagnosed with TB should have universal access to rapid DST for at least Rifampicin and further DST for at least Fluoroquinolones among all TB patients with rifampicin resistance, i.e. UDST. 

            UDST tests are offered preferably before treatment initiation to a maximum within 15 days from diagnosis. Based on the UDST test result, if Rifampicin resistance is detected, the patient is shifted to DR-TB Treatment Regimen. If Rifampicin resistance is not detected, then first-line anti TB treatment is continued, and the patient is screened further on their follow-ups. If tested positive in sputum examination during any patient follow up, then sputum is sent for further drug resistance testing, and the patient is referred to PHI for follow-up.

            Figure: Screening of patient for initiating DRTB Treatment from DSTB Treatment

             

          • Types of Drug Resistance Tuberculosis -DRTB

            Content

              

            Resistant

             

            Sensitive

             

            Unknown / Sensitive

             

            Types of Drug Resistance TB (DR TB) Resistance to Isoniazid (H) Resistance to Rifampicin (R)

            Resistance to Fluroquinolone (FQ)

            • Ofloxacin,
            • Levofloxacin,
            • Moxifloxacin

            Resistance to Group A Drugs

            • Bedaquiline or
            • Linezolid

            H Mono / Poly Drug Resistance

            • ​Resistant to Isoniazid (H)
            • Sensitive to Rifampicin (R)
            • Unknown / Sensitive to Fluoroquinolone (FQ) or Group A Drugs - Bedaquiline or Linezolid
                   

            Rifampicin Resistance (RR)

            • Resistant to Rifampicin (R)
            • Unknown / Sensitive to other drugs
                   

            Multi Drug Resistance TB (MDR TB)

            • Resistant to Isoniazid (H) and Rifampicin (R)
            • Unknown / Sensitive to Fluoroquinolone (FQ) or Group A Drugs - Bedaquiline or Linezolid
                   

            Pre-Extensive Drug Resistance (Pre -XDR)

            • Resistant to Isoniazid (H), Rifampicin (R) and any Fluroquinolone (FQ)

            • Sensitive/ Unknown to Group A Drugs - Bedaquiline or Linezolid
                   

            Extensive Drug Resistance (XDR)

            • Resistant to Isoniazid (H) , Rifampicin (R) and any Fluoroquinolone (FQ) and at least one additional Group A Drugs - (presently to either Bedaquiline or linezolid [or both])
                   

            Resources:

            • Guidelines for Programmatic Management of Drug Resistant Tuberculosis in India, March 2021 
            • WHO Consolidated Guidelines on Tuberculosis: Module 4-Treatment: Drug resistant TB Treatment, 2020
          • DR-TB Treatment – Patient Flow

            Content

            After getting diagnosed with Drug-Resistant TB(DR-TB), the patient is referred to District DRTB Centre(DDR-TBC) for initiation of treatment. Few clinically complicated cases are referred to the Nodal DRTB Centre(NDR TBC). Since the drugs used for the treatment of DR-TB have significant adverse effects and to rule out any underlying comorbid conditions or radiological or ECG, or biochemical derangements, a Pre-treatment evaluation is done to check eligibility of patients for DR-TB regimen and to identify those patients requiring special attention and regimen modifications before initiating patients on TB treatment.

            After initiation of treatment, patients are monitored every month. If the sputum test is positive during the follow-up, then the sputum sample is sent for further testing, and if needed, the regimen is changed. And if the sputum sample turns out to be negative during follow up sputum test, then the same treatment regimen is continued till treatment completion.

            Post-treatment completion, patients are evaluated at the interval of 6, 12, 18 and 24 months, screened for any clinical signs and symptoms, and, if found suspected, then referred for sputum microscopy and /or culture test.

             

             

            Figure: TB patient flow after being diagnosed with Multi Drug Resistance TB(MDR/RR TB)

             

          • Pre treatment evaluation of a DRTB cases

            Content
            Let us understand the objective and importance of Pre-treatment Evaluation (PTE) of Drug-resistant TB (DR-TB) patients.
             
             
            PTE Objective
             
            Drugs used for the treatment of drug-resistant TB have significant adverse effects. Hence, there is a need for PTE to rule out any underlying condition at the baseline, like co-morbid conditions, radiological abnormalities, Electrocardiogram (ECG) changes, or biochemical derangements. 
             
             
            PTE is essential to identify:

             

            • The patient's eligibility for initiation of a particular regimen
            • Patients who require special attention during treatment
            • Regimen modifications from the beginning of treatment

             

            Important Points 

             

            • In the majority of Multidrug-resistant (MDR)/ Rifampicin-resistant Tuberculosis (RR-TB) patients, PTE can be done on an outpatient basis.
            • The District TB Officer (DTO) and Medical Officer of the TB Unit (MO-TU) can arrange for PTE at the Nodal and District DR-TB Centre (N/DDR-TBC) or at the sub-district level health facility, wherever feasible.
            • No additional investigations are required for H Mono/ Poly DR-TB patients unless clinically indicated.
            • The PTE carried out at the time of treatment initiation can be considered valid for 1 month from the date of the test result and the patient can be re-initiated on a subsequent regimen considering the previously conducted PTEs.
            • Active Drug Safety Management and Monitoring (aDSM) treatment initiation forms are required to be completed for all DR-TB patients at the time of initiation of each new episode of treatment.
            • PTE should include a thorough clinical evaluation by a physician and expert consultation as per the need. 
            • Laboratory-based tests should be performed based on the drugs used in the treatment regimen.
            • Pre-treatment evaluation should be made available free of charge to the patient.

            ​

            Resources

             

            • Guidelines for Programmatic Management of Drug-resistant Tuberculosis in India, March 2021.
            • WHO Consolidated Guidelines on Tuberculosis: Module 4 -Treatment: Drug-resistant TB Treatment, 2020.

             

            Kindly provide your valuable feedback on the page to the link provided HERE
             

          • Second Line anti TB drugs

            Content

            The anti-TB drugs recommended for treatment of Multi- and Extensively Drug-resistant (M/XDR) TB patients are grouped into three groups –  A, B and C (Figure below).

             

            Figure: Groups A, B and C of Anti-TB Drugs used in Treatment of M/XDR-TB Patients

             

            Grouping of drugs is done based on their efficacy, experience of use and drug class. This grouping is intended to guide the design of individualized, longer M/XDR-TB regimens (the composition of the recommended shorter MDR/RR-TB regimen is largely standardized).

            Resources

            • Guidelines for Programmatic Management of Tuberculosis in India, 2021.
            • WHO Consolidated Guidelines on Tuberculosis, Module 4 - Treatment: Drug-resistant TB Treatment, 2020.

             

            Kindly provide your valuable feedback on the page to the link provided HERE

          • Adverse Drug Reactions(ADRs) to Second Line Treatment

            Content

            Common Adverse events to second line treatment are as below

            Figure: Adverse Drug Reaction to Second line drugs

             

            Adverse events should be identified, monitored and be referred to

            • Nearest treating doctor for minor symptoms or
            • District DR-TB Centres for major symptoms

            If required, hospitalization can be done at the District DR-TB Centers where inpatient facility is available or referred to a Nodal DRTB Centre for admission

             

        • STS: TB Infection treatment and care

          Fullscreen
          • TB Infection

            Content
            • TB Infection (or previously known as Latent TB infection) is a stage in between uninfected and having active TB. In this stage the person has no symptoms and can only be identified using laboratory tests.

            • The vast majority of infected people may never develop TB disease. However, to achieve TB elimination, it is important to treat TB infection in people at risk of developing active TB disease.

            • It is a state of persistent immune response to stimulation by Mycobacterium tuberculosis antigens with no evidence of clinically manifested active TB.

            • There is no single acceptable/reliable test for direct identification of Mycobacterium tuberculosis infection in humans. Tuberculin Skin Test (TST) and Interferon-gamma release assay (IGRA) are commonly used tests for identifying TB infection.

            Resources:

            • Latent Tuberculosis Infection Guideline

            • Guideline for Programmatic Management of Tuberculosis Preventive Treatment in India

             

          • Testing for TB Infection

            Content

            For TB infection, there are two recommended tests which can be used to identify such patients.

            Tuberculin Skin Test (TST)

            The skin test is done by injecting a small amount (0.5 ml) of TB antigens into the top layer of skin on your inner forearm. If one has ever been exposed to TB bacteria (Mycobacterium tuberculosis), there will be a reaction indicated by the development of a firm red bump (induration) >= 10 mm at the site within 2 days.

            Image
            Tuberculin Skin Test

            Figure: Tuberculin Skin Test

             

            Interferon-gamma release assay (IGRA)

            IGRA is a Blood test. If one has been exposed to TB bacteria, the white blood cell in the blood will release a substance called gamma interferon when the cells are exposed to specific TB antigens.

            Image
            Interferon-gamma release assay (IGRA)

            Figure: Interferon-gamma release assay (IGRA)

            Resources:

            • Latent Tuberculosis Infection Guideline
            • Guideline for Programmatic Management of Tuberculosis Preventive Treatment in India

             

            Kindly provide your valuable feedback on the page to the link provided HERE

          • Target groups for TPT

            Content

            The NTEP has prioritized the target population for TPT based on elevated risk of progression from infection to TB disease or increased likelihood of exposure to TB disease. 

            The target populations have been divided into two groups:

            1. Household contacts of bacteriologically confirmed pulmonary TB patients notified in Nikshay from public and private sector.

            Target Population

            Strategy

            • People living with HIV (+ ART)
              • Adults and children >12 months 
              • Infants <12 months with HIV in contact with active TB
            • HHC below 5 years of pulmonary* TB patients
            TPT to all after ruling out active TB disease
            • HHC 5 years and above of pulmonary* TB patients#
            TPT among TBI positive# after ruling out TB disease

            #Chest X Ray (CXR) and TBI testing would be offered wherever available, but TPT must not be deferred in their absence

            *Bacteriologically confirmed pulmonary TB patients to be prioritized for enumeration of the target population for TPT

            1. Expanded to other risk groups

            Target Population

            Strategy

            Individuals who are:

            • on immunosuppressive therapy 
            • having silicosis 
            • on anti-TNF treatment 
            • on dialysis 
            • preparing for organ or hematologic transplantation
            TPT after ruling out TB disease among TBI positive

             

             

             

             

          • Cascade of Care for TPT

            Content

            In the cascade of care approach, all target populations (People Living with HIV (PLHIV), Household Contacts (HHCs) and other such groups) who are at risk of developing TB disease are systematically reached out, screened for TB disease and after ruling out active TB disease, provided TB Preventive Treatment (TPT) as a part of the continuum of care.

             

            The cascade of care approach among TPT target populations is shown in Figure 1.

            Image
            Cascade of TPT

            Figure 1: Cascade of TB Preventive Treatment; Source: Guidelines for Programmatic Management of Tuberculosis Preventive Treatment, p3.

             

            Resources:

            Guidelines for Programmatic Management of Tuberculosis Preventive Treatment in India.

            Assessment

            Question​ Answer 1​ Answer 2​ Answer 3​ Answer 4​ Correct answer​ Correct explanation​ Page id​ Part of Pre-test​ Part of Post-test​
            Which of the following is the correct TPT cascade of care? Offer upfront CBNAAT to all at-risk populations, then offer TPT based on the results. Identify at-risk populations, then offer TPT to all the people that have been identified. Identify target populations at risk of developing TB, screen them, rule-out active TB disease, and provide TPT to eligible populations. None of the above 3 The TPT cascade of care is: Identify target populations at risk of developing TB disease, screen them for TB disease, rule-out active TB disease, and provide TPT to eligible populations. ​    

             

             

          • Approaches for TPT implementation

            Content

            There are two programmatic approaches for Tuberculosis Preventive Therapy (TPT) implementation:

            1. Test-and-treat approach – This approach aims to detect TB infection among key groups for implementing TPT.

            • After ruling out active TB, the beneficiary is tested for TB infection.
            • TPT is offered only to those with a positive test (Interferon Gamma Release Assay (IGRA)/ Tuberculin Skin Test (TST)/ Cutaneous TB (C-TB))

            2. Treat-only approach – For certain groups, like People Living with HIV (PLHIV) and House Hold Contacts (HHC) < 5 years old, detecting TB infection is not required. Hence, this approach is given.

            •  After ruling out active TB,  TPT is offered without testing for TB infection. 

             

            Test and treat approach*

            1. HHC of sputum positive Pulmonary TB >/= 5 years old
            2. Individuals on:
              1. Immunosuppressive therapy
              2. Having silicosis
              3. On anti-TumourTNF treatment
              4. On dialysis
              5. Preparing for solid organ or haematopoietic stem cell transplantation

            Treat-only approach

            1. HHC of sputum positive Pulmonary TB (PTB) < 5 years old
            2. PLHIV#

            *All efforts should be made to make IGRA available. However, TPT should not be withheld in case of non-availability of IGRA.

            #PLHIV < 1 year old are offered TPT only if they are a household contact of an active TB case.

             

            Resources

            • Guidelines for Programmatic Management of TB Preventive Treatment in India, 2021.

             

            Assessment

            Question​

            Answer 1​

            Answer 2​

            Answer 3​

            Answer 4​

            Correct answer​

            Correct explanation​

            Page id​

            Part of Pre-test​

            Part of Post-test​

            Which of the following category of TPT beneficiaries is offered TPT without IGRA testing?

            Household contacts of sputum positive PTB >/= 5 years old

             PLHIV

            Patient on dialysis

            Silicosis patient

             2

            PLHIV and HHC of sputum positive PTB < 5 years old are offered TPT without testing for IGRA. This is called Treat-only approach.

             

            ​

            Yes

            Yes

             

          • Counselling for IGRA/TST

            Content

            Interferon Gamma Release Assay (IGRA) and Tuberculin Skin Tests (TST) are performed on individuals who are ruled out for active TB disease. 

            However, positive and negative tests in IGRA and TST do not necessarily mean the patient does or does not have Tuberculosis Infection (TBI) as the possibility of false positives and false negatives cannot be ruled out in these tests.

             

            Importance of Counselling in IGRA/ TST

            • All patients who undergo IGRA/ TST are already aware that they do not have an active TB disease and hence counselling is important to help them make informed decisions about undergoing IGRA/ TST for detecting TBI.
            • Additionally, at the time of receiving positive IGRA/ TST results, they may be symptom-free or otherwise healthy. In such cases, resistance/denial to receive a prophylactic treatment like TB Preventive Therapy (TPT) is higher as its treatment course duration also is relatively longer.
            • Counselling in IGRA/ TST is of utmost importance when the respective person belongs to the high-risk population and needs to be necessarily initiated on TPT and thus needs to be counselled for the same.

             

            Components of Counselling in IGRA/ TST

            • Information on TBI
            • Need for undergoing IGRA/ TST
            • Importance of initiating TPT post-IGRA/ TST tests
            • If initiated on treatment, then schedule of medication
            • Medication adherence support
            • Follow-up
            • Importance of completing the TPT course, adverse events

             

            Resources

            • Guidelines for Programmatic Management of Tuberculosis Preventive Treatment in India, CTD, MoHFW, India, 2021.
            • Guidelines for Programmatic Management of Drug-resistant Tuberculosis in India, CTD, MoHFW, India, 2021.

            Assessment

            Question    

            Answer 1    

            Answer 2    

            Answer 3    

            Answer 4    

            Correct answer    

            Correct explanation    

            Page id    

            Part of Pre-test    

            Part of Post-test    

            Counselling for IGRA/ TST should necessarily include which of the following?

            Counselling on DR-TB

            Counselling on TB Infection (TBI)

            Counselling on DBT

            None of the above

            2

            Counselling for IGRA/ TST should necessarily include ‘Counselling on TB infection (TBI)’.

                

               Yes

             Yes

          • Counselling for TPT

            Content

            Counselling is of paramount importance for TB Preventive Treatment (TPT) initiation and completion as most of the target population screened and found eligible would know that they do not have TB disease, would be symptom-free or otherwise healthy and would not feel the need to take any treatment, especially Household Contacts (HHC).

             

            Stakeholders Involved in Counselling for TPT (Figure below)

            Figure: Stakeholders involved in counselling for TPT 

            Abbr: HWCs: Health and Wellness Centres; PHC: Primary Health Centre; ICTC: Integrated Counselling and Testing Centres; ART: Anti-retroviral Therapy; PLHIV: People Living with HIV

             

            Components of Counselling for TPT

            While counselling the person and family members, the treating doctors/ staff must follow the steps outlined in the table below for an effective counselling session.

            Component

            Actions to be taken

            Confidentiality

            Ensure confidentiality when seeking a person’s commitment to complete the course before initiating TPT.

            Information

            Provide information on:

            • TB infection
            • Need for TPT and protective benefits to the individual, household and wider community
            • TPT is available free of charge under National Tuberculosis Elimination Programme (NTEP)
            • TPT regimen prescribed, including duration, schedule of medication collection, and directions on how to take the medications
            • Potential side-effects and adverse events involved and what to do in the event of various side-effects. People treated with rifamycins should be alerted in advance about the pink discolouration of secretions due to this medicine
            • Importance of completing the full course of TPT
            • Reasons and schedule of regular clinical and laboratory follow-up for treatment and monitoring
            • Signs and symptoms of TB and advise on steps if they develop them

            Medication adherence support

            Agree on the best way to support treatment adherence, including the most suitable location for drug intake and the need for a treatment supporter, if required.

            Family support

            Involve family members and caregivers in health education when possible.

            Openness

            Invite clarification questions and provide clear and simple answers.

            Information, Education and Communication materials

            • Provide information materials in the local language and at the appropriate literacy level of the person concerned.
            • Reinforce supportive educational messages at each contact during treatment.

            Call support (in case of emergencies)

            Provide a telephone number of the HCW staff/ TB Health Visitors and Senior Treatment Supervisors concerned to call for other queries or a need to contact health services for advice.

             

            The National TB Elimination Programme (NTEP) national call centre (NIKSHAY SAMPARK – Toll-free number 1800116666) may be provided to index TB patients, those initiated on TPT and family members to serve as a resource for information, counselling and troubleshooting as required to enable TPT initiation, follow-up monitoring and completion.

             

            Resources:

            Guidelines for Programmatic Management of Tuberculosis Preventive Treatment in India.

            Assessment

            Question​

            Answer 1​

            Answer 2​

            Answer 3​

            Answer 4​

            Correct answer​

            Correct explanation​

            Page id​

            Part of Pre-test​

            Part of Post-test​

            Which of the following people are involved when counselling for TPT?

            Index TB patients

            Caregivers

            Family members

            All of the above

            4

            When counselling persons eligible for TPT, it is best to involve the index TB patients, their families and caregivers.

            ​

            Yes Yes

             

          • Monitoring adherence to TPT

            Content

            To achieve high treatment completion rates and the desired epidemiological impact of the TB Preventive Treatment (TPT), monitoring TPT treatment adherence, including management of missed doses and Adverse Drug Reactions (ADRs), is of paramount importance under the National TB Elimination Programme (NTEP).

             

            Significance of Monitoring Adherence to TPT

            Adherence to the TPT course and treatment completion are important determinants of clinical benefit, both at the individual and population levels as:

            • Irregular or inadequate treatment reduces the protective efficacy of the TPT regimen.
            • Poor adherence or early cessation of TPT can potentially increase the risk of the individual developing TB, including drug-resistant TB.
            • Efficacy of TPT is greatest if at least 80% of the doses are taken within the duration of the regimen. The total number of doses taken is also a key determinant of the extent of TB prevention.

             

                                                                        Figure: Strategies to Promote Adherence

             

            Prevent TB India App and Integration with Nikshay as a Monitoring Tool

            • Currently, under the NTEP, the person’s lifecycle approach and TB treatment episode level are recorded in Nikshay.
            • TPT information management is integrated with this existing Nikshay approach. This includes information on screening, testing, eligibility assessment, TPT initiation, adherence monitoring and follow-up till treatment completion.
            • The NTEP has adapted the World Health Organisation (WHO) Prevent TB India app and hosted it on Nikshay as an interim solution till the Nikshay TPT module is developed and fully functional.
            • Health workers or treatment supporters will make entries directly into the app.
            • The TPT monitoring dashboard can be accessed by various levels of supervisors using their respective Nikshay login ids using a link provided in the Nikshay Reports section on TPT Reports.
            • A web-based comprehensive dashboard for Prevent TB initiative is also available at https://ltbi.nikshay.in/ltbi-generic-new/#/ 

             

            Table: Roles of Stakeholders in Monitoring Adherence to TPT

            Role

            Stakeholder

            Treatment support and adherence monitoring including entry of daily doses taken in the Prevent TB India app/ Nikshay TPT module.

            Community volunteers (TB survivors/ champions, Accredited Social Health Activists (ASHAs) and Anganwadi Workers)

            • Regularly undertake home visits or tele/ video calls to monitor TPT adherence.
            • Identify treatment interruptions at the earliest (Dashboards of Prevent TB India app/ Nikshay TPT module may be checked every week along with pill counting).
            1. HWCs/ sub-centre/ urban health posts (Community Health Officers (CHOs), Auxillary Nurse Midwives (ANMs), multipurpose workers and other field staff)
            2. Primary Health Centres (PHCs)/ Urban PHCs/ Private clinic (Medical Officers (MO), staff nurse)
            • Adherence support and clinical monitoring through the concerned PHC/ sub-centre.
            • Supportive supervision and handholding support to field level facilities and frontline workers, ASHAs and community volunteers on digital recording, using Prevent TB India app and monitoring TPT and follow-up examinations.

            TB Unit (MO, Laboratory Technicians (LTs), staff nurse, pharmacist, counsellor (if available), Senior Treatment Supervisors (STS), Senior TB Laboroary Supervisors (STLS), TB Health Visitors (TBHV))

            Ensuring adherence support for People Living with HIV (PLHIV) on TPT through mechanisms such as outreach workers, PLHIV networks, peer support groups, etc.

            Anti Retroviral Therapy (ART) centre/ Link ART centre (MO, pharmacist, (institutional) staff nurse, counsellor, care coordinator)

            Monitor and support adherence to TPT.

            Tertiary care/ Medical colleges/ Corporate hospitals/ District hospitals/ Dialysis/ Cancer facilities (doctors, staff nurses)

            Review data updating in Prevent TB India app/ Nikshay TPT module wherever available, check the quality of data regularly and provide feedback to TPT treatment supporters and for retrieval of TPT interrupters.

            Supervisory staff at all health facilities including the State/ District TB cell (State TB Officers (STO), District TB Officers (DTO), State/ District Programme Coordinators)

             

            Resources:

            • Guidelines for Programmatic Management of Tuberculosis Preventive Treatment.
            • Prevent TB Dashboard.
            • Prevent TB India Mobile App.

             

            Assessment

            Question​

            Answer 1​

            Answer 2​

            Answer 3​

            Answer 4​

            Correct answer​

            Correct explanation​

            Page id​

            Part of Pre-test​

            Part of Post-test​

            Which tools are used to monitor TPT adherence under the NTEP?

            Video calls

            Counting empty blisters

            Directly asking the patient

            Options 1 and 2

            4

            TPT adherence monitoring tools include direct observation of drug intake, 99DOTS/ MERM, counting empty blisters, tele/ video calls and refill monitoring.

            ​

               

            Which of the following apps are currently used by NTEP to monitor TPT adherence?

            TB Aarogya Sathi

            Prevent TB India App

            TPT app for NTEP

            None of the above

            2

            NTEP has adapted the WHO Prevent TB India app and hosted it on Nikshay to monitor the entire TPT care cascade, including TPT adherence.

             

             

             

             

        • STS: TB-Comorbidities and special situations

          Fullscreen
          • Comorbidity & special situation with TB

            Content

            Several medical conditions are risk factors for TB and poor TB treatment outcomes. Similarly, TB can complicate the course of some diseases. Therefore, it is important to identify these comorbidities in people diagnosed with TB to ensure early diagnosis and improved outcomes. When these conditions are highly prevalent in the general population, they can significantly contribute to the TB burden. Consequently, reducing the prevalence of these conditions can help prevent TB.

            TB shares underlying social determinants with many of these conditions. Addressing the social determinants of health is a shared responsibility across disease programmes and other stakeholders within and beyond the health sector. 

            Figure: Various comorbid and special situation related with tuberculosis

             

          • HIV in TB Patients

            Content

            The primary impact of HIV on TB is that the risk of developing TB becomes higher in patients with HIV. Overall, HIV-infected persons have an approximately 8-times greater risk of TB than persons without HIV infection. 

            Screen TB PLHIV patients for symptoms of TB and HIV

            Figure: Screening steps for TB - HIV patients

            Treatment for TB HIV Patients​

            • All TB patients who have been diagnosed and registered under NTEP should be referred for screening for HIV.
            • Referral of TB patients for screening for HIV and its recording & reporting is the responsibility of the Peripheral Health Institutions(PHI) where TB treatment is initiated.
            • TB patients diagnosed with HIV will receive the same duration of TB treatment with daily regimen as non-HIV TB patients.
            • TB patients must be referred to the nearest ART(Anti - Retroviral Treatment) centre for management of HIV.
          • Diabetes in TB Patients

            Content

            As a consequence of urbanization as well as social and economic development, there has been a rapidly growing epidemic of Diabetes Mellitus(DM). India has the second largest number of diabetic people in the world.

            Screen TB patients for symptoms of diabetes

             

            Figure: Screening steps for TB - Diabetic Patients

             

            Treatment for TB Diabetes Patients​

            • All TB patients who have been diagnosed and registered under NTEP will be referred for screening for Diabetes.
            • Referral of TB patients for screening for DM and its recording & reporting is the responsibility of the Peripheral Health Institutions(PHI) where TB treatment is initiated.
            • TB patients diagnosed with diabetes will receive the same duration of TB treatment with daily regimen as non-diabetic TB patients.
            • TB patients must be referred to the nearest healthcare facility for management of DM.
            • Regular monitoring of blood sugar levels is advised.
          • Malnutrition in TB Patients

            Content

            Malnutrition refers to deficiencies, excesses or imbalances in a person’s intake of energy and/or nutrients. The term malnutrition covers 2 broad groups of conditions.

            • One is ‘undernutrition’—which includes stunting(low height for age), wasting(low weight for height), underweight(low weight for age) and micronutrient deficiencies or insufficiencies(a lack of important vitamins and minerals).
            • The other is overweight, obesity and diet-related non communicable diseases (such as heart disease, stroke, diabetes, and cancer).

            Screen TB Malnutrition patients for nutritional needs

             

            Figure: Screening Steps for TB - Malnutrition patients

             

            Treatment for TB Malnutrition Patients

            Cases of TB with SAM and moderate undernutrition should be referred to the nearest health facility of NTEP for further management. Special focus should be given to the following categories:

            • Children below five years
            • School-age children and adolescents(Up to age 18 years)
            • Adults, including pregnant and lactating women, with active TB and SAM

             

          • Alcoholism in TB Patients

            Content

            About 10% TB deaths globally have been attributed to alcohol as a risk factor(WHO, Global TB Report 2017). Alcohol abuse is associated with threefold increase in risk of contracting tuberculosis.

            Side effects of anti TB drugs in this situation might get aggravated.

             

            Figure: Impact of Alcoholism on TB patients

             

            Treatment for Alcoholic TB Patients:

            • Patients with TB and a history of alcohol use should be referred to the nearest health facility of NTEP to manage TB and alcoholism.
            • While registering as a TB case, the status of alcohol use should be recorded in the patient records. If the TB patient is an alcohol user, he/she should be counselled to quit it. If the patient doesn't quit alcohol, s/he may be referred to the nearest alcohol de-addiction facility.
            • The patient should be assessed at every follow-up visit for TB and the status of use of alcohol.
            • At the end of treatment, his/her status of alcohol use should be recorded on the treatment card. If the patient has not quit alcohol, he/she should be referred to the nearest alcohol de-addiction facility and Alcohol Anonymous wherever available.
          • Tobacco in TB Patients

            Content

            Almost 38% of TB deaths are associated with the use of tobacco. The prevalence of TB is three times higher among ever-smokers as compared to that of never-smokers. Mortality from TB is three to four times higher among ever-smokers as compared to never-smokers. Smoking contributes to 50% of male deaths in the 25-69 age group from TB in India.

            Figure: Impact of Tobacco on TB patients

             

            Treatment for TB - Tobacco Patients:

            • While registering as a TB case, the status of tobacco use is recorded on the TB treatment card.
            • If the TB patient is a smoker or tobacco user, he/she is counselled to quit tobacco use. The patient is assessed at every visit for follow up for TB and the status of tobacco use.
            • At the end of treatment, his/her status of tobacco use is recorded in the treatment card. If the patient has not quit tobacco use, he/she will be referred to the nearest Tobacco Cessation Clinic(TCC) or Quit Line or M-Cessation Initiative.
          • Silicosis in TB Patients

            Content

            Silicosis is a progressive and disabling interstitial lung disease caused by inhalation and deposition in the lungs of particles of free silica.

             

            Mutual Risk of TB and Silicosis

            • TB is a clinical complication of silicosis, called silico-tuberculosis. Silica-exposed workers with or without silicosis are at increased risk for TB. There is also an increased risk of extrapulmonary TB in individuals exposed to silica.
            • The risk of a patient with silicosis developing TB is 2.8 – 3.9 times higher than a healthy individual.
            • The risk of TB relapse in patients with silicosis is approximately 1.5 times higher than in patients without silicosis.

            The presence of silica particles in the lung and silicosis may:

            • Facilitate initiation of TB infection and progression to active TB
            • Exacerbate the course and outcome of TB, including prognosis and survival

             

            Diagnosis

            The diagnosis of silicosis is made based on a history of exposure to silica accompanied by a clinical and radiological profile consistent with the disease.

            Under the Integrated Management Algorithm for TB disease and TB infection released by the National TB Elimination Programme (NTEP), patients with silicosis are first screened according to the four-symptom complex to rule out/in active TB and tested for TB accordingly. 

            If active TB is ruled out >> Refer for Tuberculin Skin Test (TST)/ Interferon Gamma Release Assay (IGRA) >> Positive test >> Evaluate with Chest X-ray (CXR) >> Commence TB Preventive Therapy (TPT) irrespective of CXR results.

            CXR often indicates TB in silicosis patients earlier than the clinical symptoms, and regular radiographic screening is required for early TB detection. Radiographic comparison of serial films is done with particular attention to:

            • Rapid appearance of new opacities, symmetric nodules or consolidation and the finding of pleural effusion or excavations.
            • Cavitation is the strongest indicator of probable silico-tuberculosis.

             

            Other diagnostic tools that can help in diagnosis are:

            • Chest Computed Tomography (CT) scan
            • Bronchoscopy with bronchoalveolar lavage in conjunction with transbronchial biopsy
            • Spirometry

             

            Treatment and Follow-up

            To keep the disease from getting worse, all silicosis patients need to eliminate any more exposure to silica. Supportive measures include the use of cough medicines, bronchodilators, oxygen therapy and pulmonary rehabilitation.

            TB treatment in patients with silicosis is challenging, perhaps due to impairment of macrophage function by free silica and/or poor drug penetration into fibrotic nodules. Usual anti-TB drugs with directly observed therapy are recommended but for an extended duration of at least 8 months, to reduce the chances of relapse.

            Follow-up of patients with silicosis and TB follow the same schedule as is in prevailing guidelines.

             

            Prevention

            TB prevention in silicosis patients is essential and includes:

            • Active surveillance of vulnerable groups including workers
            • Adoption of measures to reduce exposure to silica dust
            • Patients with silicosis are eligible for TPT after ruling out active TB

            NTEP is in the process of engaging with the Ministry of Labour and Mining to identify high priority districts with stone crushing units/ mining industry. Specific guidelines will be developed to support persons with an occupational risk for TB and provide access, diagnosis and treatment services from the programme.

             

            Resources

             

            • NTEP at a Glance; Comprehensive Clinical Management Protocol of Tuberculosis, 2022.
            • Training Modules (1-4) for Programme Managers and Medical Officers, 2020.
            • Silico-tuberculosis, Silicosis and Other Respiratory Morbidities Among Sandstone Mine-workers in Rajasthan - A Cross-sectional Study, Saranya Rajavel et al., 2020.
            • Mini-review: Silico-tuberculosis; Massimiliano Lanzafame et al, 2021.
            • Immunity to the Dual Threat of Silica Exposure and Mycobacterium tuberculosis, Petr Konečný et al., 2019.

             

            Assessment

            ​

            Question​

            Answer 1​

            Answer 2​

            Answer 3​

            Answer 4​

            Correct answer​

            Correct explanation​

            Page id​

            Part of Pre-test​

            Part of Post-test​

            Which of the following statement/s about silicosis and TB is/are incorrect?

            TB is a clinical complication of silicosis, called silico-tuberculosis.

             

            Silica-exposed workers with or without silicosis are at increased risk for TB and EPTB.

             

            TB in patients with silicosis is easily diagnosed clinically as the patient coughs up silica particles.

            TB treatment in patients with silicosis is often of extended duration to prevent relapse.

            3

            Clinical diagnosis of active TB superimposed on silicosis is often difficult, particularly in the initial phases, when clinical manifestations may not be indicative and radiological alterations can be indistinguishable from those due to the pre-existing silicosis.

              Yes Yes

             

          • Cancer in TB patients

            Content

            Relationship between Cancer and Tuberculosis (TB)

             

            TB and malignancy may be related in the following four ways:

            1. TB as a marker for occult cancer: Occult cancer may lead to locally-reduced infection barriers and/or generalised immunosuppression, rendering a cancer patient susceptible to TB infection/ reactivation.
            2. TB as a risk factor for cancer: TB may increase the risk of cancer locally and systemically through chronic inflammation, fibrosis and production of carcinogenic molecules.
            3. Shared risk factors for TB and some cancers: Shared risk factors such as smoking, alcoholism, Chronic Obstructive Pulmonary Disease (COPD) and immunosuppression, including HIV, may lead to both TB and cancer, affecting both prevalent and subsequent cancer risk.
            4. Treatment of cancer-fueling TB: Many cancers are treated with immunosuppressants or steroids. These drugs might induce immunosuppression in the patients undergoing treatment for cancer and hence, a flare-up of TB.

             

            Mutual Risk of Cancer and TB

             

            • TB patients are 2-11 times more likely than non-TB patients to develop lung cancer, according to studies.
            • After cancer diagnosis, the incidence of TB also increases, both in the short term and long-term.
            • All types of cancer increase the risk of the development of active TB, but with varying degrees. Haematologic cancer patients had the highest rates of active TB, followed by head and neck cancers, lung cancer and breast cancer patients.

            There is intrinsic immunosuppression due to the cancer itself, immunosuppressive effects of chemotherapy, or other host factors (e.g., smoking, malnutrition) that may increase the susceptibility to both cancer and TB. Thus, there is increased incidence of TB in cancer patients, and vice-versa.

            Diagnosis of TB in Cancer Patients: Under the Integrated Management Algorithm for TB disease and TB infection released by the National TB Elimination Programme (NTEP), cancer patients are first screened according to the four-symptom complex to rule out/in active TB and all presumptive TB cases need to undergo testing for TB.

            Co-existence of TB and cancer poses a diagnostic challenge since clinical and radiological presentations between TB and cancers are similar, hence the need for bidirectional screening. E.g., if biopsy specimens reveal infiltration by malignant cells, still send sample for microbiological confirmation of M. tuberculosis. Thus, allowing for accurate diagnosis and initiation of anti-TB treatment instead of attributing clinical deterioration to chemotherapy complications and progression of underlying malignancy.

            Diagnosis of lung cancer in TB patients is usually done in consultation with a clinical specialist and can include examination of induced sputum specimens for malignant cells, as well as use of other diagnostic tools such as Computed Tomography (CT) scans, bronchoscopy, Positron Emission Tomography (PET) scans, Magnetic Resonance Imaging (MRI), histopathology and the use of biological markers.

            Treatment

            TB treatment in cancer patients uses the standard DS-TB/DR-TB regimens and course, except that the treating physician should assess the drug interactions between anti-TB and anti-cancer drugs. For cancer treatment, drugs may have to be modified to accommodate anti-TB treatment and to aid better prognosis of the TB outcome. However, all decisions must be taken by a competent specialist after examining the individual case.

            Curative resection, chemotherapy and radiation therapy are the mainstay treatment options for cancer in TB patients. Co-existence of TB in cancer patients necessitates anti-TB treatment with extended duration, if required. Follow-up during and after treatment also follows prevailing guidelines.

             

            Prevention

            Under the NTEP, TB prevention in cancer patients is essential and includes:

            • Regular screening for signs and symptoms of TB infection among all patients on immunosuppressive therapy and anti-Tumour Necrosis Factor (TNF) medicines.
            • Education and referral of patients who do not have TB symptoms for TB infection testing/assessment of their eligibility for TPT.

             

            Resources

            • NTEP at a Glance; Comprehensive Clinical Management Protocol of Tuberculosis, 2022.
            • Training Modules (1-4) for Programme Managers and Medical Officers, 2020.
            • Tuberculosis and Risk of Cancer: A Danish Nationwide Cohort Study, D. F. Simonsen et al., International Journal of Tuberculosis and Lung Diseases, The Union, 2014.
            • Increased Risk of Active Tuberculosis after Cancer Diagnosis, Dennis F. Simonsen et al., Journal of Infection, 2017.
            • Pulmonary Tuberculosis as Differential Diagnosis of Lung Cancer; MLB Bhatt et al., South Asian Journal of Cancer, 2012.

             

            Assessment

             

            Question​

            Answer 1​

            Answer 2​

            Answer 3​

            Answer 4​

            Correct answer​

            Correct explanation​

            Page id​

            Part of Pre-test​

            Part of Post-test​

            Which of the following statement/s about cancer and TB is/are incorrect?

            Under NTEP, regular screening for signs and symptoms of TB infection among all patients on immunosuppressive therapy and anti-TNF medicines is done.

            TB increases the risk of developing cancer, but cancer patients do not usually get TB.

            Sputum smear microscopy is important when diagnosing TB in cancer patients.

            All of the above

            2

            There is mutual risk between cancer and TB. TB increases the risk of developing cancer, and cancer patients are more likely to develop TB.

              Yes Yes

             

          • Pregnancy and Lactation in TB Patients

            Content

            The presence of tuberculosis disease during pregnancy, delivery, and postpartum is known to result in unfavourable outcomes for both pregnant women and their infants. These outcomes include a roughly two-fold increased risk of preterm birth, low birth weight, intrauterine growth restriction, and a six-fold increase in perinatal death.

            Screen TB patients in Pregnancy & Lactating Patients

            Figure: Screening Steps in special situation - Pregnancy and Lactating TB Patients

             

            Treatment for TB - Pregnant & Lactating Patients

            • Cases of pregnant/lactating women with active TB should be referred to the nearest health facility of NTEP for further management.
            • They should be continued on iron and folic acid and other vitamins and minerals to complement their maternal micronutrient needs.
            • In situations when calcium intake is low, calcium supplementation is recommended as part of antenatal care.

             

          • COVID-19 in TB patients

            Content

            Tuberculosis and COVID-19 are infectious diseases which primarily attack the lungs. They present with similar symptoms of cough, fever and difficulty in breathing, although TB disease has a longer incubation period and a slower onset of disease.

             

            Screen patients for symptoms of TB and COVID-19

            Figure: Screening steps for TB - COVID 19 Patients

             

            Management of TB & COVID-19 Patients

            People with TB are likely to be at increased risk of COVID-19 infection, illness and death. So, TB patients should take precautions as advised by health authorities to be protected from COVID-19 and continue their TB treatment as prescribed.

             

            Prevention: While both TB and COVID-19 are spread by close contact between people, the exact mode of transmission differs. Thus, the patient should be explained the following measures to control disease spread.

            • Apart from that keeping rooms well ventilated, avoiding crowds and Respiratory precautions are thus important in the control of COVID-19 and TB Disease
      • STS: Adherence Management

        Fullscreen
        • STS: General Concepts in Adherence Management

          Fullscreen
          • TB Treatment Adherence

            Content

            Tuberculosis(TB) is curable if patients are treated with effective, uninterrupted anti-tuberculous treatment. Treatment adherence is critical for curing individual patients, controlling the spread of infection in the community, and minimizing the development of drug resistance.

            Adherence to treatment means that a patient follows the recommended course of treatment by taking all the prescribed medications for the entire length of time, as necessary. In other words, “right dose for the right duration”.

            In Drug Sensitive Tuberculosis(DSTB), a TB patient completes 168 doses of TB treatment and adheres to TB treatment.


             

          • Importance of Treatment adherence

            Content

            Adherence to tuberculosis(TB) treatment is important for promoting individual and public health. Poor adherence to TB treatment results in:

            • More individual suffering and death,
            • Costly treatment as treatment regimens lengthen and
            • Increases the risk for Drug Resistant Tuberculosis

             

            Proper treatment of all forms of TB is critical to reducing individual morbidity and mortality and to interrupting transmission among family and community members.


             

          • Recording and Monitoring Adherence

            Content

            Recording of Treatment Adherence can be done as

            • Manually by DOT/Health Care Provider in TB Treatment Card of a patient.
            • Self-reported by Patient using digital tools for reporting adherence using 99 DOTS and MERM technologies.

             

            Monitoring Treatment Adherence:

            All TB patients should be monitored to assess their response to TB treatment. Nikshay Adherence calendar has a colour legend for various doses taken by a patient

             

            Figure: Sample Nikshay Adherence Calendar in web and Mobile App

             

            COLOUR LEGEND DOSE DESCRIPTION
              Treatment Start /End Denotes Treatment start and End Date
              Digitally Reported Dose Denotes that the patient has successfully called the Toll Free Number displayed on the envelope
              Manually Reported Dose Indicates that the staff has marked manually confirmed dose for the day
              Unreported Dose Indicates that there was no call event received on Nikshay for that day
              Manually Reported Missed Dose Indicates that the staff has marked a manually confirmed missed dose for the day
              Digitally Reported(From Shared Phone Number) Indicates that the patient has been calling from a shaed number(A mobile number that is common for more than one patient)
            Image
            DSTB Paper Treatment Card

            Figure: DSTB Treatment Card (Paper)
             

          • Digital Adherence Monitoring Technologies

            Content

            99DOTS is a low-cost digital adherence technology built-in Nikshay that uses inexpensive packaging(envelopes or stickers) with medication that enables people taking medication to engage with their treatment daily. This packaging, distributed to TB patients taking medications, has a hidden number behind perforated flaps on the external envelope; in some cases, the number may be fixed outside the medication blister or pill bottle. This number can be a toll-free number that can be called to register daily adherence or a code sent by SMS, USSD, or other communication channels. Calling or messaging the number is free!

            Figure: 99 DOTS Envelope

             

            MERM: The Medication Event Reminder Monitor(MERM) is a digital pillbox that provides daily pill-taking reminders and facilitates remote monitoring of medication adherence. This system provides visual and audible reminders for both daily dosing and refill,.transmits this data to a server so that healthcare providers can remotely visualize patients’ dosing histories to support enhanced adherence counselling. 

             

            Figure: MERM Box

             


             

          • Directly Observed Treatment

            Content

            Directly observed treatment (DOT) is one of the key elements of the DOTS strategy. In DOT, an observer (health worker or trained community volunteer, or trained family member for selected patients) watches and supports the patient intaking their drugs. Direct observation ensures treatment adherence with the right drugs, in right doses for the right duration.

             

          • Treatment Support

            Content

            A person affected by TB requires support throughout the course of treatment and beyond that. The support to a TB patient is essential to ensure that s/he completes the treatment without affecting her/his quality of life (QoL). Keeping the patient as the central figure in the continuum of care, and ensuring social and personal circumstances are supportive (not only meeting immediate requirements of medical treatment) is the key to treatment support.

             

            Figure: Key Components of Treatment Support

             

            Resources

            National Strategic Plan for Tuberculosis Elimination 2017–2025, RNTCP, 2017.

            A Patient-centred Approach to TB Care, WHO, 2018.

             

            Assessment

            Question​ 

            Answer 1​ 

            Answer 2​ 

            Answer 3​ 

            Answer 4​ 

            Correct answer​ 

            Correct explanation​ 

            DOT is the only treatment support provided to TB patients.

            True

            False

             

             

            2

            Ensuring social and personal circumstances are supportive for treatment adherence and not just medical requirement is the key to treatment support.

             

          • Treatment supporter to TB Patient

            Content

            A Treatment Supporter can be any person such as a Medical Officer, MPWs, community volunteers working with the program etc. Even a patient’s relative or family member can be a Treatment Supporter.

             

            As per NTEP guidelines, salaried NTEP/General Health System staff may also be assigned as treatment supporters for a patient.  However, they will not be eligible for any honorarium.

             

            A patient can only be linked to one treatment supporter at a time in Nikshay.


             

          • Assigning a TS

            Content

            At treatment initiation a suitable Treatment Supporter has to be identified and assigned to the Patient.

            How to identify a Treatment supporter for a patient 

            • The Treatment Supporter has to be acceptable and accessible to the patient and accountable to the health system.
            • Should be identified in mutual consultation with the patient and provider, during pre-treatment evaluation.
            • The Treatment Supporter can either be a healthcare worker, community worker/ volunteer, private practitioner or family member.
            • Should be able to receive training on drug administration, adherence monitoring, ADR referrals etc., and perform these functions. 

            Assigning a Treatment Supporter to a Patient 

            Once the Treatment Supporter is identified, the patient records (Ni-kshay & treatment card) have to be updated by assigning the treatment supporter (prior registration in Ni-kshay is a pre-requisite) to the patient. See the steps below to assign a Treatment Supporter to the episode of a patient.

            Treatment Supporters are eligible to receive the Treatment Supporters Honorarium as a Direct Benefit Transfer. However, to receive the DBT he/she should not be a salaried government employee.

            NOTE:

            1. Only one Treatment Supporter can be assigned to an episode with status "OnTreatment" of the patient
            2. Treatment Supporters can be assigned by both the current PHI/ TU user.
            3. If required, a Treatment Supporter can be removed/ replaced by another Treatment Supporter anytime during the treatment.

             

            Image
            Steps to assign a Treatment Supporter

            Figure: Steps to Assign a Treatment Supporter in Ni-kshay

            Image
            AssignTrSuppNi-kshay

            Figure: Screenshot Assigning a Treatment Supporter in Ni-kshay

             

            Resources

            • Direct Benefi­t Transfer Manual for National Tuberculosis Elimination Programme, Central TB Division, Ministry of Health & Family Welfare, India, 2021.
            • Training Modules (5-9) for Programme Managers and Medical Officers, Central TB Division, Ministry of Health & Family Welfare, India, 2020.

             

            Assessment

            Question​ Answer 1​ Answer 2​ Answer 3​ Answer 4​ Correct answer​ Correct explanation​ Page id​ Part of Pre-test​ Part of Post-test​
            When should a treatment supporter be identified assigned to a patient episode ? While declaring treatment outcomes Any time while the patient is on treatment At treatment initiation When the patient is transferred 2

            Treatment Supporters are to be identified and assigned to a patient at the time of treatment initiation.

            Treatment Supporters can be assigned or re-assigned anytime during treatment, but this is in-case it has not been assigned before 

            ​ Yes Yes
            A TB-HV acting as a Treatment Supporter can receive the Treatment Supporters Honorarium. TRUE FALSE     2 TB HV is a Salaried Government Employee and hence cannot receive the Treatment Supporters Honorarium.   Yes Yes
            To assign a Treatment Supporter to a patient, which of the following are True? The Treatment Supporter needs to be registered on Ni-kshay The Treatment Supporter should be acceptable to the patient Should be able to record and monitor adherence, ADR, administer drugs, refer to the nearest Health Facility All of the above 4 Treatment Supporter needs to fulfill all the mentioned criteria.      
          • Role of TS

          • Registering a TS in Nikshay

          • Treatment Support Groups

            Content

            Treatment Support Groups play an important role in providing treatment support to TB patients. It has been envisioned as a non-statutory body of socially responsible citizens and volunteers to provide social support to TB patients. This group goes beyond just providing treatment-related support as it also helps the community in accessing information, free and quality services and linkage to social welfare programmes without compromising confidentiality and respecting the dignity of the patient.

            A good treatment support group creates a conducive environment for TB patients to access complete care without experiencing stigma and incurring out-of-pocket expenditures.

             

            Figure: Schematic representation of the concept of treatment support groups.

             

            Treatment Support Group (TSG): Example from Kerala

            The initiative in the Pathanamthitta district of Kerala demonstrated that treatment support groups helped in minimising the loss-to-follow-up cases and better treatment outcomes. The group supported the patients in accessing information, free and quality services and social welfare programmes, thereby empowering the patients to complete the treatment successfully.

            Resources

            National Strategic Plan for Tuberculosis Elimination 2017–2025, RNTCP, 2017.

            Guidance Document for the Peoples’ Movement Against Tuberculosis in Kerala, Kerala TB Elimination Mission, 2017.

             

            Assessment

            Question​  Answer 1​  Answer 2​  Answer 3​  Answer 4​  Correct answer​  Correct explanation​ 
            What is a treatment support group? A group of treatment supporters in the community A group of TB patients in the community A non-statutory body of citizens and volunteers to provide social support to TB patients All of the above 3 A treatment support group is a non-statutory body of citizens and volunteers to provide social support to TB patients.

             

        • STS: Adherence Support

          Fullscreen
          • Recording Adherence in Treatment card

          • Recording manual doses in Nikshay

            Content

            Manual recording of Adherence in Nikshay:

            in Nikshay, Adherence can only be recorded only if there is corresponding dispensation being issued to a Patient 

            Figure: Steps to record manual dose in Nikshay

             

            Recording in Patient Treatment Card:

             

            Figure: Filled Treatment card for TB Patient

             


             

          • Recording missed doses in Nikshay

            Content

            Missed Dose recording in Nikshay:

            For recording missed doses in Nikshay, following steps should be followed:

             

             

          • Recoring Adherence using TB Arogya Sathi Application

        • STS: 99 DOTS

          Fullscreen
          • 99 DOTS- Features and Benefits

            Content
            Video file

            Video: Features of 99 DOTS

             

            Video file

            Video: Benefits of 99 DOTS

          • 99 DOTS- Envelopes

            Content

             

            The 99DOTS product consists of customised envelopes (see Figure 1) that fit around the tuberculosis medication blister pack distributed to patients. 

            Figure 1: 99DOTS Envelope

             

            Universal Envelopes (Figure 2): Each adult patient gets the same sleeve, regardless of their weight band.

            These are new envelopes that are currently being introduced by the program. Weight band wise envelopes will be used while the stock lasts, but new requirements by the state will be fulfilled by providing universal envelopes.

            There are 2 types of these envelopes: 1 envelope for IP: Intensive Phase, and 1 envelope for CP: Continuation Phase, for both Macleods and Lupin Fixed-dose Combinations (FDCs). These envelopes are only to be used for adult patients on anti-TB treatment using FDCs.

            Figure 3: Universal 99DOTS Envelopes

            Using the Universal Envelope

            • The counsellor/ pharmacist/ treatment supporter write the number of pills per day the patient should take on the envelope.
            • Every day, the patient will take the prescribed number of pills and reveal 1, 2, or 3 hidden phone numbers. The patient calls any one of the numbers they reveal that day.
            • The patient should start at pill 1 and move in sequence (1,2,3…28), completing each column, and starting from the top of each row.
            • The district should always have sufficient stock, which can be calculated as:
              • Number of IP strips = Number of IP envelopes + some buffer
              • Number of CP strips = Number of CP envelopes + some buffer

            Advantages of the Universal Envelopes

            • There is no need to estimate the requirements of weight band wise envelopes.
            • Less space is required to store the envelopes.
            • Stock-outs of envelopes for a particular weight band will not occur.
            • It is easy for patients to follow the top to down arrow mark pattern while dispensing and ingesting medicines.
            • Counselling time and dispensing time by pharmacists reduce per patient, thus increasing efficiency.

            Resources:

            • Nikshay 99DOTS Training Manual, 2021.
            • Nikshay 99DOTS Universal Envelope Training Manual, 2021.
            • 99 DOTS Website.

            Assessment

            Question​ Answer 1​ Answer 2​ Answer 3​ Answer 4​ Correct answer​ Correct explanation​ Page id​ Part of Pre-test​ Part of Post-test​
            Which of the following is correct about 99DOTS envelopes? The envelopes have medicine inside them. The envelopes have hidden numbers that can be called by the patient. There are weight-band wise envelopes. All of the above 4 99DOTS envelopes have anti-TB medicines with hidden toll-free numbers that patients call. These envelopes can be weight-band wise or universal envelopes.      
            For weight-band wise 99DOTS envelopes, background colours differ for each weight band. True False     1 For weight-band wise 99DOTS envelopes, background colours differ for each weight band.      

             

             

          • 99 DOTS- Envelope Dispensing Process

            Content

            The 99DOTS (Directly Observed Treatment, Short-course) universal envelope is developed to avoid the complexity of weight band wise 99DOTS envelope.

            The overall dispensing process is easy and can be divided into these steps:

            1. The patient consumes 2, 3, 4, or 5 pills per day, as per the doctor's prescription.
            2. One or more toll-free numbers can be seen behind the pill flap after taking out the pills every day.
            3. The patient takes the pill.
            4. The patient calls any one of the toll-free numbers seen on that day.

            This call will be recorded as a consumed dose for the day.

            The dispensing process is outlined in the figure below.

             

            Figure: 99DOTS Universal envelope dispensing process

             

            Resources:

             

            • Nikshay 99DOTS Training Manual, 2021.
            • Nikshay 99DOTS Universal Envelope Dispensing Training Manual, 2021.

             

            Assessment

            Question​

            Answer 1​

            Answer 2​

            Answer 3​

            Answer 4​

            Correct answer​

            Correct explanation​

            Page id​

            Part of Pre-test​

            Part of Post-test​

            Which of the following is the 99DOTS universal envelope dispensing process?

            The patient calls the number on the envelope to ask for medicines.

            Pharmacist/ treatment supporter fills the number of pills to be taken – Patient opens the pill flap, takes the pills, and reveals the hidden number – Patient calls the toll-free number.

            The treatment supporter calls the medical officer to know how many pills to fill on the envelope – The pharmacist opens the pill flap to check that the medicine is in place.

            All of the above

            2

            The 99DOTS universal envelope dispensing process is: Pharmacist/ treatment supporter fills the number of pills to be taken – Patient opens the pill flap, takes the pills, and reveals the hidden number – Patient calls the toll-free number.

             

               

             

             

             

          • 99 DOTS- Initiating adherence monitoring of the patient

            Content

            Initiating adherence monitoring of the patient on 99DOTS (Directly Observed Treatment, Short-course) on Nikshay is done by the STS/ Health care provider initiating patient on treatment. 

            Registering a Patient

            It is the responsibility of the STS/ Health care provider initiating patient on treatment to register the patient on the Nikshay . S/he has to make sure to enter all the phone numbers of the patient and to keep them updated. They also add the complete address where the patient is currently residing, entering a landmark in the address field, if possible.

            Before adherence monitoring can be initiated on Nikshay, the patient’s status must show that they have positive test results and have started treatment on Nikshay. After entering a positive test result for a patient, treatment is started from the “Treatment Details” tab by clicking the “Start Treatment” button, as shown in Figure 1.

            Figure 1: Starting Treatment on Nikshay

             

            How to Select 99DOTS as the Adherence Technology?

            1. After entering the test details of the patient, click on the “Treatment Details” tab. 
            2. Under the “Adherence Monitoring” option, select “99DOTS” as the adherence technology and click “Start Treatment" (Figure 2).
            3. Once you click “Start Treatment” you will be able to see the adherence calendar of the patient under the “Adherence Tab”.

             

            Counselling Information to be given to the Patient when Initiating 99DOTS

            The counselling checklist to be followed by the National TB Elimination Programme (NTEP) staff when initiating patients on 99DOTS is shown in the table below.

             

            Resources:

            • Nikshay 99DOTS NTEP Staff Training Manual, 2021.
            • 99DOTS Counselling Poster, Nikshay, 2021.
            • 99DOTS Patient Follow-up Counselling Checklist, Nikshay, 2021.

             

             

            Assessment

            Question​

            Answer 1​

            Answer 2​

            Answer 3​

            Answer 4​

            Correct answer​

            Correct explanation​

            Page id​

            Part of Pre-test​

            Part of Post-test​

            What is the correct sequence for initiating 99DOTS adherence for a patient on Nikshay?

            For 99DOTS, there is no need to register the patient on Nikshay.

            Register the patient – Select adherence details – Enter the test results – Enter treatment details.

            Register patient name, phone number and address – Add test details – Start treatment – Select 99DOTS as the adherence mechanism – Click ‘Start treatment’ to view the adherence calendar.

            None of the above

            3

            The correct sequence for initiating 99DOTS adherence for a patient on Nikshay is: Register patient name, phone number and address – Add test details – Start treatment – Select 99DOTS as the adherence mechanism – Click ‘Start treatment’ to view the adherence calendar.

            ​

            Yes

            Yes

             

             

          • 99 DOTS- Self Reporting Adherence

            Content

             

             

            Self-reporting adherence by dispensing pills and calling toll-free numbers

            When patients dispense pills, they break through perforated flaps on the back of the envelope, revealing a hidden, unpredictable phone number.

            Patients use an ordinary phone (usually their own or a relative’s) to place a free call to this number, which a computer answers, says “Thank You”, and hangs up.

            Important information to tell patients about calling the toll-free number:

            • Make a free call (from a mobile or landline phone) on any one of the toll-free numbers revealed every day.
            • Don’t add ‘0’ or ’91’ before the toll-free number.
            • The call can be made with no balance and from any city and anytime (no roaming charges).
            • A call for a day’s medication must be made on the same day.
            • Make calls only from the phone (mobile/ landline) numbers given to the centre (and registered on Nikshay).
            • Do not cut the call till you hear “Thank You”.

            From this simple interaction — the combination of the patient’s registered caller ID on Nikshay and the sequence of unpredictable numbers that they call over time — healthcare workers can monitor when pills were dispensed and likely taken.

            In addition to this mechanism for self-reporting adherence, 99DOTS also supplies supporting Information, Communication and Technology (ICT) tools (Nikshay, 99DOTS platform) for health workers, enabling them to efficiently monitor and respond to any missed doses.

            If a patient does not call 99DOTS on any given day, they receive an escalating series of dosage reminders. First, an automated SMS message is sent. If additional doses are missed, the patient can expect a personal outreach from a health worker, either via a phone call or a home visit.

             

            Resources:

            • Nikshay 99DOTS Training Manual, 2021.
            • Nikshay 99DOTS Overview Manual, 2021.

            Assessment

            Question​

            Answer 1​

            Answer 2​

            Answer 3​

            Answer 4​

            Correct answer​

            Correct explanation​

            Page id​

            Part of Pre-test​

            Part of Post-test​

            99DOTS is a digital adherence technology that allows for self-reporting adherence by the patient.

            True

            False

             

             

            1

            99DOTS is a digital adherence technology that allows for self-reporting adherence by the patient.

             

               

             

             

             

          • 99 DOTS- Troubleshooting

            Content

            Whenever a patient calls a toll-free line on the 99DOTS (Directly Observed Treatment, Short Course) envelope, they should have the following experience:

            • The call is answered immediately.
            • A brief "thank you" message is played.
            • The call hangs up automatically.

            In total, the call is less than two seconds long. After this sequence, the Nikshay adherence dashboard will be updated with the adherence details.

            Patients may sometimes face issues with the toll-free lines. In such cases, the healthcare worker must try to understand the challenge and help the patient to resolve the issue. The table below shows common issues with the toll-free lines and their solutions.

            Issues

            Solutions

            The patient dials the toll-free number and hears “Thank You”, but the Nikshay dashboard is still showing red.

            • Ask the patient to give a missed call to your phone. Check that it is the same number that is registered in Nikshay. If there is a data entry error in the registered phone number, correct the number in Nikshay.
            • The patient might also have a dual SIM phone or another alternative phone number. If another number is being used by the patient, add the number in Nikshay.

            The patient dials the toll-free number but hears an out-of-service voice message.

            • Visit the patient and check the balance in the pre-paid phone connection.
            • If it is negative, the call cannot be made.
            • The call can be made with zero or more balance in pre-paid connections.
            • In post-paid connections, if the bill is not paid, the patient cannot dial the toll-free number.

            The patient dials the toll-free number but hears “Please check the number”, “Invalid number”, or “Number not in use” voice messages.

            • Ask the patient to dial the number.
            • Check that they are dialling the entire number, without adding ‘0’, ‘91’, or ‘+91’ and they should not cut the call till they hear “Thank You”.

            The patient says that their pre-paid balance is deducted after dialling the toll-free number.

            • Ask the patient to make a toll-free call.
            • Check the balance SMS they receive. The last call charge will show as Rs.0.00 and the total balance will also be shown.

            The patient has very little or zero balance, dials the toll-free number and hears a long message regarding less or zero balance.

             

            • When the balance in the pre-paid connection is very little or zero, the patient might hear a long message from the telecom service provider.
            • Request the patient to wait for that voice message to end. On completion of this voice message, the toll-free number will be dialled, and the patient will hear “Thank You”.

            The patient dials the toll-free number but cannot hear anything or “Thank You” is not heard.

            • Request the patient to try multiple times.
            • At times, due to network congestion, the call may not go through, just like any other mobile number.
            • You can also try dialling the same toll-free number from your phone, to check that the toll-free line is working.

            The patient says that they are not able to connect to the toll-free lines after 1:00 PM or 3:00 PM.

             

            • The toll-free calls can be made till 11:59 PM for the current day’s dose. The timing restriction is only for the SMS alerts.
            • Educate the patient that if they do not call by 1:00 PM they will get an SMS reminder.
            • Even after that, if they do not call till 3:00 PM the staff will get an SMS alert.
            • They can still call after 3:00 PM till 11:59 PM. The moment they call, the dashboard will turn green.
            • It is only at 12:00 AM (midnight) that the dashboard turns red.

             

            Resources:

             

            • Nikshay 99DOTS Training Manual, 2021.

             

            Assessment

            Question​

            Answer 1​

            Answer 2​

            Answer 3​

            Answer 4​

            Correct answer​

            Correct explanation​

            Page id​

            Part of Pre-test​

            Part of Post-test​

            What should be done if a patient dials the 99DOTS toll-free number and hears “Thank You”, but the Nikshay dashboard is still showing red?

            Tell the patient that they lied as they did not take their medication.

            Check that there are no errors in the patient’s phone number on Nikshay.

            Check if the patient used an alternative number to call the toll-free line and register this dual line on Nikshay.

            Options 2 and 3

            4

            If a patient dials the 99DOTS toll-free number and hears “Thank You”, but the Nikshay dashboard is still showing red, then: Check that there are no errors in the patient’s phone number on Nikshay, also check if the patient used an alternative number to call the toll-free line and register this number on Nikshay.

             

               

             

             

        • STS: Adherence Monitoring and follow-up Action

          Fullscreen
          • Monitoring of Adherence by NTEP Staff

          • Monitoring of Adherence by Pateint/TS

          • Adherence Summary Dashboard

            Content

            The Adherence Summary dashboard  is designed primarily for treatment supporters and field staff to help them monitor the day to day adherence statistics of their patients and incorporate necessary actions wherever required. This dashboard enables staff at district level hierarchies and below to view real-time adherence information of all patients on treatment.

            The adherence summary dashboard is available in both Ni-kshay web portal as well as the mobile application.

            Image
            879 (1)

             

            Figure 1: Adherence Summary Dashboard; Source: Ni-kshay Web Portal (L) and Ni-kshay Mobile Application (R)

             

            Image
            879 (2)

            Figure 2: Adherence Summary Dashboard; Source: Ni-kshay Web Portal

            Image
            879 (3)

             Figure 3: Adherence Summary Dashboard (contd.); Source: Ni-kshay Web Portal

            Image
            879 (4)

            Figure 4: Adherence Summary Dashboard; Source: Ni-kshay Mobile Application

            This dashboard provides a summary of the following:

            • The Number of Patients currently enrolled on various Digital Adherence Technologies (99DOTS, MERM, VOT)
            • Graph representing % of 'Average Adherence' of all patients on treatment
            • Graph representing the % 'Digital Adherence' of all patients on treatment
            • Real time update on the number of patients who have reported a dose (Digital + Manual) for the day and the number of patients who are yet to report a dose.
            • Adherence Task Lists: This tab gives information on the number and proportion (%) of treatment interrupting patients based on the no. of doses missed,  which helps the NTEP staff to undertake immediate actions to bring such patients back on treatment.

            Resources

            • Adherence Summary View, v5, Nikshay Knowledge base, India, 2022
            • Ni-kshay 2.0 App User Guide, CTD, MoHFW, India, 2018.
            • Adherence Monitoring in Ni-kshay Version-2.0, CTD, MoHFW, India.

            Assessment

            Question     Answer 1     Answer 2     Answer 3     Answer 4     Correct answer     Correct explanation     Page id     Part of Pre-test     Part of Post-test    
            Identify the correct statement from the options below  Adherence summary dashboard allows viewing only digital adherence of the patients Adherence summary dashboard allows viewing only average adherence of the patients Adherence summary dashboard allows viewing both digital and average adherence of the patients. None of the above 3 Adherence summary dashboard allows viewing both digital and average adherence of the patients.      Yes  Yes
          • Retreival of Treatment interrupted Patient

      • STS: Public Health Action

        Fullscreen
        • STS: Patient Support

          Fullscreen
          • Nutritional Support

            Content

            Nutrition constitutes an important part of TB Treatment. Undernutrition increases the risk of Tuberculosis (TB), and in turn, TB can lead to malnutrition. It has been demonstrated that undernutrition is a risk factor for progression from TB infection to active TB disease, and undernutrition at the time of diagnosis of active TB is a predictor of increased risk of death and TB relapse. There is, as yet, little evidence showing that additional nutrition support improves TB-specific outcomes, but low body mass index, as well as lack of adequate weight gain during TB treatment, are associated with an increased risk of TB relapse and death.

            The following table illustrates the effect of undernutrition on outcomes in TB.

            Effects on disease

            • Increased severity of disease
            • Increased risk of death

            Effects on treatment

            • Delayed sputum conversion
            • Risk factor for drug-induced hepatotoxicity
            • Malabsorption of rifampicin
            • Reversion of positive cultures in Multidrug-resistant (MDR) -TB

            Effects on long-term outcomes

            • Increased rate of relapse

            Effects on contacts

            • Increased incidence in undernourished contacts

             

            The basic recommendations to address the nutritional needs of TB patients are discussed below.

            1. Conducting an initial nutrition assessment of TB patients with further monitoring
            2. Providing ongoing counselling for patients on their nutritional status; Diet for TB patients starting treatment should include: cereals (maize, rice, sorghum, millets, etc.), pulses (peas, beans, lentils, etc.), oil, sugar, salt, animal products (canned fish, beef and cheese, dried fish), and dried skimmed milk
            3. Managing severe acute malnutrition according to national guidelines and WHO recommendations
            4. Managing moderate undernutrition for TB patients who fail to regain normal Body Mass Index (BMI) after two months of TB treatment or appear to lose weight during TB treatment and evaluating for proper treatment adherence and other comorbidities. If indicated, these patients should be provided with locally available nutrient-rich or fortified supplementary foods.
            5. Special categories of TB patients, such as:
            • Children who are less than 5 years of age should be managed as any other children with moderate undernutrition.
            • Pregnant women with active TB and patients with MDR-TB should be provided with locally available nutrient-rich or fortified supplementary foods.

                 6. Micronutrient supplementation for all pregnant women as well as lactating women with active TB. These women should be provided with iron and folic acid and other vitamin and minerals to complement their maternal micronutrient needs. In situations when calcium intake is low, calcium supplementation is recommended as part of antenatal care.

            To achieve the above objectives, the guidelines for nutrition for TB patients are available and a mobile application (N-TB) is available for decision-making on nutritional support for TB patients.            

            Improving nutritional status at a population level is important for TB prevention which should be part of broader actions on social determinants. All efforts should be made to link TB patients for nutritional support which can be done through the existing public distribution system, local self-government or Non-governmental Organisations (NGOs)or donor agencies or through the corporate sector under Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR).

             

            Resources

            • Guideline: Nutritional Care and Support for Patients with Tuberculosis, WHO, 2013.
            • Guidance Document: Nutritional Care and Support for Patients with Tuberculosis in India, MoHFW, WHO, CTD, 2017.
            • Training Modules (1-4) For Programme Managers & Medical Officer NTEP, CTD, WHO, MoHFW, 2020.
            • Guidelines for Programmatic Management of Drug-resistant Tuberculosis in India, MoHFW, WHO, 2021.

             

            Assessment

            Question 1

            Answer 1

            Answer 2

            Answer 3

            Answer 4

            Correct Answer

            Correct Explanation

            Page id

            Part of Pre-Test

            Part of Post-Test

            Undernutrition doesn’t affect the outcomes of TB.

            True

            False

             

             

            2

            Undernutrition affects the outcomes of TB in terms of treatment.

             

             

             

          • Psychosocial Support to TB Patients

            Content

            Who can provide Psychosocial support?

            Family Members, Peer groups, treatment support groups, TB Champions, Community Health Volunteers(CHVs) and NGOs can provide psychosocial support to TB patients and their families by:

             

            • Building a strong sense of community
            • Helping the patients to contact a health worker or visit a health facility
            • Providing treatment support to take their drugs and finish their treatment. Family members, community-based volunteers and workers can be trained as treatment supporters by NGOs
            • Facilitating patients to access DBT for nutritional support under NPY
            • Helping TB patients with comorbidities to visit the referral facility for treatment
            • Treatment adherence support through peer support and education and individual follow up
            • Home-based palliative care for TB
            • Awareness generation, providing right information, behaviour change communication and community mobilisation for reducing stigma and discrimination
            • Facilitating patients to join yoga/meditation/exercise groups once the active phase is over
            • Facilitating and arranging rehabilitative services for problems/disabilities in TB patients
            • Social and livelihood support
            • Food supplementation
            • Income-generation activities(NGO can start or facilitate patients to join activities like candle making, making festival-related goods)
            • Sensitising PRIs to engage TB patients(who can work) through the Mahatma Gandhi National Rural Employment Guarantee Scheme(MGNREGS)
          • Support for deaddiction

            Content

            Substance use has been one of the major reasons for non-adherence to TB treatment and therefore, the National TB Elimination Programme (NTEP) has implemented several initiatives for control and de-addiction of substance use in association with various other health programmes like the National Tobacco Control Programme (NTCP), Drug De-Addiction Programme (DDAP), etc.

            NTEP has also included referral services to de-addiction facilities for TB patients as a part of the ‘Standards for TB Care in India (STCI)'.

             

            Deaddiction Services and Linkages

            1. Brief substance use counselling during the pre-treatment, treatment initiation and regular follow-up counselling sessions by the trained NTEP staff.
            2. Referral to National Tobacco Quitline provides telephonic counselling via the toll-free number in English and Hindi languages 8 a.m. to 8 p.m. between Tuesday to Sunday.
            3. Referral to mCessation Programme provides evidence-based behavioural change Short Text Messages (SMSs) in English and Hindi languages on mobile phones, which include health information on tobacco use hazards, tips on quitting, and encouragement for those attempting to do so.
            4. Referral to nearest Tobacco cessation clinics/ centres in the government facilities.
            5. Referral under the Drug De-Addiction Programme (DDAP) wherein affordable, easily accessible and evidence-based treatment for all substance use disorders are provided through the government health care facilities of the Ministry of Health and Family Welfare, viz., All India Institute of Medical Sciences (AIIMS), New Delhi; Postgraduate Institute of Medical Education and Research (PGIMER), Chandigarh; National Institute of Mental Health and Neuro-Sciences (NIMHANS), Bengaluru; Dr Ram Manohar Lohia (RML) Hospital, New Delhi; AIIMS, Bhubaneswar; and Central Institute of Psychiatry (CIP), Ranchi.

             

            Resources

            • National Strategic Plan 2017-2025 for TB Elimination in India, MoHFW, India, 2017.
            • National Framework for Joint TB-tobacco Collaborative Activities, MoHFW, India, 2017.

            Assessment

            Question​

            Answer 1​

            Answer 2​

            Answer 3​

            Answer 4​

            Correct answer​

            Correct explanation​

            Page id​

            Part of Pre-test​

            Part of Post-test​

            What service does the National Tobacco Quitline provide?

            Telephonic counselling

            Face-to-face counselling

            None of the above

            Both 1 & 2

            1

            National Tobacco Quitline: Telephonic counselling via the toll-free number in English and Hindi languages.

            ​

            Yes

            Yes

          • Support for Rehabitilation

          • Travel support for TB Patient

            Content

            Eliminating the catastrophic expenditure on TB patients and their families has been an important goal of the World Health Organisation's (WHO’s) END TB strategy.

            The National TB Elimination Programme (NTEP) has also attempted the same through various partnerships and one of the action plans under this strategy was to provide transport allowance to cover the TB treatment-related travel costs of the TB patients as well as their attendants.

            Travel cost for Drug-resistant TB (DR-TB) patients

            • Travel costs are reimbursed for DR-TB patients travelling to District or Nodal DR-TB Centre for initiation/ follow-ups/ adverse reaction management during the treatment, along with one accompanying person/ attendant.
            • The reimbursement is as per actual cost per visit through public transport with a limit of up to Rs. 400 per visit within the district and up to Rs. 1000 per visit for outside district travel.

            Travel cost for TB Patients in tribal/ hilly/ difficult areas

            • TB Patients from tribal /hilly/difficult areas are provided with an aggregate amount of Rs. 750 as transport allowance to cover patients and the attendants' travel costs.
            • Rs. 750 as a one-time payment at the time of noti­fication.

            Travel cost for Presumptive TB patients to visit District TB Centres (DTC)/ collection centres for testing

            • Presumptive TB patients travelling to DTC/ collection centre are reimbursed as per actual cost with public transport.

            Resources

            • Guidelines on Programmatic Management of Drug-resistant TB (PMDT) in India, 2021, CTD, MoHFW, India.
            • Direct Benefi­t Transfer Manual for National Tuberculosis Elimination Programme. Central TB Division, Ministry of Health & Family Welfare, India, 2021.

            Assessment

            Question​

            Answer 1​

            Answer 2​

            Answer 3​

            Answer 4​

            Correct answer​

            Correct explanation​

            Page id​

            Part of Pre-test​

            Part of Post-test​

            How much amount is provided as transport allowance to tribal/ hilly area patients and their attendants during their TB treatment

             

            Rs.250

            Rs.500

            Rs.750

            Rs.1000

            3

            Rs. 750 is provided as transport allowance to Tribal/ hilly area patients and their attendants during their TB treatment.

            ​

            Yes

            Yes

          • Nikshay Poshan Yojana

            Content

            Nikshay Poshan Yojana (NPY) is one of the four initiative-based support schemes which provides financial support to TB patients for their nutrition. A financial incentive of Rs. 500 per month will be provided to patients on anti-TB treatment till the completion of treatment.

            • All TB patients who are registered/ notified (from both public/ private sectors) on the Nikshay Portal on or after 1st April 2018 are beneficiaries of the scheme.
            • The incentive is paid in cash and will be deposited to the Aadhaar enabled bank account of the patient. In the case of paediatric TB patients, money will be deposited in parents'/ guardians’ accounts.
            • The first instalment of Rs. 1000 total for the first 2 months is expected to be disbursed immediately after starting treatment. To ensure treatment adherence, after the first instalment, the conditionality of follow-up examination is applicable.
            • Each month of treatment extension, Rs. 500 will be transferred to the patient's DBT account, till the treatment is continued.
            • In some states, where the incentive is transferred in-kind, they should provide food baskets with a total value not less than the corresponding eligible benefit.

            Figure: Aims of Nikshay Poshan Yojana

            The health volunteer/ Treatment supporter, Multi-purpose Health worker in-charge, or the Senior Treatment Supervisor (STS), are responsible to collect the bank details of the patient from the field level and enter it on the Ni-kshay.

             

            Resources

            Nutritional Support DBT Scheme Details, CTD.

            Direct Benefi­t Transfer Manual for National Tuberculosis Elimination Programme, CTD, 2020.

            Guidelines for Programmatic Management of Drug-resistant TB in India, 2021.

             

            Assessment

            Question​  Answer 1​  Answer 2​  Answer 3​  Answer 4​  Correct answer​  Correct explanation​ 
            Only patients seeking treatment in public hospitals are eligible for Nikshay Poshan Yojana. True  False      2 All patients who are receiving treatment from both public and private sectors and are notified on the Nikshay platform are eligible to receive the benefit.

             

          • Linkages to Social Welfare Schemes

            Content

            The government of India introduced Direct Benefit Transfer (DBT) to ensure that the benefits and subsidies are reaching the beneficiaries directly and to fasten the process. Through the process, money is directly transferred to the beneficiaries' bank account keeping the intermediary agencies and stakeholders only to manage the process of payment.

             

            National TB Elimination Programme (NTEP) transfers all benefits to patients using the two systems:

            • Nikshay
            • Public Finance Management System (PFMS)

             

            DBT Schemes available in the NTEP

             

            Nikshay Poshan Yojana (NPY)

            Objective: To provide nutritional support to TB patients at the time of noti­fication and subsequently during the course of treatment.

            Beneficiary: All unique TB patients noti­fied on or after 1st April 2018 (including all existing TB patients under treatment for at least one month from this date).

            Benefit Amount: Rs. 500 for a treatment month paid in instalments of up to Rs. 1000 as an advance.

             

            Transport Support for TB patients in Notified Tribal Areas

            Objective: To provide ­financial support as transport allowance for TB patients belonging to notifi­ed tribal areas (in addition to the nutritional support provided under NPY).

            Beneficiary: All noti­fied TB patients from notifi­ed tribal areas.

            Benefit Amount: Rs. 750 as a one-time payment at the time of notifi­cation.

             

             

            Incentives for Private Sector Providers and Informants

            Objective: To provide ­financial incentives for noti­fication and subsequent follow-up until completion of treatment of TB patients who are diagnosed/ treated by a private provider.

            Beneficiary: Private providers (private practitioner, hospital, laboratory and chemist) who notify TB patients to NTEP on Nikshay.

            Incentive Amount: Rs. 500 as a one-time payment on noti­fication and Rs. 500 to a private practitioner or hospital for updating the patient’s treatment outcome.

             

            Treatment Supporters’ Honorarium

            Objective: To provide an honorarium to the treatment supporters for supporting TB patients.

            Beneficiary: Community Treatment Supporters who support patients during treatment, leading to a successful outcome (cured or treatment completed).

            Incentive Amount: Rs. 1,000 as a one-time payment on the update of outcome for drug-sensitive TB patients and Rs. 2,000 on completion of Intensive Phase (IP) and Rs. 3,000 on completion of Continuation Phase (CP) of treatment for drug-resistant TB patients.

             

            Criteria/ Pre-requisites for Availing the Benefits in NTEP

             

            • All benefits are processed for the respective beneficiary base on the rules and eligibility criteria defined above except for the treatment supporter, which needs to be manually uploaded by the TB Unit (TU) level staff.
            • Beneficiary ID in Nikshay will be assigned to all patients which are unique. The benefits processed will be tracked under this ID. All beneficiaries need to register their bank details in Nikshay to enable DBT.

             

            Treatment Supporter

             

            A trained treatment supporter, who can be a health worker or community volunteer, will assist the patient to adhere to the drugs, provide counselling support, nutritional support, screen for adverse reactions, psycho-social support, comorbidity management and follow-up laboratory investigations.

             

            The Treatment Support Honorarium is available as per the following eligibility:

            • The treatment Supporter must be registered in Nikshay and designated as the primary Treatment Supporter.
            • The linked patient must complete treatment or has to be cured.
            • The treatment Supporter should not be a salaried government employee.

             

             

            Resources

            Direct Benefi­t Transfer Manual for National Tuberculosis Elimination Programme, CTD, 2020.

             

            Assessment

            Question

            Answer 1

            Answer 2

            Answer 3

            Answer 4

            Correct Answer

            Correct Explanation

            Only patients and treatment supporters seeking treatment in the public sector are eligible for DBT benefits.

            True

            False

             

             

            2

            Private providers are eligible for financial incentives for noti­fication and subsequent follow-up until completion of treatment of TB patients who are diagnosed/ treated by them.

          • Free drugs and free treatment

            Content

            In the National Sample Survey Office (NSSO) 68th round 2011-2012, India was reported to have the highest out-of-pocket expense on healthcare, of which over 67% was spent on drugs. Recognising the importance of essential drugs being available and accessible to the general public, the Ministry of Health & Family Welfare, Govt. of India, implemented the Free Drugs Service Initiative (FDSI) under the National Health Mission (NHM) in 2015.

            Objectives

            • To ensure that a set of essential drugs is made available free of cost to all those who access public health care facilities.
            • To reduce the Out-of-Pocket Expenses (OOPE) of patients to support their treatment and adherence to medication.

            Under this initiative, provision for obtaining free of cost essential medicines is made available through public health facilities under the National Health Mission at Primary Health Centres (PHCs), Community Health Centres (CHCs), Sub Divisional Hospitals (SDH) and District Hospitals (DHs).

            Under this scheme, National TB Elimination Programme (NTEP) recommended Fixed-Dose Combination (FDC) anti-TB medicines are also available for both paediatric and adult TB patients. While most of these medicines are procured centrally, few loose drugs, especially for prophylaxis, are allowed to be procured at the state or district level at times when central supply is short. 

            NHM has dedicated funding for free drugs, and various levels, including Peripheral Health Institutions (PHI), are allotted preset budgets under this scheme. PHIs are supposed to procure essential drugs which are not supplied by the government-owned "General Medical Stores" from this budget. Although most of the drugs are readily provided to the PHIs, some subsidiary drugs and supplements, which are required in TB care, can be made available under this scheme. For example drugs required to treat minor adverse drug reactions, vitamins, protein supplements, expectorants, antitussives, etc. 

             

            Resources

            • Operational Guidelines - Free Drugs Service Initiative, MoHFW, GoI.

            • National Strategic Plan for Tuberculosis Elimination 2017–2025, RNTCP, CTD, 2017.

            • Essential Medicine List for SHC & PHC Level, Ayushman Bharat - Health and Wellness Centre, 2020.

             

            Assessment

            Question 

            Answer 1 

            Answer 2 

            Answer 3 

            Answer 4 

            Correct Answer 

            Correct explanation 

            To reduce the Out-of-Pocket Expenses (OOPE) of patients.

            True 

            False 

             

             

            1 

            Free drug service initiative under NHM aims to reduce the Out-of-Pocket Expenses (OOPE) of patients.

          • PMJAY

            Content

             

            Figure: Components of Ayushman Bharat Yojana

            Pradhan Mantri Jan Arogya Yojana (PM-JAY) is one of the two key components of the Ayushman Bharat Yojana launched by the Government of India as part of the National Health Policy 2017. It is one significant step toward achieving Universal Health Coverage (UHC) and Sustainable Development Goal - 3 (SDG3): Good health and well-being.

            Aim

            To provide health protection cover to poor and vulnerable families against financial risk arising from catastrophic health episodes.

            Provisions

            • Financial protection (Swasthya Suraksha) to 10.74 crore poor, deprived rural families and identified occupational categories of urban workers’ families as per the latest Socio-Economic Caste Census (SECC) data (approx. 50 crore beneficiaries). It will offer a benefit cover of Rs. 5,00,000 per family per year (on a family floater basis).
            • Cover medical and hospitalisation expenses for almost all secondary care and most of the tertiary care procedures. PM-JAY has defined 1,350 medical packages covering surgery, medical and daycare treatments, including medicines, diagnostics and transport.
            • To ensure that nobody is left out (especially girl child, women, children and the elderly), there will be no cap on family size and age.
            • Cashless & paperless at public hospitals and empanelled private hospitals.
            • Beneficiaries are not required to pay any charges for hospitalisation expenses.
            • Benefit also includes pre and post-hospitalisation expenses.
            • The scheme is entitlement based; the beneficiary is decided based on the family being figured in the SECC database.

            Benefits for the Health Care System of the Country

            • Helps to achieve UHC and SDG.
            • Ensures improved access and affordability of quality secondary and tertiary care services through a combination of public hospitals and well-measured strategic purchasing of services in health care deficit areas from private care providers, especially the not-for-profit providers.
            • Significantly reduces out-of-pocket expenditure for hospitalisation. Mitigates financial risk arising out of catastrophic health episodes and consequent impoverishment for poor and vulnerable families.
            • Acts as a steward, align the growth of the private sector with public health goals.
            • Promotes the use of evidence-based health care and cost control for improved health outcomes.
            • Strengthens public health care systems through the infusion of insurance revenues.
            • Enables the creation of new health infrastructure in rural, remote and under-served areas.
            • Increases health expenditure by the government as a percentage of Gross Domestic Product (GDP).

            Resource

            • National Health Portal

             

            Assessment

            Question    

            Answer 1    

            Answer 2    

            Answer 3    

            Answer 4    

            Correct answer    

            Correct explanation    

            Page id    

            Part of Pre-test    

            Part of Post-test    

            PM-JAY benefits can be redeemed only from government hospitals.

            True

            False

             

             

            2

            PM-JAY provides cashless & paperless benefits at public hospitals and empanelled private hospitals. It ensures improved access and affordability of quality secondary and tertiary care services through a combination of public hospitals and well-measured strategic purchasing of services in health care deficit areas from private care providers, especially not-for-profit providers.

                

               Yes

             Yes

          • Patient Support

            Content
            • Explain TB awareness generation activity in the community

             

            • Describe counseling of TB patients, Do’s and Don’ts on patient communication, Nutritional counseling of TB patients, along with suggestions for a healthy diet for TB patients

             

            • Explain the various determinants and the vulnerable population for Tuberculosis

             

            • Describe stigma and discrimination and its impact on the person affected by TB

             

            • Explain the various Wellness activity, Psychosocial support, Gender aspects and Rehabilitation service to TB patients

             

            • Explain the role of community engagement, strategies and importance of community engagement in NTEP

             

            • Describe the Direct benefit transfer schemes under the NTEP programme
        • STS: Contact Investigation

          Fullscreen
          • Contact Tracing and Investigation

            Content

            Contact tracing is a process to identify people who are  at a high risk of developing TB due to their contact with a known TB case.

            The aim of contact tracing is to find other people with TB disease and those infected with TB

            All close contacts, especially household contacts of a Pulmonary TB patient, should be screened for TB. 

            In paediatric TB patients, reverse contact tracing for the search of any active TB case in the child's household must be undertaken.

            Particular attention should be paid to contacts with the highest susceptibility to TB infection.

            Figure: Contacts to be Prioritized for contact TB screening

             

          • Importance of Contact tracing

          • How to do contact tracing

            Content

            Index TB patient: Initially identified person of any age with new or recurrent TB in a specific household or other comparable settings in which others may have been exposed. The Index TB patient is the person on whom a contact investigation is centred, but is not necessarily the source/ primary case.

            Contact: Any individual who was exposed to a person with active TB disease

            Household Contact (HHC): Person who shared the same enclosed living space as the index TB patient for one or more nights or for frequent or extended daytime periods during the three months before the start of current TB treatment.

            Close contact: Person who is not in the household but shared an enclosed space, such as at a social gathering, workplace or facility, for extended periods during the day with the index TB patient during the three months before the commencement of the current TB treatment episode. 

            Contact tracing: Contact tracing is the process of listing out all the contacts (household contacts and close contacts) of the index TB patient. Contact tracing has to be done for all Index TB cases, whether pulmonary (sputum positive or negative) or Extra-pulmonary (EPTB). As per the current policy, it is compulsory to trace household contacts but it is desirable to trace other close contacts (workplace, social gathering etc) also. 

            Why Contact Tracing  is done: Contact tracing is followed by contact investigation to identify active TB cases and Tuberculosis Preventive Treatment (TPT) beneficiaries.

            Contact investigation: This is a systematic process for identifying previously undiagnosed people with TB disease and TB infection, among the contacts of an index TB patient.

            Conducting Contact Tracing and Contact Investigation

            Once a new/ recurrent TB case is diagnosed (ideally within 1 week), a healthcare worker (usually the Multipurpose Worker (MPW) from the nearby public health facility visits/ tele calls the patient’s household, interviews the patient about his/her contacts in the household and other settings such as workplace or social gatherings. The contacts’ details are recorded in a standardised format and entered in Ni-kshay contact tracing module. Each contact's details enter the workflow as a presumptive TB case or TPT beneficiary.

            The traced contacts are screened for TB using a symptom checklist and if found to have any symptoms suggestive of TB, they are tested using X-ray/ sputum microscopy/ Cartridge-based Nucleic Acid Amplification Test (CBNAAT) as required. 

             

            Outcome of Contact Tracing and Contact Investigation

            • Those contacts diagnosed with active TB are initiated TB treatment.
            • As per the current policy, those HHC of sputum-positive Pulmonary TB (PTB), in whom active TB disease is ruled out, are considered for TB Preventive Therapy (TPT)

             

            References

            • Guidelines for Programmatic Management of TB Preventive Treatment in India, 2021.
            • Technical and Operational Guidelines for Tuberculosis Control in India, 2016.

             

            Assessment

             

            Question​

            Answer 1​

            Answer 2​

            Answer 3​

            Answer 4​

            Correct answer​

            Correct explanation​

            Page id​

            Part of Pre-test​

            Part of Post-test​

            Which of the following statements are true?

            Contact tracing should always be followed by contact investigation.

            Household contacts of Extrapulmonary TB are offered TPT.

            The index case is always the primary source of infection in the household.

            Contact tracing and investigation need to be done only during ACF campaigns.

             1

            2- Only HHC of Sputum positive PTB cases are offered TPT.

            3 – The index case need not be the primary source of infection in the household.

            4 – Contact tracing and investigation are to be done routinely for all TB cases. ACF campaigns are only an added measure.

            ​

            Yes

            Yes

          • Recording and Reporting Contact Tracing [Ni-kshay]

            Content

            Contact Tracing plays an important role in the detection of all those who are secondarily infected for proper diagnosis and prompt treatment. This process can be recorded and reported in Ni-kshay under the ‘contact tracing’ option. The process of recording contact tracing in Ni-kshay is given below.

             

            Process Overview

            Image
            Process Overview

            Detailed Step-wise Procedure

             

            Step 1: Login to the Ni-kshay ecosystem and enter the patient ID for which the contact tracing details are being recorded.

            Step 2: Click on the ‘Contact tracing’ tab to reach the contact tracing window.

            Image
            Contact

             

            Step 3: Click on the 'Edit' tab and fill in the relevant information in the fields provided.

             

            Image
            CT2

             

            Step 4: Once the details are entered, click on the ‘update’ tab present at the upper right corner of the window to finish the process. A message will be displayed by the system once the details are updated successfully.

             

            Image
            CT3

             

            Step 5: Once the details are updated successfully, an option to add the contact will appear at the upper right corner of the contact tracing window. This option can be used to add contacts as Beneficiaries (Presumptive TB/ TB Preventive Treatment (TPT) beneficiaries) in the system.

             

            Image
            ct4

             

            Step 6: Selecting the 'Add contact' tab will take the user to the enrollment window. The process of entering information in this window is similar to adding a New presumptive TB case in Ni-kshay, except that the option of “Contact of Known TB Patient” is automatically selected for the field “Key Population”.

            Once the contact is added as a beneficiary (Presumptive TB/ TPT beneficiary) in the system, the contact details can be seen in the contact tracing tab.

            Video file

            Video: Recording Contact tracing in Ni-kshay (Web)

             

             

            Video file

            Video: Recording Contact tracing in Ni-kshay (Mobile App)

             

            Resources

            • Contact Tracing, Ni-kshay Knowledhge Base, Ni-kshay Zendesk.

             

            Assessment

            Question​ Answer 1​ Answer 2​ Answer 3​ Answer 4​ Correct answer​ Correct explanation​ Page id​ Part of Pre-test​ Part of Pre-test​
            Contact tracing plays an important role in the detection of all those who are secondarily infected. False True     2 Contact tracing plays an important role in the detection of all those who are secondarily infected for proper diagnosis and prompt treatment.   Yes Yes
        • STS: Counselling and education

          Fullscreen
          • TB Awareness Generation in Community

            Content

            Awareness should be generated in the community for promoting various health programmes, health seeking behaviours, screening of TB cases etc. by involving and sensitizing community influencers including PRI members and treatment support groups.

            Figure: Activities for awareness generation in community

             

          • Counselling of TB Patients

            Content

            Confidential dialogue between a health care provider and a patient that helps a patient to define his/her feelings, cope with stress, and to make informed decisions regarding treatment.

            The patient should be counselled at all the three phases i.e.,

            Pre-treatment counselling`

            • About TB disease and treatment
            • Air borne infection control
            • Need for adherence
            • Public Health Actions
            • Identification of adverse events
            • Tobacco /Alcohol cessations
            • Identification of comorbidities

            During Treatment Counselling

            • Importance of Adherence
            • Identification of adverse events
            • Importance of timely follow ups
            • Public Health Actions
            • Tobacco /Alcohol cessations
            • Management of comorbidities

            Post treatment Counselling

            • Testing at the end of treatment.
            • Long term follow up
            • Tobacco /Alcohol cessations

            Objectives of TB Counselling:

            • Prevention of TB transmission.
            • Provision of emotional support to TB patients.
            • Motivation of TB clients to complete treatment.
            • Helping patients make their own informed decisions about their behaviour and supporting them in carrying out their decisions.

            Figure: Characteristics of effective counselling

             

          • Do's & Don'ts for Patient Communication

            Content

            Do’s

            • Active listening, emphatic gestures and expressions
            • Ensure the confidentiality of the conversation done with the patient
            • Ensure Minimum interruption during the conversation with patient
            • Ensuring availability of IEC materials such as posters, videos, pamphlets etc. to dispel myths and misconceptions.

            Don'ts

            • Do not use any negative stereotypes
            • Do not have any physical wall or glass between patient and yourself
            • Do not breach the trust and confidentiality of the TB patient
            • Do not make threats or use coercive language
            • Do not exaggerate dangers or risk of TB
            • Do not blame or shame TB patients

             

          • Nutritional Counselling

            Content

            Nutritional Counselling begins with the nutritional assessment of TB patients by

            • Nutritional Status: Assessing the height, weight and BMI of the TB patient

            • Diet and Preference food for TB patients

            • Current appetite and food intake of TB patients

             

            Based on the nutritional assessment, following information can be conveyed to TB Patients

            • Patients with TB should be encouraged to have frequent food intake in the form of three meals and three snacks.

            • Attempts should be made to increase the energy and protein content in the meals and snacks without increasing its volume.

            • The addition of oil, butter or ghee to the chapati or rice can increase the energy content of the diet.

            • Pulses in other forms, e.g. sprouts, roasted Chana, groundnuts, can be taken as snacks in either fried or in roasted form. Milk and eggs to be included in the diet.

            • The use of easily available nutritious foods based on vegetarian/non-vegetarian preferences of the patients must be emphasized.

            • Information about NFSA (National Food Security Act) and Poshan abhiyan should be given.

            Figure: Healthy diet for TB Patients

             

            Resources:

            • Guidance Document: Nutritional care and support for patients with Tuberculosis in India

             

            Kindly provide your valuable feedback on the page to the link provided HERE

      • STS: DBT

        Fullscreen
        • STS: General Concepts

          Fullscreen
          • Direct Benefit Transfer(DBT) under NTEP

            Content

            Direct Benefit Transfer (DBT) is a major initiative of Government of India (GoI) whereby any government subsidy or benefit is to be transferred directly into the beneficiary's bank accounts. Intermediary government agencies only manage the process of payments, without handling actutal money.

            NTEP is one of the first health programmes in India to use a fully adopt DBT. It uses an end to end electronic system, to digitise beneficiary information and transfer monetary benefits. In NTEP to process benefits, two electronic systems are used, Ni-kshay (operated by NTEP) and PFMS (Public Finance Management System, operated by the Ministry of Finance). Ni-kshay enables Direct Benefit Transfer by digitizing the beneficiaries(bank account details of patients, treatment supporters and providers) and calculates of incentives/ benefits (eligible payment) and processes them for payment through PFMS under various schemes. The various schemes operational under NTEP are:

            • Nikshay Poshan Yojana(NPY)
            • Tribal Support Scheme
            • Treatment supporter’s Honorarium
            • Incentive for Notification and Outcome
          • Stakeholders/Systems for DBT under NTEP

            Content
            • Beneficiary: These are the individuals who get benefits from payments under a particular scheme. E.g., all notified TB patients are beneficiaries under the Ni-kshay Poshan Yojana. An individual may be eligible for multiple payments under one scheme or may be eligible for multiple schemes. Only individuals with bank accounts will receive these benefits. Also, beneficiaries and their bank accounts need to be approved by a district-level authority to receive any of the benefits from Ni-kshay.
            • Processing authorities: The DBT maker and checker are designated personnel in the health system for in processing benefits. They are responsible for the two levels of verification in Ni-kshay; confirming and approving each benefit under their jurisdiction. Both maker and checker are roles that are assigned to any personnel  in NTEP as decided by the District TB Officer. They perform their role through a special staff login in Ni-kshay with the designation “DBT Maker” or “DBT Checker,” created under the staff management module of Ni-kshay.
              1. DBT Maker: Maker acts at the TU level. All benefits created are assigned to the maker, who has to reconfirm the eligibility manually, update necessary details if required and send the benefit to the checker for approval.DBT maker is created by the District Tuberculosis Officer (DTO) upon request from the Medical Officer Tuberculosis Center (MOTC).
              2. DBT Checker: DBT checker acts at the district level. Checker is responsible for approving all beneficiaries under the district once it has been created by the DBT makers at TU levels. DBT checker role in Ni-kshay app is created by the State TB Officer (STO).

             

            Resources

            • Introduction to DBT, Ni-kshay Knowledge Base.
            • https://tbcindia.gov.in/WriteReadData/NTEPTrainingModules5to9.pdf
            • Direct Bene­t Transfer Manual for National Tuberculosis Elimination Programme; MoHFW, Government of India, 2020. 

             

            Assessment

            Question  Answer 1  Answer 2  Answer3  Answer 4  Correct Answer  Correct explanation 
            An individual is only eligible for a benefit under NTEP at one point in time.    True  False      2  An individual may be eligible for multiple payments under one scheme or may be eligible for multiple schemes.

             

             

          • DBT Schemes in NTEP

            Content
            Schemes Beneficiary Benefit Amount
            Nikshay Poshan Yojana(NPY)
            • All Notified TB Patients in Nikshay from the point of diagnosis
            Rs. 1000 at the time of Notification and Rs 500 per treatment month there after paid in advance as installments.
            Tribal Support Scheme Confirmed TB Patients residing in Tribal TU Rs 750(one time) at the time of notification 
            Treatment supporter’s Honorarium Treatment supporters of patients who have achieved outcome of treatment success
            • Rs 1,000 in the case of DS TB patients and Rs 5,000 in the case of patients, paid at the time of treatment completion.
            Incentive for informants,  Notification and Outcomes

            Private Health Facilities: including Practitioner /Clinic etc.(Single), Hospital/Clinic/Nursing Home etc.(Multi), Laboratories and Chemists

            Any citizen reporting TB patients to public health facility or a self-reporting by patient may also be incentivized as an informant

            • Rs 500 for Notification or informant
            • Rs. 500 for Outcome declaration to health facilities.
          • Other Local DBT Schemes

            Content

            There may be other Central or State government schemes and programmes that beneficiaries related to the TB program are eligible for, over and above the 4 schemes provided by the central government through NTEP. Some examples are:

            • State Illness Relief Fund (can serve seriously ill TB patients)
            • Chief Minister’s Farmers Security Scheme
            • Nutritional Support to DR-TB Patients
            • Sanjay Gandhi Niradhar Yojana
            • Surakhaya Yojana
            • Pridhar Parasar Yojana
            • Scheme for treatment of critical disease for schedule caste/schedule Tribe and people below poverty line (BPL).
            • Rastriya Swasthiya Bhima Yogana (RSBY) reimbursement for those TB patients who required hospitalisation
            • Sudurvarti Sahayaks from CM's Sudurvarti Gram Yojana involved TB services

            These schemes are paid through their respective payment processing channels and not through Ni-kshay.

          • Criteria for availing DBT Scheme benefits under NPY

            Content
            1. All TB patients notified on or continues treatment after 1st April 2018 including all existing TB patients under treatment are eligible to receive incentives.
            2. For availing DBT scheme benefits under NTEP Programme, TB patients have to provide their bank details to the nearest NTEP Health facility.
            3. The patient must be registered\notified on the NIKSHAY portal.
            4. Each beneficiary can be linked to unique savings bank account belonging to him/her. Beneficiaries without bank accounts need to be facilitated to open bank accounts in any bank as convenient.
            5. If a Beneficiary does not have a bank account and is unable to open a new bank account, his/her relative’s bank account may be used(immediate family member such as parents, spouse, siblings).
            6. If a relative’s bank account is used, written consent should be taken from beneficiary.
            7. If a bank account has already been used for another beneficiary, it cannot be re-used for another beneficiary. If a new Bank account needs to be opened, it’s easy to open a zero-balance account with Indian Post Payments Bank.


             

        • STS: Processes in DBT

          Fullscreen
          • Beneficiary Registration

            Content

            Benefi­ciaries for any scheme need to be ­first informed about the scheme details, its benefi­ts and the process of receiving the benefi­ts.

            Beneficiary registration is the first step in the processing of Direct Benefit Transfer (DBT) schemes in Ni-kshay. Patients after diagnosed and notified as “Pending Treatment” or “On Treatment” who haven’t updated the Beneficiary status has to enter their bank details to register.

            Ni-kshay maintains a Bank Master and only banks available in Public Financial Management System (PFMS) can be used to make payments. Users need to enter their IFSC Code and Ni-kshay auto-populates the details of the bank. Then the user is expected to enter their account number and click “Save”.

            If a bene­ficiary does not have a bank account/ is a paediatric patient, they may be linked to an account of one of their family members with written consent/ authorisation from the beneficiary. But the bank account needs to be unique to be registered in Ni-kshay.

            Then the request is sent to PFMS to validate the active bank account details. Once validated by PFMS, the beneficiary status will change to “Validated” and will be sent to DBT Checker (at District Tuberculosis Officer (DTO) Office) for approval.

            The DBT checker will approve the bank account details and the beneficiary status will be reflected in Ni-kshay as entered.

            On successful validation of the Bank details of the benefi­ciary, the benefi­ts of the bene­ficiary can be processed.

             

            Image
            Process of beneficiary registration in Ni-kshay

            Figure: Process of beneficiary registration in Ni-kshay

             

            Valid documents (passbook/ bank statement/ cancelled cheque) from the benefi­ciary should be collected and maintained at the Peripheral Health Institution (PHI) and produced at the time of veri­fication.

             

            Resource 

             

            • Direct Benet Transfer Manual for National Tuberculosis Elimination Programme; MoHFW, Government of India, 2020. 

             

            Assessment

            Question 

            Answer 1 

            Answer 2 

            Answer3 

            Answer 4 

            Correct Answer 

            Correct explanation 

            Only patients with a bank account can be registered as a beneficiary in Ni-kshay.

            True 

            False 

             

             

            2 

            If a beneficiary does not have a bank account/ is a paediatric patient, they may be linked to an account of one of their family members with written consent/ authorisation.

             

             

             

          • Benefits Processing in Nikshay

            Content

            Ni-kshay automatically generates benefi­ts as per the scheme guidelines. All bene­fits are linked to the patient's episode irrespective of the benefi­ciary. These bene­fits need to undergo two levels of approvals in Ni-kshay before being sent to Public Financial Management System (PFMS) for payment to the benefi­ciary. Action can be taken only for bene­fits for which the corresponding benefi­ciary has been registered (validated) with PFMS.

            Direct Benefit Transfer (DBT) maker and DBT checker are responsible for the 2-level benefit approval in Ni-kshay. First Tuberculosis Unit (TU) user (DBT maker) has to approve the benefits, which then will be displayed under the ‘Pending’ section of the DBT module from the District Tuberculosis Officer's (DTO’s) login (DBT checker).

            The benefi­t transaction remains in the ‘Processing’ tab of the maker till it is under process with DTO (for approval) or PFMS (for payment). Only the status of the transaction changes. The status of the transaction will either be “waiting for has not yet approved it when it is under the DBT Checker or will be “Sent to PFMS for Payment" when DBT Checker has approved and the benefi­t is pending PFMS for payment.

             

            Image
            Benefit processing in Ni-kshay

            Figure: Benefit processing in Ni-kshay

             

            The approved benefi­ts by the DBT checker in Ni-kshay are sent to PFMS regularly (every night). Once the benefit is processed and money is credited, PFMS will inform Ni-kshay and the status of such benefi­ts is updated/ displayed in Ni-kshay as “Paid”.

             

             

            Resource

            • Direct Benefi­t Transfer Manual for National Tuberculosis Elimination Programme, MoHFW, Government of India, 2020.

             

            Assessment

            Question 

            Answer 1 

            Answer 2 

            Answer3 

            Answer 4 

            Correct Answer 

            Correct explanation 

            A benefit undergoes 2-level of approval in Ni-kshay first by____ and then by___

            Creator at Public Health CarePHC level and

            Checker at the district level

            Maker at DTO level and

            Checker at State TB Officer's (STO) level

            Maker at TU level and Checker at DTO level

             None of the above

            3

            A benefit undergoes 2-level of approval in Ni-kshay first by maker at TU level and then by checker at DTO level.

             

          • Action by DBT Maker/Checker in Nikshay interface

            Content

            Direct Benefit Transfer (DBT) Maker and Checker are responsible for the 2-level benefit approval in Ni-kshay, which must be repeated for every benefit.

            The Ni-kshay “Pending” tab lists all benefits to be paid. The DBT maker and checker review benefit and beneficiary details, and only beneficiaries with bank details are validated are approved.

            Actions taken by Maker and Checker at various stages of benefits processing are given in the table below.

            Table: Actions taken by Maker and Checker

             

            After the action, benefi­t would be visible in the benefi­t processing tab of Ni-kshay named:

            Action

            Action by

            Message

            For Maker

            For Checker

            Do nothing

            Maker/ Checker

            It is a default option for any benefi­t and implies no change in the bene­fit status.

            Pending

            Pending

            (Only if the benefi­t

            has been processed

            by Maker and sent to

            Checker)

            Send to checker

            DBT Maker

            DBT Maker can send a benefi­t to DBT Checker by approving the benefi­t as DBT Maker sends the benefi­t.

            Processing

            Pending

            Approve

            DBT

            Checker

            DBT Checker can approve the benefi­ts. Once the benefi­t is approved by the DBT checker, benefi­ts are clubbed into batches in PFMS. These batches are either accepted or rejected by the PFMS approver. If the batch is accepted, PPA is generated, signed, and sent to the bank for processing. If rejected, the benefi­ts are sent back to Maker Pending.

            Processing

            Processing

            Rejected

            DBT

            Checker

            This option is to be selected to resend the benefi­t to DBT Maker for his review and necessary action.

            Pending

             

            Paid external

            DBT Maker/ Checker

            If a benefi­t was paid directly via PFMS, for reconciliation purposes, it is important to update Ni-kshay. For such benefi­ts (which have been paid externally) can be marked as “Paid External”. It is now advisable (since September 11, 2019) to make all payments from within Ni-kshay. The reconciliation process is explained in the annexure to this document.

            Paid

            Paid

            Paid in kind

            DBT Maker/ Checker

            It is at the discretion of the State to disburse bene­fits either in cash or in kind for schemes in National TB Elimination Programme (NTEP). Some states, such as Chhattisgarh, are adopting such practices of giving benefi­ts in kind through food baskets, etc.

            Paid

            Paid

            Removed

            DBT Maker/

            Checker

            Users may decide that the benefi­t is not to be paid to the bene­ficiary and have removed the benefi­ts. For example, if a patient refuses to take the bene­fits or is unwilling to share the bank details, the Tuberculosis Unit (TU)/District Tuberculosis Officer (DTO) User can remove it. If a transaction has been removed by mistake, it can be ‘unremoved’ and processed further.

            Removed

            Removed

            Deferred

            DBT Maker/ Checker

            Users may decide to defer the bene­fits in case they decide to pay them later. However, the ­first benefi­ts cannot be deferred. If a Benefit is “deferred”, Ni-kshay will add the amount to the next benefi­t when it is due. Once a transaction is deferred, it can only be processed along with the next bene­fit as it becomes due.

            Deferred

            Deferred

             

             

            Resource

            • Direct Benefi­t Transfer Manual for National Tuberculosis Elimination Programme; CTD, MoHFW, Govt of India, 2020.

          • Benefit Processing in PFMS

            Content

            After the assigned Checker/ Approver Ni-kshay user clears benefits, Nikshay sends groups/ batches of benefits to PFMS as a "Payment Request" (DBTPayReq). PFMS processes these Payment Requests it receives from Ni-kshay before executing the request. Processing involves checking for any inconsistencies/ errors in the payment request at the batch level and at the benefit level. On processing:

            • If there are no errors the Payment Request, payment can be initiated/executed. Payment initiation depends on availability of the Digital Signature of the assigned "Approver". If the Digital Signature is not present, the Payment Request is submitted to the Approver User (DA ID) in PFMS for physical signature through Print Payment Advice (PPA).
            • If there are errors at either the batch level or at benefit level, the entire batch/ Payment Request would be rejected and sent back to Ni-kshay. Depending upon the type of error Nikshay either automatically corrects the errors/ re-batches them removing the erroneous benefits, or presents it back to the "Maker" user in Ni-kshay to address the error.

            On execution of the Payment Advice from PFMS, PFMS communicates with the corresponding source bank to make the bank transfer. If the bank transfer is successful the benefit amount gets credited to the bank account of the bene­ficiary and the bank informs PFMS, which in turn informs Ni-kshay and the status of such Benefi­ts is updated/displayed in Ni-kshay as “Paid”.

            Resources

            • Direct Bene­fit Transfer Manual for National Tuberculosis Elimination Programme, MoHFW, Government of India, 2020.

             

            Assessment

            Question  Answer 1  Answer 2  Answer3  Answer 4  Correct Answer  Correct explanation 
            PFMS return the entire batch of benefit if one error is found in a request. True False     1 If there are any errors in the batch, PFMS rejects the entire batch. Irrespective of the number of errors and the number of faulty benefits, PFMS may reject the entire batch.

             

          • Process to create the DBT Checker Login

            Content
            Video file

            Video: Process to create the DBT Checker Login 

          • Process to create the DBT Maker Login

            Content
            Video file

            Video: Process to create the DBT Maker Login

          • Beneficiary approval by DBT Checker

            Content
            Video file

            Video: Beneficiary approval by DBT Checker

          • Determining the Beneficiary status

            Content
            Video file

            Video: Determining the Beneficiary status

          • How are the benefits calculated in NPY?

            Content

             

             

            Video file

            Video: How are the benefits calculated in NPY?

          • Steps to be taken in Nikshay at TU Level

            Content
            Video file

            Video: Steps to be taken in Nikshay at TU Level

          • Steps to be taken in Nikshay at DTO Level

            Content
            Video file

            Video: Steps to be taken in Nikshay at DTO Level

          • Benefit Approval in PFMS

            Content
            Video file

            Video: Benefit Approval in PFMS

          • Transport Support for TB Patients in Notified Tribal Areas

            Content

            Special provisions have been made in the tribal, hilly and difficult to reach areas of the country under the National TB Elimination Programme (NTEP) to expand diagnosis and treatment centres, improve access for TB patients and coverage of TB services.

            To provide access to diagnosis and treatment centres for people in the tribal areas, NTEP has initiated transport support for TB patients in notified tribal areas from the year 2019.
             

            Transport support is available for patients receiving treatment from both the private and public sectors.

            This is a one-time benefit of Rs. 750, provided to a TB patient notified from a health facility registered under a TB Unit (TU) that is flagged as “Tribal TU” on Nikshay to be eligible for this transport support.

            To receive the benefit, the patient should be identified as unique by the Nikshay system or approved by the District TB Officer (DTO).

             

            Resources

            Direct Benefi­t Transfer Manual for National Tuberculosis Elimination Programme, CTD, 2020.

            Guidelines for Programmatic Management of Drug-resistant TB in India, 2021.

             

            Assessment

            Question​  Answer 1​  Answer 2​  Answer 3​  Answer 4​  Correct answer​  Correct explanation​ 
            TB patients in tribal areas are eligible for transport support for every visit to the nearest health facility.  True False     2 Transport support for TB patients is a one-time benefit for a notified TB patient registered under Tribal TU.

             

             

          • Treatment Supporter Honorarium Eligibility

            Content

            Treatment supporters are eligible for Honorarium at the end of TB patients treatment, only if the patient's treatment outcome has been declared either as "Cured “or "Treatment Complete".

             

            The eligible amount of honorarium is

            • Rs. 1,000 for DSTB Patients and for
            • Rs. 5,000 for DRTB patients. 

             

            These benefit amount are processed through Nikshay and below are the prerequisite conditions that needs to be met in Nikshay, for generating incentive

            • Treatment supporter should be registered and enabled for receiving honorarium from Nikshay.
            • Bank details of Treatment supporter should be submitted to the nearest NTEP health facility staff.
            • In Nikshay, this is the only scheme where benefits are generated manually by TU users - STS
            • Nikshay will allow NTEP TU users to generate benefits, only if
              • ​Treatment Outcome has been declared as "Cured “or "Treatment Complete"
              • Patient duplication status should be Unique i.e. Nikshay marks the patient duplicate based on Gender and Mobile Number
            • For DSTB patient, one benefit of maximum amount of Rs. 1,000 can be created if outcome is updated as “Cured” or “Treatment Completed
            • For DR TB patients two benefits can be generated in Nikshay:
              • First benefit of maximum amount Rs. 2,000 can be created at end IP - Intensive Phase (i.e. Initiation Date + 6 months)
              • Second benefit of maximum amount Rs. 3,000 can be created if Outcome is updated as “Cured” or “Treatment Completed”
          • Types of benefits for treatment supporter

            Content
            Video file

            Video: Types of benefits for treatment supporter

          • Steps for processing payments

            Content
            Video file

            Video: Steps for processing payments

          • Incentives for Private Providers and Informants

            Content

            Private health providers are an inevitable part of the TB treatment and support in the country. These private providers include:

            • Practitioner / Clinic etc. (Single)
            • Hospital/ Clinic/ Nursing Home etc. (Multi)
            • Laboratories
            • Chemists

             

            To improve complete reporting and ensure support care for patients in the private sector, the facilities will receive an incentive of:

            • Rs 500 as Informant or Notification Incentive
            • Rs. 500 for Outcome declaration

            For patients seeking healthcare from a facility in a different district, Nikshay enables the feature of linking a health facility (HF) in addition to the current HF. This enables the private facilities to enter treatment outcomes and become eligible for the incentive.

            Private health providers are also eligible for treatment supporter incentives of Rs. 1000 for DS-TB patients and Rs 5000 for each DR-TB patient for ensuring support for the entire course of treatment.

            Resources

            Guidelines for Programmatic Management of Drug-resistant TB in India, 2021.

             

            Assessment

            Question​  Answer 1​  Answer 2​  Answer 3​  Answer 4​  Correct answer​  Correct explanation​ 
            What incentive does a private sector facility receive for every TB patient notified?  Rs. 1000 Rs. 700  Rs.500  Rs. 250 3 A private facility will receive an incentive of Rs. 500 for every TB patient notified.

             

             

          • DBT processing via Nikshay

            Content
            Video file

            Video: DBT processing via Nikshay

          • Auto generation of benefits by Nikshay

            Content
            Video file

            Video: Auto generation of benefits by Ni-kshay

          • Approval by DBT Maker and DBT Checker

            Content
            Video file

            Video: Approval by DBT Maker and DBT Checker

          • Scenarios where Private facilities will be getting benefits

            Content
            Video file

            Video: Scenarios where Private facilities will be getting benefits

          • Outcome Incentives & Report available to Private Provider

            Content
            Video file

            Video: Outcome Incentives & Report available to Private Provider

          • Roles and responsibilities of Beneficiaries and NTEP Staff to process DBT

            Content

            In the National TB Elimination Programme (NTEP), the beneficiaries and different staff members have different roles and responsibilities for Direct Benefit Transfer (DBT) processing.

             

            Beneficiaries

            • Provide their bank details of an active savings account to health staff for registration on Ni-kshay. This includes the account holder's name, Bank account number and IFSC code. 
              • If the beneficiary does not have a bank account, open one via Jan Dhan Yojana or India Post Payments Bank.
            • Provide a copy of the passbook or cancelled cheque or any other supporting documents for the bank account.
            • Provide a written declaration to forego the benefits or to credit the payments to a relative’s bank account.
            • Check the payment transfers as and when made and troubleshoot if not receiving the payment.

             

            Health Staff

            This includes Multipurpose Workers (MPWs), Female Health Workers (FHWs), Senior Treatment Supervisor (STS), Senior TB Lab Supervisors (STLS), TB Health Volunteers (TB-HV), Data Entry Operator (DEO), Medical Officer TB Centre (MO-TC).

            • Enrol patients on Ni-kshay with correct and complete details.
            • Update treatment information.
            • Facilitate opening a bank account, if required.
            • Collect and maintain bank details of beneficiaries and give assurance that these details will be used for authentication and benefit payment.
            • Spread awareness on scheme benefits and prerequisites to avail them.
            • Update contact and treatment details of a transferred patient to ensure continued treatment.
            • If the health staff is also the DBT Maker, then they need to ensure timely processing benefits. 
            • Ensure that the beneficiary has received the DBT once it is processed by the Public Financial Management System (PFMS). 

             

            District TB Offi­cer (DTO)

            • Ensure that healthcare staff collects required details from beneficiaries and updates Ni-kshay.
            • Review the data entered into Ni-kshay.
            • Duplicate the notifications and approve the benefits payments.
            • Monitor delays in payment and address the issues.
            • Ensure DBT Maker and Checker are assigned for patient management in Ni-kshay.
            • Plan, review and ensure budget/ funds for fi­nancial support to TB patients, treatment supporters and private providers.
            • Coordinate with banks, district authorities et al to ensure that the required processes and interventions are smoothly implemented.
            • Procure Digital Signature Certificates (DSCs) to deploy payments faster by reducing the time required for Print Payment Advice (PPA) printing, signing and delivery to the bank.

             

            State TB Offi­cer (STO)/ State Programme Officer (SPO)/ Offi­cer-in-Charge

            • Guide the district and health staff on DBT.
            • Coordinate with departments to get support in the opening of bank accounts for beneficiaries.
            • Plan, review and ensure budget/ funds for fi­nancial support to TB patients, treatment supporters and private providers.
            • Monitor progress of transaction of ­financial incentives/ honorarium through DBT.
            • Verify transactions using supervision, evaluations, comparing trends, identifying outliers, etc.
            • Ensure that relevant nodal persons at district levels are provided with the Checker ID.
            • Uptake the usage of DSCs for processing payments by supporting the procurement of DSCs for designated signatories.

             

            Resources

            • Direct Bene­fit Transfer Manual for National Tuberculosis Elimination Programme, MoHFW, Government of India, 2020.

             

            Assessment

             

            Question 

            Answer 1 

            Answer 2 

            Answer3 

            Answer 4 

            Correct Answer 

            Correct explanation 

            Who is responsible for updating the details of the patient on Ni-kshay?

            Patient

            District TB Officer

            State TB Officer

            Health staff

            4

            The health staff is responsible for updating the information of the patient on Ni-kshay.

             

          • DBT reports and registers in Ni-kshay

            Content

            The Ni-kshay reports and registers contain beneficiary level information and only authorised users can download these reports from Ni-kshay. Confidential credentials are provided to access these reports.

            The following summary reports can be obtained from Ni-kshay:

             

            1. DBT Summary: This report provides the summary status of the eligibility and paid details of bene­fits and amount. The DBT summary will provide details based on date of notification
            2. DBT Benefi­ciary Status: This report provides a summary status of the eligibility and paid status of benefi­ciaries. The period used to fi­lter this report is based on the diagnosis date.
            3. DBT Benefit Status: This report provides a summary status of the eligibility and paid benefits. The period used to filter this report is based on the diagnosis date.
            4. Notifi­ed Outcome with Empty Bank Details: This report provides information on the patients to whom the outcomes have been assigned. However, the bank details are empty for the action of the concerned users. The period used to fi­lter this report is based on the diagnosis date.
            5. DBT Ni-kshay Poshan Yojana (NPY): This report provides a complete overview of the DBT NPY Scheme. The period used to ­filter this report is based on the diagnosis date.
            6. DBT Transaction Summary: This report provides benefit payout details to align with expenditure summaries. The period used to filter this report is based on the date of the transaction.

            Patient Registers Available in Ni-kshay

             

            1. DBT Benefit Register: This register provides a line list of all benefits with their status as per the current health facilities.
            2. DBT Benefi­ciary Register: This register provides a line list of all bene­ficiaries with their status as per the current health facilities. The period used to ­filter this report is based on the diagnosis date.

            Resources

            • Direct Bene­fit Transfer Manual for National Tuberculosis Elimination Programme, MoHFW, Government of India, 2020.
            • Ni-kshay Documents Reports, Ni-kshay Training Materials.

             

            Assessment

            Question Answer 1 Answer 2 Answer 3 Answer 4 Correct Answer Correct Explanation

            Which reports in Ni-kshay provide a line list of all benefits with their status as per the current health facilities?

            DBT Beneficiary Status DBT Benefit Status DBT Summary DBT Benefit Register 4 DBT Benefit Register provides a line list of all benefits with their status as per the current health facilities.

             

          • Troubleshooting for DBT at Maker level

            Content

            DBT Maker needs to identify the common errors that can occur at multiple levels of Direct Benefit Transfer (DBT) processing and take action to resolve that.

             

            During Beneficiary Rejection

            Rejection Code

            Rejection Reason

            Remark

            CBE0056 Bene­ficiary bank account not allowed in this bank The user needs to raise an NSD ticket to highlight the problem

             

            During Benefit/ Payment Rejection

            Rejection Code

            Narration

            Action

            9 Miscellaneous - Others Retrigger benefi­ts
            11 Invalid IFSC/ MICR Code Renter bank account details once more
            R05 R05 Retrigger

             

            Bene­ficiary Approval where Bank Accounts are duplicate

            The principle of ‘One Benefi­ciary One Bank account’ has been recently implemented in Ni-kshay. All existing patients/bene­ficiaries where the bank account is duplicated will need to be updated.

            DBT Checker will be able to approve only one benefi­ciary with the said Bank account. All other bene­ficiary records where the same Bank account was seeded will be converted to “Empty” status and will need to be seeded with a new and unique bank account.

             

            Deduplication at the time of enrollment

            An alert message will be provided by the system for potential duplicate records. Once reviewed by the user and decided that it is a unique case, they can click on “Proceed Anyway” to enrol the patient.

             

            Resources

            • Direct Bene­fit Transfer Manual for National Tuberculosis Elimination Programme, MoHFW, Government of India, 2020.

             

            Assessment

             

            Question 

            Answer 1 

            Answer 2 

            Answer3 

            Answer 4 

            Correct Answer 

            Correct explanation 

            No duplicates in patient records are accepted by Ni-kshay.

            True

            False

               

            2

            Potential duplicates identified by the system should be reviewed by the user and decided that it is a unique case, they can click on “Proceed Anyway” to enrol the patient.

             

          • Registration of Private Providers and Processing Benefits

            Content

            Incentives of INR 500 for notification and outcome declaration will be provided to private providers (Health Facilities).

            Presently, Ni-kshay enables users to pay ‘Private Health Facilities’ for Notification of TB patients, referring cases (informing) to public sector laboratories for diagnosis and outcome reporting.

            Payment for other individual informants and TB patents for self-notification will be added later within the same scheme.

            Outcome incentives will be generated when a patient’s treatment outcome is declared from a private practitioner/ clinic (single) and hospital/ clinic/ nursing home (multi).

            The following steps need to be followed for Direct Benefit Transfer (DBT) payment processing in Ni-kshay for the private providers (Figure 1):

             

            Image
            Steps for DBT payment processing in Ni-kshay for the private providers

            Figure 1: Steps for DBT Payment Processing in Ni-kshay for the Private Providers

             

            Private providers should register on Ni-kshay and have a valid Health Facility ID to notify patients on Ni-kshay (Figure 2).

            Private providers can either self-register themselves in Ni-kshay or register by calling Ni-kshay Sampark. A District TB Officer (DTO)/ TB Unit (TU) user can also register the providers using the Admin User Management module.

             

            Following details needs to be entered in Ni-kshay during registration

            • Facility Name
            • Government Registration Number
            • Contact person details (Name, Designation and Address)
            • Mobile Number
            • Email ID

            The mobile number needs to be unique and is used to send One-time Password (OTP) during registration.

             

             

            Image
            Registration window of private providers in Ni-kshay

            Figure 2: Registration Window of Private Providers in Ni-kshay

             

            After this, the bank details of the provider need to be added (Figure 3).

             

             

            Image
            Bank details update window for private providers in Ni-kshay

            Figure 3: Bank details update window for private providers in Ni-kshay

             

            The next step is to get the updated details approved by DBT Checker. It is available on the ‘Private sector’ page in the ‘Beneficiary Approval’.

            Benefits are auto-generated in Ni-kshay.

            The pre-requisites for auto-generation of benefits for a private facility in Ni-kshay are:

            • Active status
            • Not opting for foregoing incentive
            • “Validated” bank account status 
            • ‘System identified unique’ or ‘unique marked by users’ episodes to generate benefits

            Once benefits are auto-generated, DBT Maker and Checker will need to approve before being processed by PFMS.

             

             

            Resources

            • Direct Benefit Transfer Manual for National Tuberculosis Elimination Programme, MoHFW, Government of India, 2020.
            • Module 7: Private Provider Scheme, DBT, Ni-kshay Knowledge Base.

             

            Assessment

            Question 

            Answer 1 

            Answer 2 

            Answer3 

            Answer 4 

            Correct Answer 

            Correct explanation 

            What details need to be entered on Ni-kshay while registering as a private provider?   

            • Facility Name
            • Government Registration Number
            • Contact person details (Name, Designation and Address)
            • Mobile Number
            • Email ID
            • Facility Name
            • Contact person details (Name, Designation and Address)
            • Mobile Number
            • Email ID
            • Facility Name
            • Contact person details (Name, Designation and Address)
            • Government Registration Number
            • Facility Name
            • Mobile Number
            • Email ID

            1

            The following details need to be entered by private providers:

            • Facility Name
            • Government Registration Number
            • Contact person details (Name, Designation and Address)
            • Mobile Number
            • Email ID

             

      • STS: Planning at TU level

        Fullscreen
        • STS: PIP

          Fullscreen
          • Overview of PIP

            Content

            The State Programme Implementation Plan (PIPs) for health and family welfare services under National Health Mission (NHM) funding spell out the strategies to be deployed, budgetary requirements and aimed health outcomes.

            PIPs are the most crucial documents in NHM through which the states/ Union Territories (UTs), identify and quantify the targets required for programme implementation for the proposed year.

            PIPs are prepared by states annually as a document which is then finalised in the National Programme Coordination Committee (NPCC) meeting for administrative approval.

            On finalisation of the budget in the NPCC meeting, it becomes an official document available in the Ministry's site for general viewing.

             

            Importance of PIP

            • Its a plan according to which the different activities are carried out and performance of each activity can be monitored against it.
            • Approval of PIP implies that states/districts can carry out the activities mentioned in the plan.
            • It is the indicator of the total budget requirement of the state for carrying out the programme activities

             

            PIP Preparation Process under NHM

            A bottom-up approach is followed for preparing the State PIP wherein the inputs are taken from blocks, cities, Community Health Centre (CHC)/ Peripheral Health Centre (PHC), and village level to prepare a DHAP. These DHAPs are then consolidated to prepare a State PIP.

             

            Budget Heads

            A total of 18 different budget heads comprises the PIP. These include:

            1. Service Delivery – Facility-based

            10. Review, Research, Surveillance & Surveys

            2. Service Delivery – Community-based

            11. Information, Education. Communication (IEC)/ Behaviour Change Communication (BCC)

            3. Community Interventions

            12. Printing

            4. Untied Funds

            13. Quality Assurance

            5. Infrastructure

            14. Drug Warehousing & Logistics

            6. Procurement

            15. Public Private Partnership (PPP)

            7. Referral Transport

            16. Programme Management

            8. Service Delivery – Human Resource

            17. IT Initiatives for strengthening service delivery

            9. Training & Capacity Building

            18. Innovations

            Each budget annexure is linked to the budget summary sheet and the corresponding budget abstracts.

            National Tuberculosis Elimination Programme (NTEP) is one of the many National Health Programmes that have come under the umbrella of the NHM. NTEP is now a flagship component of NHM and provides technical and managerial leadership to anti-tuberculosis activities in the country. NHM, in turn, is responsible for making funds available to carry NTEP related activities. The budget heads of NTEP may differ from other programmes. Hence, after the activities to achieve TB-elimination based on the Detect-Treat-Prevent Build strategies under National Strategic Plan (NSP) for TB Elimination 2017-2025 are planned, they have been aligned with the Financial Management Report (FMR) codes of NHM. This facilitates district, state, and central NHM to consolidate the individual PIPs for necessary approvals.

             

            Resources

            • E-Training Module on Budget/ PIP Preparation. National Health Mission. Ministry of Health and Family Welfare, Government of India.
            • PIP Guidance Note 2018-19. National Health Mission, Ministry of Health and Family Welfare, Government of India.
            • Training Modules (5-9) for Programme managers & medical officers, Central TB Division, Ministry of Health and Family Welfare, Government of India.

             

            Assessment

            Question​

            Answer 1​

            Answer 2​

            Answer 3​

            Answer 4​

            Correct answer​

            Correct explanation​

            Page id​

            Part of Pre-test​

            Part of Post-test​

            Budget heads of NTEP and other programmes under NHM are same.

            True

            False

             

             

            2

            The budget heads of NTEP may differ from other programmes.

             

            Yes

            Yes

          • Identifying and mapping the target population for ACF campaign

            Content

            A targeted approach is considered as an appropriate public health response to identify the hidden cases of TB in the communities. In this regard the National TB Elimination Programme (NTEP) expects that 110,000 per million vulnerable population (11%) should be mapped for community-based screening and >90% of the mapped target vulnerable population should be screened for symptoms of TB.

            Mapping of target population from the identified vulnerable population helps the programme to screen out the persons into: 1) those who are at high risk of progression to active TB disease; 2) those who are eligible for TB preventive treatment 3) Enhance the cost-effectiveness of the programme

            Following are various methods for identifying and mapping the target population from the vulnerable population:

            • Tuberculosis symptom screening

            • Sputum testing

            • Chest X-ray

            Various modalities used to conduct mapping of target population from the identified vulnerable population under the ACF campaign are:

            a) House-to-house TB symptom interviews through community volunteers

            • Relatively minimal costs

            • Needs community awareness session as a pre requisite before conducting ACF

            • May be affected by self and perceived stigma

            • Community volunteers may require monetary/ no monetary incentives.

            b) Door-to-door Sputum collection / sputum drop-off clinics

            • Has the potential for higher yield of TB cases

            • Involvement of Trained TB staff is required for appropriate collection of sputum

            • The sputum has to be non-contaminated in order to avoid compromising the results.

            c) Conducting Camps in prisons, migrant localities, old age homes and other such institutional settings

            • Accessible to the population who are at high risk but otherwise have limited access to TB testing services

            • Essential to detect TB early and stop the spread of infection in such institutional settings.

            • Requires skilled TB staff in such settings

            d) Mobile vans equipped with X-ray units and Truenat machines

            • Feasible yet resource-intensive modality

            • Requires skilled staff to handle the testing

            • Requires resources - electricity, internet, computer/ tablet etc.

             

            Image
            713

            Resource 

            • Optimizing active case finding for tuberculosis, Implementation lessons from South-East Asia, World Health Organization,2021.

            • Burugina Nagaraja, S.; Thekkur, P.; Satyanarayana, S.; Tharyan, P.; Sagili, K.D.; Tonsing, J.; Rao, R.; Sachdeva, K.S. Active Case Finding for Tuberculosis in India: A Syntheses of Activities and Outcomes Reported by the National Tuberculosis Elimination Programme. Trop. Med. Infect. Dis. 2021, 6, 206. https://doi.org/10.3390/ tropicalmed6040206

            Assessment

             

            Question    

            Answer 1    

            Answer 2    

            Answer 3    

            Answer 4    

            Correct answer    

            Correct explanation    

            Page id    

            Part of Pre-test    

            Part of Post-test    

            What proportion of mapped target vulnerable population is recommended by NTEP to be screened for symptoms of TB?

            >25%

            >40%

            >60%

            >90%

            4

            NTEP recommends >90% of the mapped target vulnerable population should be screened for symptoms of TB.

                

               Yes

             Yes

             

            What are the various modalities used to conduct mapping of target population from the identified vulnerable population under the ACF campaign?

             

            House-to-house TB symptom interviews through community volunteers

            Door-to-door Sputum collection / sputum drop-off clinics

            Conducting Camps in prisons, migrant localities, old age homes and other such institutional settings All of the above 4 Mapping of target population from the identified vulnerable population helps the programme to screen out the persons into: 1) those who are at high risk of progression to active TB disease; 2) those who are eligible for TB preventive treatment 3) Enhance the cost-effectiveness of the programme   Yes Yes

             

             

          • Planning Process at TU level

            Content

            Strategic planning is a fundamental component in the management of a TB programme and is a key instrument in efficiently implementing the policies for TB prevention, care & control and elimination in the country. Therefore planning the programmatic activities is crucial not only at the national level but also at the level of a Tuberculosis Unit (TU) which is setup almost at the lowest point of hierarchy and is the closest to patient’s reach.

             

            The plan for conducting activities at the TU level should be formulated with focus on the achievement of key programmatic indicators that are monitored under the four pillars of the End TB strategy mentioned in the national strategic plan 2017-2025.

            Pillars of End TB strategy

            Key Focus Areas

            Key Problem Areas

            Potential Solutions

            Detect

            Laboratory and diagnostic services, case finding in high-risk population, private sector engagement

            Lack of awareness regarding TB leading to delay in treatment initiation

            Non-achievement of projected case detection rate

            Poor management of partnership with private sector

            Inadequate funding / improper management of funding

            - Plan Information, Education, Communication (IEC) activities involving Accredited Social Health Activists (ASHA), Mahila Arogya Samithi, TB champions etc to improve awareness on TB symptoms and testing at the community level

            - Plan and advocate incorporation of private sector engagement approaches in the Programme Implementation Plan (PIP) budget.

            Plan combined activities and review meetings  with Public Private Mix (PPM) coordinators and the Private Provider Support Agency (PPSA) [where available] and establish clarity on the performance expectations.

            Treat

            Initiation of appropriate TB treatment regimen for all diagnosed patients and sustaining them on treatment until successful completion, provide patient-centred services along with social support.

            High Treatment interruption and Lost to follow up rate

            Success rate

            Delay in treatment initiation due to non-availability of pre treatment evaluations at the rural level

            Co-morbidities and Adverse Drug Reactions (ADRs)

            - Plan home visit sessions for patients and their family members (upon consent) to assess the psycho-social aspects that could impact treatment adherence and provide regular counselling whenever required.

            - Regularly review if all Ni-kshay related entries for the TU has been updated by the concerned staff.

            - Implement a robust mechanism at TU level to triage as per severity and address/ refer patients  with ADR and co-morbidities.

            Prevent

            Prevent the emergence of TB in susceptible populations through scaling up Air-borne Infection Control (AIC) measures at health care facilities; treatment for Latent TB Infection (LTBI) for the contacts of people with confirmed TB, address the social determinants of TB through intersectoral approach

            Poor AIC in health care settings

            Non achievement of LTBI diagnosis and initiation of TB preventive treatment

            Social determinant affecting TB treatment uptake and adherence 

            - Plan patient movement in the out-patient setting so as to avoid over crowding

            - Avoid mixing up infective TB patients (eg: patients not initiated on treatment yet, patients lost to follow up etc) with others in the setting.

            - Ensure Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) is used by the personnel handling critical aspects such as sputum collection, sample handling etc. in the health facility.

            Display IEC related to cough etiquette in the health facility on most visible walls.

            - Conduct regular screening of all new patient contacts for LTBI and plan counselling and initiation of TB preventive treatment.

            Build

            Setting up of infrastructure and Human Resources (HR) for TB control and elimination, establishment of programme surveillance units to build and strengthen enabling policies.

            Inadequate HR capacities

            Poor infrastructure management

            - Plan to fill up all vacant sanctioned posts.

            - Plan capacity building activities for the TU staff on bio-medical and psycho-social aspects.

             

            Under direct overall supervision of the District TB Officer (DTO), the Medical Officer-Tuberculosis Control (MO-TC) is responsible for planning all these activities at the TU level with assistance from Senior Treatment Supervisor (STS) and Senior TB Laboratory Supervisor (STLS).

             

            Resource

            National strategic plan for tuberculosis: 2017-25 elimination by 2025

            TRAINING MODULES (5-9) FOR PROGRAMME MANAGERS & MEDICAL OFFICERS, Central TB Division, MoHFW, India 

            Assessment

            Question    

            Answer 1    

            Answer 2    

            Answer 3    

            Answer 4    

            Correct answer    

            Correct explanation    

            Page id    

            Part of Pre-test    

            Part of Post-test    

            Medical Officer -Tuberculosis Control (MO-TC) is responsible for planning all the activities at the TU level.

            True

            False

               

            1

            Under direct overall supervision of the District TB Officer (DTO), the Medical Officer-Tuberculosis Control (MO-TC) is responsible for planning all these activities at the TU level with assistance from Senior Treatment Supervisor (STS) and Senior TB Laboratory Supervisor (STLS).

                

               Yes

             Yes

          • ACSM activities at different levels

            Content

            Advocacy, Communication and Social Mobilization (ACSM) activities must place the individual at the centre and bring in the family, community and society to bring about sustained changes in TB perceptions and behaviours. ACSM activities must target these 4 groups accordingly:

             

            1. Individual: Specific interventions that ensure sustained engagement of people or individuals in maintaining positive behaviours/ changing to desired behaviours. E.g., counselling, use of positive TB messages, message by TB champions, etc.
            2. Family: Interventions that create an enabling environment for promoting positive behaviour change and developing necessary skills for a person affected by TB. E.g., counselling of the entire family.
            3. Community: Mobilizes groups toward a common goal, raises local resources and fosters support and awareness for TB-related issues. E.g., conducting TB awareness campaigns in public meeting places, melas, street dramas, etc. 
            4. Society: Advocates for rights-based and socially inclusive approaches and seek support for the TB programme. E.g., workshops and seminars to drive change in legislation, policy, partnerships and resource allocation.

             

            Aimed at individuals, families, communities, and the society, varied ACSM activities are undertaken at the national, state, district and community levels to:

            • Create awareness and an enabling environment
            • Build capacities to bring about desired changes in TB-related health behaviour
            • Sustain positive behaviour

             

            These are shown in the figure below.

            Figure: ACSM Activities Spanning Across All Levels

            Resources

            • Operational Handbook on Advocacy, Communication, and Social Mobilization (ACSM), NTEP, 2014.
            • NTEP Training Modules 5-9 for Programme Managers & Medical Officers, 2020.

            Assessment

             

            Question​ Answer 1​ Answer 2​ Answer 3​ Answer 4​ Correct answer​ Correct explanation​ Page id​ Part of Pre-test​ Part of Post-test​
            ACSM activities span across which levels? Individual only. Individual, family, community, society and from central down to the village level. Individual and family levels only. ACSM activities do not span across any level. 2 ACSM activities must span across the individual, family, community, societal levels, and from the central down to the village level. ​    

             

             

      • STS: Supervision, Monitoring and Evaluation

        Fullscreen
        • STS: Supervision

          Fullscreen
          • Concept and objectives of supervision

            Content

            Concept of Supervision

            • Supervision is a systematic, ongoing process for increasing the efficiency of health personnel by developing their knowledge, perfecting their skills, improving their attitudes towards their work and increasing their motivation.
            • It is one of the most important management functions in an organisation.
            • Supervision is also defined as an act of a superior person overseeing the work of the personnel working under him or her. This overseeing means directing, investigating, guiding, helping and advising the subordinates in their performance with the purpose of achieving the established objectives.
            • Therefore, it is an extension of training which provides constant observation, monitoring, evaluation and guidance to workers, with the aim of enabling them to perform their activities effectively and efficiently while maintaining the required standards.

             

            Basic Tenets of a Good Supportive Supervisory Process

            • Supervision is carried out in direct contact with health personnel.
            • It is a two-way communication between supervisors and those being supervised.
            • Supervisors are always accountable for the performance of the subordinates under her/his span of control.
            • It should not be a fault-finding exercise but a collaborative effort to identify problems and find solutions. Supervisors are to help the workers improve, develop and reinforce knowledge and skills according to their individual learning needs.
            • Supportive supervision is provided to health personnel at all levels since they need ongoing support for solving problems and to overcome difficulties.
            • Health personnel also need constructive feedback on their performance and continuous encouragement in their work.
            • Supportive supervision assists workers to perform in the best possible way to yield the best results in terms of realisation of the organisational goals.

            Supportive supervision ensures smooth implementation and continuous programme improvement.

             

            Objectives of Supervision

            • To ensure equitable provision of high-quality healthcare services to all sections of society.
            • To build capacity of the health staff to implement programme procedures correctly.
            • To increase the involvement and commitment of staff at different levels, and to help staff develop their highest potential.
            • To plan services cooperatively and to develop coordination to avoid overlapping.
            • To develop standards of service and methods of evaluation of personnel and services.
            • To assist in problem-solving of the matters concerning personnel, administrative and operational services.
            • To provide timely and actionable feedback.
            • To assess human resources and their training needs.
            • To ensure logistic management as per guidelines.
            • To ensure accurate and valid data recording and reporting in Nikshay and other recording systems.
            • To interpret policies, objectives and needs of the organisation and to suggest ways and means to improve them.

             

            Resources

            • NTEP Training Modules (5-9) for Programme Managers & Medical Officers, 2020.
            • Supervision and Monitoring Strategy, RNTCP, 2012.

             

            Assessment

             

            Question​

            Answer 1​

            Answer 2​

            Answer 3​

            Answer 4​

            Correct answer​

            Correct explanation​

            Page id​

            Part of Pre-test​

            Part of Post-test​

            Which of the following are the basic principles of supervision?

            It is an ongoing process.

            It involves a co-ownership between supervisors and those supervised.

            It is a fault-finding exercise designed to point out the weaknesses in healthcare personnel.

            Options 1 and 2

            4

            Supervision is an ongoing, two-way communication between supervisors and those being supervised. It should not be a fault-finding exercise but a collaborative effort to identify problems and find solutions.

            ​

            Yes yes

             

             

          • Supervision by STS

            Content

            The Senior Treatment Supervisor (STS) is a part of the Tuberculosis Unit (TU) team at the sub-district level in the National TB Elimination Programme (NTEP).

            The STS is responsible for supervising the treatment of the patients and works closely with treatment supporters and Primary Health Care system.

            The objective of these supervisory visits is to supervise patients' treatment and to monitor the programme at the TU level. They also support the treatment supporters to carry out their role efficiently and troubleshoot the issue that they might face.

            The visits by STS are conducted on a systematic basis and the protocol to be followed during these visits is shown in the figure below.

             

            Figure: Supervisory Protocols for the STS

             

            Supervisory Checklist for the STS

            A supervisory checklists can be used by the STS to make sure that s/he does not miss any aspect during the visit. In summary, the STS must supervise the following:

            1. Facility assessment:
            • Anti-TB drugs: Assess for storage conditions (including if First-Expired, First-Out (FEFO) is followed), stock availability and stock-outs.
            • Infrastructure: Presence and condition of physical spaces (including cleanliness) for patient consultation and waiting areas, availability of functional X-ray units (in case of X-ray centres) and weighing scales.
            • Supplies: Assess the quantity of supplies such as sputum containers, forms, and treatment cards.
            1. Case detection and diagnosis: Check if all suspects identified were referred for diagnosis, check referral in Nikshay and specimen processed, check for any losses, check if all specimen collected reached laboratory and examined. Check if all diagnosed are tacked correctly.

             

            1. Treatment: This includes monitoring for:
            • Early treatment initiation, entry in Nikshay (Notification), and allocation of treatment supporter. 
            • Appropriate medicine dosage by weight and type.
            • Alternative resources mobilised for treatment observation.
            • DOT for every dose in the Intensive Phase (IP) of treatment.
            • Universal Drug Susceptibility Testing  
            • Prompt follow up sputum examinations 
            • Acceptability of the treatment supporter to the patient
            • Prompt treatment tectorial efforts for interrupting patients

             

            1. Recording and Reporting: This includes:
            • Ensuring all patients are correctly registered in Nikshay 
            • Proper updation of treatment schedules and doses, including retrival actions in Nikshay by the treatment supporter
            • All treatment supporters are given Nikshay credentials, their Direct Benefit Transfer (DBT) entered in the Nikshay properly
            • DBT of the patients correctly recorded in the nikshay portal
            • DBT of the private providers are recorded correctly in the Nikshay portal

             

                 5. Patient interviews: The STS should check the following:

            • TB knowledge: If the patient knows about TB, its symptoms, drugs prescribed, duration of treatment, consequences of irregular/ incomplete treatment, frequency and importance of follow up tests, and importance of examining symptomatic close contacts.
            • Monitoring: If they are receiving DOTS as prescribed, if the Peripheral Health Worker (PHW) knows their home, frequency of home visits during IP/ Continuation Phase (CP)/ missed doses, and if help from family members/ others was ever enlisted.

                 6. Supportive supervision with on job capacity building:

            • The STS is expected to build the capacity of treatment supporter during the field visit. Build their capacity by 
              • Demonstrating Nikshay portal entry 
              • Imparting skills on the patient support system (guiding, counselling, contact tracing, treatment retrieval, Adverse Drug Reaction management, DBT and other social schemes etc)

             

            Resources

            • Module for Senior Treatment Supervisors, RNTCP, 2005.
            • Training Modules (1-4) for Programme Managers and Medical Officers, 2020.

             

            Assessment

            Question​

            Answer 1​

            Answer 2​

            Answer 3​

            Answer 4​

            Correct answer​

            Correct explanation​

            Page id​

            Part of Pre-test​

            Part of Post-test​

            How often should an STS visit a PHI in their area?

            Once a month

            Twice a month

            Every quarter

            Every day

            3

            Senior Treatment Supervisors (STS) should cover all PHIs/ treatment observation centres every quarter.

              Yes Yes

            The STS can involve themselves in role plays to communicate key health messages.

            TRUE

            FALSE

             

             

            1

            Senior treatment supervisors can involve themselves in role plays with MPWs/ DOTS providers to communicate key health messages.

             

            Yes

            Yes

             

          • Role of STS at a DMC

            Content

            At a DMC, the STS primarily ensures that 

            1. All patient services from enrolment to outcomes for a TB patient are completed optimally. This is done by monitoring information submitted by the DMC such as referral for testing, no of people tested, no of people diagnosed with TB, initiated on treatment. 

            2. All the patients started on treatment are tested promptly using the appropriate follow-up testing schedule( i.e. at the end of IP and CP). 

            3. Maintain profile of the DMC in the Nikshay such as tagging the PHI as DMC, name of contact person and other particulars

            4. Ensure data quality in the various records, both in physical and electronic records. This includes patient data, referral data and testing data.

          • Supportive Supervision

          • Supervisory checklist at TU level

            Content

            At the Tuberculosis Unit (TU), the presiding supervisory team uses a standardized checklist mandated by the National TB Elimination Programme (NTEP) during their periodic supervisory visits. The report and copies of the checklist may be shared with appropriate authorities within 1 week of completing the supervisory visit.

            These appropriate authorities include the Central TB Division, Ministry of Health and Family Welfare (MoHFW) and respective district and state authorities, who will in turn initiate remedial measures in a timely and appropriate manner.

            The TB Unit/ Designated Microscopy Centre (DMC)/ Peripheral Health Institute (PHI) Health Facility Checklist is shown in the table below.

            Table: Checklist for Supportive Supervisory and Monitoring Visits under NTEP for TB Unit/ DMC/ PHI - Health Facilities

            Name of the TB Unit/ DMC/ PHI:

            Name of District and State:

            Date of Visit:

            Facilities Visited:

            1 Interact with the Medical Officer (MO) to know their involvement in TB case detection. Look at the Outpatient Department (OPD) register to know what % of adult OPD patients are being referred for sputum microscopy. %
            2 % of MOs trained in NTEP on the management of TB cases. (Assess their knowledge on NTEP, Cartridge-based Nucleic Acid Amplification Test (CBNAAT)/ Truenat services, newer Drug-resistant TB (DR-TB) drug regimen, Nikshay Poshan Yojana, etc.)   %
            3 Is the MO regularly undertaking supervisory visits? (Observe the field visits undertaken by the MOs in the supervisory register) Y/N
            4 Information, Education and Communication (IEC)/ Advocacy, Communication and Social Mobilisation (ACSM) activities undertaken by the MO? (Enquire about the ACSM activities like school health programs, village health sanitation and nutrition meetings, community orientation meetings etc. undertaken, and observe for visible IEC wallpapers/ banners etc. in the PHI and its vicinity) Adequate/ Not adequate
            Designated Microscopy Centres
            5 Are the sputum samples being tested as soon as they are received? (Observe for the presence of Laboratory Technician (LT) availability on all days, availability of Binocular/ Fluorescence Microscope(BM/ FM), the average time taken from the time of sample receipt to smear result reported (lab turnaround time) Y/N
            6 Is the LT trained in performing smear microscopy? (Assess their knowledge of the smear microscopy procedure) Y/N
            7 Lab turnaround time - Average time taken from the time of sample receipt to smear result reported (in days)
            8 Are chest symptomatics offered chest X-ray? (either directly or linked with an X-ray centre - % of chest symptomatic offered) Y/N
            9 Is there provision for collection and transport of samples of key populations/ TB notified patients to the CBNAAT/ Truenat lab available? (Review the transport mechanism available) Y/N
            10 Are presumptive TB patients offered HIV testing? (% offered HIV testing – Check in the Lab register) Y/N
            11 Are there adequate supplies of reagents, slides and other consumables for the next month? (Check for the reagents availability, quantity and labelling of expiry date) Y/N
            12 Does the DMC have continuous water and electricity supply? Y/N
            Treatment Services
            13 Are all diagnosed patients notified in the TB notification register? (Cross check the lab register with the TB notification register and look for the Nikshay id) Y/N
            14 Are all notified patients initiated on treatment? (Including those referred/ transferred out) Y/N
            15 Average time taken for treatment initiation from the time of diagnosis? (Calculate for 30 recent patients including those transferred/ referred out) (in days)
            16 Are TB-notified patients offered HIV testing? (% offered HIV testing – Check in the TB notification register/ Nikshay) Y/N
            17 Are TB-notified patients offered Diabetes Mellitus (DM) testing? (% offered DM testing – Check in the TB notification register/ Nikshay) Y/N
            18 Are TB notified patients screened for Tobacco usage? (% screened for tobacco usage – Check in the TB notification register/ Nikshay) Y/N
            19 Nikshay Poshan Yojana - % of TB notified patients who have been offered Nikshay Poshan Yojana (Patients currently in the PHI for the last 1 year may be taken) %
            Treatment Supporters
            20 Does the treatment supporter require training/ sensitisation? (Assess knowledge in Directly Observed Therapy Short-course (DOTS), treatment card maintenance, patient services, Nikshay Poshan Yojana) Y/N
            21 Is the treatment supporter monitoring daily drug intake by the patient (either directly/ digital adherence)? (Check the treatment card – cross-match with drugs issued and pills taken) Y/N
            22 % of honorarium received? (Ask whether the treatment supporter has received the honorarium for all eligible patients who have completed their treatment) %
            Field Supervisors (Senior Treatment Supervisor (STS)/ TB Health Visitor (TBHV)/ General Health System (GHS) Staff)
            23 Is an individual vehicle available for field visits? Y/N
            24 % of TB notified patients currently on treatment in whom home visits have been undertaken? (Cross check with the treatment card/ Lat. long. coordinates captured in Nikshay/ patient interaction) %
            25 % of TB notified patients currently on treatment linked to a treatment supporter? %
            26 % of children identified in whom chemoprophylaxis with Isoniazid has been given? %
            27 Has the staff received the salary & POL to date? If No, record the issues therein? Y/N
            28 % of private notified patients in whom public health actions have been provided? %
            Senior TB Lab Supervisors (STLS)/ GHS staff
            29 Is the STLS reviewing slides preserved by the LT during the On-site Evaluation (OSE)? Y/N
            30 Are the reports of TU-OSE done by the STLS available in the DMC? (Check for the copy of at least the last month) Y/N
            31 Is corrective action as suggested in the TU-OSE report being carried out by the DMC? (Current status may be used as an assessment of the corrective actions taken) Y/N
            32 Assess 2 slides to check if they match with the OSE report? Matches/ Does Not match
            Drug Store
            33 Is the stock register maintained as per guidelines? Y/N
            34 Are the drug stocks adequate as per the suggested norms? Adequate/ inadequate
            35 Are the stocks matching with Nikshay Aushadhi? Y/N
            36 Is bio-medical waste from the DMC disposed of as per Bio-Medical Waste (management and handling) Rules 2016  
            Comments and Recommendations: (Use an extra sheet, if required)
            1    
            2    
            3    
            4    
            Name and signature of the visiting team members with their designation:

             

            Resources

            • NTEP Training Modules (5-9) for Programme Managers & Medical Officers, 2020.
            • Supervision and Monitoring Strategy, RNTCP, 2012.

             

            Assessment

             

            Question​

            Answer 1​

            Answer 2​

            Answer 3​

            Answer 4​

            Correct answer​

            Correct explanation​

            Page id​

            Part of Pre-test​

            Part of Post-test​

            The TB Unit/ Designated Microscopy Centre (DMC)/ Peripheral Health Institute (PHI) Health Facility Checklist covers which of the following thematic areas?

            Advocacy, Communication and Social Mobilisation

            Direct Benefit Transfer

            Stock availability

            All of the above

            4

            The TU level checklist covers ACSM, DBT and stock availability as well as other parameters at the TU level.

            ​

            Yes Yes

             

             

             

          • Supervision by MO-TC at TU level

            Content

            The Medical Officer-TB Control (MO-TC) at the TB Unit (TU) has the overall responsibility for the management of the National TB Elimination Programme (NTEP) at the sub-district level and is assisted by the Senior Treatment Supervisor (STS) and the Senior TB Lab Supervisor (STLS).

            The MO-TC is responsible for supervising the work of the TU and of the STS and STLS, in addition to his/her other responsibilities. These visits are conducted on a systematic basis and the protocol to be followed during these visits is shown in the figure below.

            Figure: Supervisory Protocols for the MO-TC 

            Abbr: NGO: Non-government Organisation

             

            Checklist for the MO-TC at the TU

             

            • Ensure that all private-sector patients are captured in the Nikshay portal by notification and that public health actions are taken on all TB patients notified irrespective of private or public.
            • Ensure that the treatment supporters are adequately trained and updated on the latest guidelines. 
            • Ensure that the treatment supporters and the private providers are allotted proper Nikshay credentials and that the troubleshooting mechanism works promptly.
            • Organise sputum smear examination at all DMCs of the sub-district.
            • Ensure proper treatment categorisation of diagnosed patients by supporting other MOs of the sub-district. 
            • Ensure that Directly Observed Treatment (DOT) is taking place as per guidelines at all treatment observation centres.
            • Ensure a regular supply of drugs and other logistics and ensure their uninterrupted availability in all Peripheral Health Institutes (PHIs) in the sub-district.
            • Ensure periodic updating of treatment by the corresponding treatment provider/ supporter.
            • Ensure that all the reports pertaining to programme management from the TU are submitted to the district on time.
            • Ensure that all beneficiaries are given Direct Benefit Transfer (DBT) as per the guidelines.
            • Ensure that the External Quality Assurance (EQA) of the DMCs under the TU is properly conducted every month.
            • Ensure that the STS and the STLS do proper field visits, carry out the supervision and monitoring as per the checklist and give feedback on a periodical basis.

             

            Resources 

             

            • Training Modules (1-4) for Programme Managers and Medical Officers, NTEP, 2020.
            • Technical and Operational Guidelines for Tuberculosis Control, Chapter 9, RNTCP, 2019.
            • Module for Senior Treatment Supervisors, RNTCP, 2005. 

             

            Assessment 

            Question​ 

            Answer 1​ 

            Answer 2​ 

            Answer 3​ 

            Answer 4​ 

            Correct answer​ 

            Correct explanation​ 

            Page id​ 

            Part of Pre-test​ 

            Part of Post-test​ 

            How often should an MO-TC visit a DMC in their area? 

            Every month 

            Twice a month 

            Every quarter 

            Every day 

            1 

            The Medical Officer-TB Control (MO-TC) should cover all Designated Microscopy Centres (DMCs) every month.

             

            Yes

            Yes

          • Supervision by DTO at TU level

            Content

            The District TB Officer (DTO) at the District TB Centre (DTC) has the overall responsibility for the physical and financial management of the National TB Elimination Programme (NTEP) at the district level as per the guidelines.

            The DTO is also responsible for the involvement of other sectors in NTEP to ensure better compliance and is assisted by a Medical Officer (MO), statistical assistant and other paramedical staff. For each district, there should be a full-time DTO, who is trained in NTEP.

            The Senior Treatment Supervisor (STS) and Senior TB Lab Supervisor (STLS) at the Tuberculosis Unit (TU) level are under the administrative supervision of the DTO/ Medical Officer -TB Control (MO-TC).

            The DTO conducts supervisory visits by himself/ herself, or in a team of MO-TC/ STLS/ STS. These visits are conducted on a systematic basis and the protocol to be followed during these visits is shown in the figure below.

             

            Figure: Supervisory Protocols for the DTO

            Abbr: NTEP: National TB Elimination Programme; NGO: Non-government Organisation

             

            The following are the major points to be covered by the DTO under supervision:

             

            • All the MO-TCs, the NTEP staff (STS, STLS, TB Health Volunteers (TBHVs), DR-TB-HIV coordinators, PPM coordinators, etc.) are conducting supervisory visits and giving proper feedback on a periodical basis.
            • Early diagnosis and treatment initiation are being carried out in the district by all stakeholders.
            • Private Practitioners are sensitised adequately and they are notifying all cases of TB in Nikshay.
            • Treatment provided by the Public provider is as per the program guidelines and Private practitioners are as per the standards for TB care in India. 
            • Public health actions are undertaken in all TB cases notified in Nikshay.
            • Direct Benefit Transfer (DBT) is being provided to all beneficiaries as prescribed under NTEP.
            • Nikshay recordings are updated and factual.
            • External quality assurance is being carried out as per the NTEP protocol.
            • Drugs and supplies are supplied uninterruptedly and as per the stocking norms at various levels.
            • Microscopes and the other diagnostic equipment including the Nucleic Acid Amplification Test (NAAT) devices are adequately calibrated, and the annual maintenance is being carried out as per protocol.
            • All MOs and the staff carrying out TB services in the district are adequately trained. 

             

            Resources  

             

            • Training Modules (1-4) for Programme Managers and Medical Officers, 2020. 
            • Technical and Operational Guidelines for Tuberculosis Control, Chapter 9, RNTCP, 2019. 

             

            Assessment  

            Question​  

            Answer 1​  

            Answer 2​  

            Answer 3​  

            Answer 4​  

            Correct answer​  

            Correct explanation​  

            Page id​  

            Part of Pre-test​  

            Part of Post-test​  

            How often should a DTO visit a TB unit in their area?  

            Every month  

            Twice a month  

            Every quarter  

            Every day  

            1  

            The District TB Officer (DTO) should cover all TB units every month. 

              

              Yes

              Yes

        • STS: Internal Evaluation

          Fullscreen
          • Internal Evaluation

            Content

            Introduction

            Internal Evaluation (IE) is a process of critically evaluating a programme by the programme people to understand determinants of both good and poor performance and enable uptake of the strategic measures for improvement. IE is an integral component of the National Tuberculosis Elimination Programme’s (NTEP) supervision and monitoring strategy.

            Objectives of IE

            1. To provide a systematic framework for assessing programme performance, financial & logistics management, recording and reporting, and quality of care received by patients.

            2. To give recommendations for improving the quality of programme implementation and performance with a realistic action plan and timeline.

            3. To monitor efforts to improve and maintain programme quality and performance over time.

            Types of IE

            Image
            Types of IE

            IE Methodology

            1. Selection of Districts:

            At least one good-performing district and one under-performing district should be selected. For states with population up to 30 million – 2 districts per quarter; 30-100 million – 3 districts per quarter; >100 million – 3-4 districts per quarter should be evaluated. In States/Union Territories (UTs) with 4 or less districts, 1 district or Tuberculosis Unit (TU) per quarter may be evaluated.

            1. Selection of TB Units/ Designated Microscopy Centres (DMCs):

            Five DMCs are selected as follows:

            • DMC at District TB Centre (DTC)

            • Two DMC that are examining a higher number of TB suspects (preferably from different TU)

            • Fourth and fifth DMC are selected randomly from the remaining DMCs (preferably from different TU)

            1. Selection of Directly Observed Treatment (DOT) Centres:

            The DOT Centres attached to each of the 5 selected DMCs (and Medical College conveniently selected) should be evaluated.

            5 additional DOT Centres must be identified in the district with unique characteristics such as those attached to a medical college (other than the one conveniently selected for a visit), other sectors like ESI, Railways, NGOs, private sector, Anganwadi workers, Accredited Social Health Activist (ASHA), community volunteer) and evaluated.

                  d) Selection of Patients:

                       A total of 36 to 39 patients should be interviewed in the district.

            • In each of the 2 DMCs with a low caseload, 4 New Smear Positive (NSP) patients are selected randomly, and one previously treated case conveniently (5 X 2= 10 patients).

            • In each of the DMCs at DTC & 2 TU level DMC, 4 NSP patients are selected randomly, and 1 patient, each of the types Relapse, Treatment after Loss to Follow up (LFU) and Failure, are conveniently selected.

            • Also select 1 TB/HIV patient and 1 DOTS-Plus  patient (for districts implementing DOTS-Plus) (7 X 3 =21 + 3 +3= 27).

            • At least 2 paediatric patients undergoing DOTS treatment within the district must be visited.

            IE Activities

            Image
            Activities performed in IE

            Resource

            • Supervision and Monitoring Strategy in Revised National Tuberculosis Control Programme; CTD, MoHFW, India, 2012.

            • India TB Report 2022; CTD, MoHFW, India, 2022.

            Assessment

            Question    

            Answer 1    

            Answer 2    

            Answer 3    

            Answer 4    

            Correct answer    

            Correct explanation    

            Page id    

            Part of Pre-test    

            Part of Post-test    

            Which of the following is an objective of IE?

            To provide a systematic framework for assessment of programme performance.

            To give recommendations for improving the quality of the programme.

            To monitor efforts to improve and maintain programme quality and performance over time.

            All of the above

                4

            The objectives of IE are:

            1. To provide a systematic framework for assessment of programme performance, financial & logistics management, recording and reporting, and quality of care received by patients.

            2. To give recommendations for improving the quality of programme implementation and performance with a realistic action plan and time line.

            3. To monitor efforts to improve and maintain programme quality and performance over time.

                

               Yes

             Yes

             

             

             

             

        • STS: Program Monitoring Indicators

          Fullscreen
          • Program Monitoring Indicators

            Content

            Programme monitoring indicator is a comprehensive tool used to measure and report the performance of the programme from time to time.

            Significance 

            • Helps to assess the progress of the programme periodically at each hierarchical level.
            • Provide insight into the aspects that may have an impact on final outcome. 
            • Helps to make decisions on undertaking corrective course of actions whenever required. 

            Grouping of programmes monitoring indicators

            The national strategic plan (2017-2025) has classified programme monitoring indicators under the four strategic pillars of the End TB strategy which include:

            1) Detect:  The indicators included are primarily related to early identification of presumptive TB cases, prompt diagnosis using high sensitivity diagnostic tests and providing universal access to quality TB diagnosis and focuses on TB notification (public and private) and Laboratory and diagnostic services coverage

            Examples of Program monitoring indicators under this pillar are:  Total TB patients notified against the target; % of diagnosed TB patients offered rapid molecular test.

            2) Treat: The indicators included are primarily related to initiating appropriate anti-TB treatment for all diagnosed TB patients in both public and private and successfully sustaining them on treatment until completion through patient-friendly systems, social support. 

            Examples of Program monitoring indicators under this pillar are: Proportion of notified TB patients initiated on treatment in Public and Private; Treatment success rate for RR TB; Proportion of notified TB patients using ICT supported adherence; Proportion of notified TB patients receiving financial support through DBT.

            3) Prevent: The indicators included are primarily related to preventing the emergence of TB in susceptible populations and focuses on Air-borne Infection Control (AIC) in secondary and tertiary care settings, diagnosis of Latent TB infection (LTBI) and coverage of TB preventive treatment services.

            Examples of Program monitoring indicators under this pillar are:  Proportion of tertiary and secondary facilities with budgeted action plan for AIC in TB facilities; Proportion of identified/eligible individuals for preventive therapy / LTBI s - initiated on treatment.

            4) Build: The indicators included are primarily related to building and strengthening enabling policies, empowering the institutions and human resources with enhanced capacities to control and eliminate TB.

            Examples of Program monitoring indicators under this pillar are: No. of rapid molecular laboratories established; Proportion of sanctioned positions (newly created positions in this NSP) filled; Proportion of Patient Provider Support Agency (PPSA) units established at the state level; Proportion of electronic drugs and supply chain management systems deployed in the districts.

            Resources

            NATIONAL STRATEGIC PLAN FOR TUBERCULOSIS ELIMINATION 2017–2025, Central TB Division, Ministry of Health with Family Welfare, India.

            India TB Report,2022

             Assessment

            Question​

            Answer 1​

            Answer 2​

            Answer 3​

            Answer 4​

            Correct answer​

            Correct explanation​

            Page id​

            Part of Pre-test​

            Part of Post-test​

            Which of the following is true about programme monitoring indicators?

            Assess the progress of the programme periodically

            Provide insight into the aspects that may have an impact on final outcome.

            Helps to implement correction course of action

            All of the above

            4

            The programme monitoring indicators:

            1) Help to assess the progress of the programme periodically at each hierarchical level.

            2) Has the capacity to provide insight into the aspects that may have an impact on final outcome. 

            3) Helps to make decisions on undertaking corrective course of actions whenever required. 

            ​

            Yes

            Yes

             

             

             

          • Nine NTEP Performance Indicators

            Content

            The Central TB Division assesses the States/ Union Territories (UTs) achievements and performances utilising nine key indicators by using the State TB score.

             

            State TB score indicators are shown in the table below and the maximum attainable total score is 100.

            S/No

            Performance Indicator

            Numerator

            Denominator

            Score

            1

            % of target TB notification achieved

            Total TB patients notified during the defined period

            Target TB patients estimated for the year

            20

            2

            % of TB notified patients with known HIV status

            Number of patients with HIV status known, i.e., HIV result is either positive or negative/ reactive or non-reactive

            Net TB patients notified during the defined period

            10

            3

            % of TB notified patients with Universal Drug Susceptibility Testing (UDST) done

            Number of patients with UDST done and rifampicin status known, i.e., rifampicin status is either sensitive or resistant

            State benchmark of net TB patients notified during the defined period

            10

            4

            Treatment success rate

            Number of TB patients with treatment outcome given as successful, i.e., either cured or treatment completed

            Net TB patients notified during the same period

            15

            5

            % of eligible beneficiaries paid under Nikshay Poshan Yojana

            TB patients in whom payment has been done at least once

            Total eligible TB patients during the same period

            10

            6

            % of multi-drug resistant or rifampicin-resistant (MDR/ RR-TB) patients initiated on treatment out of the total diagnosed

            Number of MDR patients initiated on treatment during the defined period

            Net MDR patients diagnosed during the defined period

            15

            7

            % of expenditure amongst the approved Record of Proceedings (ROP)

            Fund utilised in the defined period

            ROP approved during the financial year

            10

            8

            % of children given chemoprophylaxis from the total eligible children identified

            Number of children <6 years given Isoniazid chemoprophylaxis

            Number of children <6 years eligible for chemoprophylaxis (total children identified- children with active TB detected/ treated)

            5

            9

            % of People living with HIV (PLHIV) given Isoniazid Preventive Therapy (IPT) from the total eligible PLHIV

            Number of PLHIV given IPT

            Number of PLHIV in whom active TB have been ruled out among the PL attending the Anti-retroviral Therapy (ART) centre

            5

             

            Resources

            • India TB Report, 2021.
            • NTEP Training Modules (5-9) for Programme Managers & Medical Officers, 2020.

             

            Assessment

            Question​

            Answer 1​

            Answer 2​

            Answer 3​

            Answer 4​

            Correct answer​

            Correct explanation​

            Page id​

            Part of Pre-test​

            Part of Post-test​

            The State TB score combines nine NTEP performance indicators to rate the performance of states/ UTs.

            TRUE

            FALSE

             

             

            1

            The State TB score combines nine NTEP performance indicators to rate the performance of states/ UTs.

            ​

            Yes Yes

            Which of the following is not one of the nine NTEP performance indicators?

            % of eligible beneficiaries paid under Nikshay Poshan Yojana

            % of NTEP districts visited during the quarter (By STO, MO or STDC officials)

            Treatment success rate

            % of target TB notification achieved

            2

            % of NTEP districts visited during the quarter (By STO, MO or STDC officials) is not one of the key nine NTEP performance indicators.

             

            Yes

            Yes

             

          • TB Performance Indicator - Percentage of Target TB Notification Achieved

            Content

            TB Performance Indicator - Percentage of Target TB Notification Achieved

            Percentage of Target TB notification achieved is one of the most important indicators to assess the National TB Elimination Programme (NTEP) performance at the state/ UT, district or TB Unit (TU) level.

            Indicator Numerator Denominator Multiplier Data source
            % Target TB notification achieved Total TB cases notified during a defined period Target TB patients estimated for the year 100 Ni-kshay

            Numerator - The data regarding the total TB cases notified in the defined time period is available in Ni-kshay

            Denominator - Target TB patients estimated for the year are arbitrarily decided on a yearly basis area-wise based on:

                                           1. Trends in previous year's notification

                                             2. Anti-TB drug sale data

                                            3. Reports of subnational certification survey/ TB Prevalence  surveys/ other studies, if available

             

            The estimated figures are entered in Ni-kshay at the beginning of every year.

             

            Example:

            The estimated target for TB notifications of District X in the year 2021 is 790. But the number of notified cases in District X in the year 2021 is 510.

            % Target TB notification achieved =

                                                                                 510 / 790 * 100

                                                                    = 72.2%.

                                                            (100 % is desirable)

             

            Resources

            • India TB Report, CTD, MoHFW, GoI, 2022.

             

            Assessment

            Question​ Answer 1​ Answer 2​ Answer 3​ Answer 4​ Correct answer​ Correct explanation​ Page id​ Part of Pre-test​ Part of Post-test​
            What is the denominator of the percentage of Target TB notification achieved? Total TB cases notified Prevalent cases of TB  Treatment completed Target TB patients estimated for the year   4 ​Target TB patients estimated for the year is the denominator of the percentage of Target TB notification achieved.      
          • Root cause analysis for low performance- suggested solutions- case studies along 1

            Content

            Root Cause Analysis of Low Performance in Percentage of Target TB Notification Achieved

             

            Low performance means notification of TB cases is not happening as desired.

            Data is available in Ni-kshay and analysed in terms of: 

            • Whether the notification is less from a geographical area? (Peripheral Health Institute (PHI)/ TB Unit (TU), private hospital) - Place Analysis 
              • e.g., less notification from a particular PHI may be due to a newly recruited Medical Officer (MO) who is not trained in National TB Elimination Programme (NTEP). The solution should aim at training the MO to improve the notification from that PHI.
            • Whether the notification is less in special age group/ gender/ population group?- Person Analysis
              • e.g., teen-aged female patients due to attached stigma. Identification of the stigma by such analysis might be helpful in planning stigma reduction campaigns/ Advocacy, Communication and Social Mobilisation (ACSM) activities to enhance notification.
            • Whether there is a change in notification trends across months? - Time Analysis
              • e.g., festive season and marriage season might have less notification, as many patients neglect cough or chronic ill-health. However, this might be dangerous as the probability of spread during such festivals and marriage functions is quite high. Such analysis gives insights for enhanced active case finding during these seasons.

            The notification depends on the presumptive TB examination rate. Look at the trends of presumptive examination rate. The expected is about 1500/ lac population.

            Some of the reasons and suggested solutions for decreased TB notification are listed below.

            Domains Possible Problems Suggested Solutions

             

            Patient

            • Lack of awareness regarding TB symptoms, fear of stigma/ lack of motivation to seek health care
            • Accessibility to health care services
            • Financial reasons
            • Advocacy communication and social mobilisation (ACSM)
            • Targeted Information, Education and Communication (IEC) for high-risk groups
            • Community mobilisation through Accredited Social Health Activists (ASHA), Non-government Organisations (NGOs), volunteers
            • Steps to set up a Designated Microscopy Centre (DMC), if indicated
            • Steps to minimise out-of-pocket expenditure through mobile testing facilities and point-of-care testing
            PHI

             Is the poor referral for testing due to:

            • Presumptive TB cases not seeking care
            • Due to deficient knowledge of the staff
            • Due to lack of facilities for sputum collection/ transportation
            • Due to lack of diagnostic services
            • Vulnerability mapping of all the residents of the PHI area to identify high-risk cases and conduct active and intensified case-finding efforts
            • Provider-oriented IEC, training and periodic reinforcement
            • Arrange facilities for sputum collection and transportation(Hub and spoke model)
            • Enquire regarding the possibility of a DMC in the area
            Private Hospital
            • Deficient knowledge of the provider regarding the NTEP programme/ TB notification
            • Lack of diagnostic facilities
            • Lack of trust in the system or poor rapport with NTEP staff
            • Fear of losing the patient
            • Provider-oriented IEC, training, capacity building and periodic reinforcement steps for linkage to a diagnostic facility or enquire the possibility of setting up one through the PPP model
            • Steps for private sector engagement
            • Establish a system for diagnosis notification and treatment support for TB cases and supportive supervision
            Testing and Diagnosis
            • Lack of skilled Human Resource (HR)
            • Lack of facilities
            • Arrange to recruit more HR/ training available HR
            • Periodic training and reinforcement, monitoring and quality check helps
            • Ensure adequate supply chain management
            • Linkage to diagnostic facilities/ set up new facilities 

            Notification

             

            Not entering the data to Ni-kshay due to:

            • Lack of awareness
            • Technical reasons - internet issues
            • Training and capacity building along with periodic reinforcement, proper monitoring 
            • Steps to minimise the internet connectivity issues
            Other causes
            • Is the number needed to test to detect one case of TB high?
            • If so, is the estimated target is correct?
            • Brainstorm with District TB Officer (DTO)/ State TB Officer (STO), and the stakeholders to reach a conclusion

             

            Resources

            • India TB Report, CTD, MoHFW, GOI, 2022.
            • Training Modules (5-9) For Programme Managers & Medical Officers, NTEP, CTD, MoHFW, GoI, 2020.
            • National Strategic Plan for Tuberculosis Elimination 2017–2025, NTEP, CTD, MoHFW, GoI, 2017.

             

            Assessment

            Question Option 1 Option 2 Option 3 Option 4 Correct answer Explanation Page id Pretest Post-test
            Which of the following is an exception to the steps for improving performance in target TB notification? Increasing the number of presumptive TB cases examined

            By active case finding

            By improving diagnostic facilities By initiating TB treatment   4 Treatment initiation is done after the notification process.      
          • TB Performance Indicator - Percentage of TB Notified Patients with Known HIV Status

            Content

            TB Performance Indicator 2 - Percentage of TB Notified Patients with Known HIV Status

             

            This indicator monitors efforts taken by the programme to offer HIV testing to all TB patients.

            Indicator

            Numerator

            Denominator

            Multiplier

            Data source

            Percentage of TB notified patients with known HIV status

            Number of TB patients  who know their HIV status  in the defined period                                                   

            Total TB patients notified in the defined period

            100

            Ni-kshay

             

            HIV status of a patient can be reactive, nonreactive or unavailable.

            Patients with results as reactive and non-reactive are included in the numerator.

            The indicator can be monitored at the TB Unit (TU), district, and state levels.

             

            Example:

            In District A, the total number of TB cases notified in the year 2020 is 300. Out of them, 240 patients are HIV non-reactive and 10 patients are HIV-reactive as per the data from Ni-kshay.

            The percentage of TB notified patients with known HIV status = (240+10) / 300 = (250 * 100) / 300     (100% is desirable)

             

            Resources

            • India TB Report, CTD, MoHFW, GoI, 2022.
            • Training Modules (5-9) For Programme Managers & Medical Officers, NTEP, CTD, MoHFW, GoI, 2020.

             

            Assessment

            Question​

            Option 1​

            Option 2

            Option 3

            Option 4

            Correct answer​

            Correct explanation​

            Page id​

            Part of Pre-test​

            Part of Post-test​

            What is the numerator of the percentage of TB notified cases with Known HIV status?

             

             Total TB cases notified

            Total number HIV positive cases

            Total number of patients who know their HIV status

            Total HIV-negative cases of TB

                3

            ​The number of TB patients who know their HIV status is the numerator of the percentage of TB notified cases with Known HIV status irrespective of whether its positive or negative.

                 
          • Root cause analysis for low performance of Percentage of TB Notified Patients with Known HIV Status

            Content

            Root Cause Analysis (RCA) for Low Performance in Percentage of TB Notified Patients with Known HIV Status

            Low performance in the indicator means that the notified TB cases are not getting HIV tests done as desired.

            Analyse the Ni-kshay data and try to gain more insights into the problem. Some examples are given below.

            The key questions are

            • Who is not knowing the status (Person analysis)? – Are the patients from the public sector or private sector or both? Is it any specific age group (e.g. paediatric) or gender?
            • Are there specific geographies where the problems are more (Place analysis)? - Is the issue bigger in a particular TB Unit (TU)/ Peripheral Health Institute (PHI) or is the pattern the same throughout the district?
            • Is the low performance specific to any time period (Time analysis)? - Is the performance the same throughout the year or was it different in a particular time period?

            Once this is figured out, try to explore the specific reasons for the observations. For that, step-by-step processes that lead to low performance need to be analysed.

             

            For the indicator, the key processes are:

            (1) Referral for HIV testing by the provider

            (2) Patient reach Integrated Counselling and Testing Centres (lCTCs)

            (3) Performing an HIV test at the laboratory

            (4) Entering the results in Ni-kshay. Ask the above three questions at each process level. Keep on asking questions at each step to get an answer to why is that so.

            Discussion with beneficiaries and health providers, and verification of source records would be helpful.

             

            Some of the possible causes and suggested solutions are listed below.

            Possible causes Suggested solutions
            Poor referral from a provider Plan for provider-oriented communication, sensitisation and capacity-building of the providers
            Patient resistance Arrange facilities for proper patient counselling/ training of staff on counselling/ using peers for effective counselling
            Resistance  to testing in a particular group in the community Plan targeted advocacy & communication activities
            Lack of testing facility Take steps to set up co-located ICTC/ linked ICTC at the TB detection centre. If the issue is specific to patients notified from the private sector, take steps for linking private health facilities to ICTC or explore the possibility to set up an ICTC/ linked ICTC in private health facilities through the Public Private Partnership (PPP) model
            Lack of Human Resources (HR) Take steps to provide adequate HR/ optimise available HR through redistribution/ train available HR
            Poor data entry in Ni-kshay Measures such as proper monitoring/ training of staff/ sorting out internet issues etc.
            Disruption of supply chain Take steps to resolve the same
            Less testing specific to any age group, e.g., paediatric age group Take measures to sensitise the paediatricians

             

            Note: This page describes only an approach for analysis of low performance and has not captured the entire list of problems or solutions. The root cause analysis may be modified according to the local context.

             

            Resources

            • India TB Report, MoHFW, GoI, 2022.
            • Training Modules (5-9) for Programme Managers and Medical Officers, Central TB Division, MoHFW, GoI, 2020.

             

            Assessment

            Question​

            Option 1​

            Option 2

            Option 3

            Option 4

            Correct answer​

            Correct explanation​

            Page id​

            Part of Pre-test​

            Part of Post-test​

            What is the possible cause for the low performance of the indicator- Percentage TB notified with known HIV status?

            Poor referral to ICTC

            Lack of testing facility

            Data entered in Ni-kshay  

            All the above

             4

            Poor referral to ICTC, lack of testing facility and data entered in Ni-kshay may all contribute to the low performance of the indicator - Performance TB notified with known HIV status.

             

             

             

          • TB Performance Indicator - Percentage of TB Notified Patients with Universal Drug Susceptibility Testing (UDST) Done

            Content

            TB Performance Indicator - Percentage of TB Notified Patients with Universal Drug Susceptibility Testing (UDST) Done   

             

            This indicator measures the efforts by the programme to get the Universal Drug Susceptibility testing done for TB  patients.

            Indicator Numerator Denominator Multiplier Data source
            % of TB notified patients with UDST done Number of TB patients with UDST done Total number of TB patients notified during  the defined period 100 Ni-kshay

             

            • Number of patients with UDST done includes all the TB patients with drug susceptibility testing to at least Rifampicin done.
            • UDST is not possible for all TB patients. For example, specimens may not be available for testing in extrapulmonary. The aim is to do UDST for all the cases with specimens available for testing.
            • The denominator includes the net notified cases.
            • States can set a benchmark to be achieved for this indicator, around 70% is desirable.

             

            Example:

            In District X, the number of notified TB cases in a year is 600. Out of them, 300 underwent UDST. Out of them, 10 patients are resistant to Rifampicin.

            % TB notified cases with UDST done = (300 * 100) / 600 = 50%

             

            Resources

            • India TB Report, CTD, MoHFW, GoI, 2022.
            • Training Modules (5-9) For Programme Managers & Medical Officers, NTEP, CTD, MoHFW, GoI, 2020.

             

            Assessment

            Question​ option 1​ Option 2 Option 3 Option 4 Correct answer​ Correct explanation​ Page id​ Part of Pre-test​ Part of Post-test​  
            What is the numerator of the percentage of TB notified cases with UDST  done? Total TB cases notified No. of Rifampicin Resistant cases The total number of patients with  UDST  done Total  no. of drug-sensitive cases    3 ​The total number of patients with  UDST done is the numerator of the percentage of TB notified cases with UDST done.        
          • Root cause analysis for low performance of Percentage of TB Notified Cases with Universal Drug Susceptibility Testing Done

            Content

            Root Cause Analysis of Low Performance in Percentage of TB Notified Cases with Universal Drug Susceptibility Testing Done  

            Low performance means Universal Drug Susceptibility Testing (UDST) is not done for the notified TB patients as desired.

            At the TB Unit (TU) level, obtain the list of patients not offered UDST from Ni-kshay. Write against each patient why UDST is not offered. Analyse the reasons.  

            • Who is not offered UDST (Person analysis)? - Are these patients from the public sector or private sector or both?  
            • Are there specific geographies where the problems are more (Place analysis)? - Is the issue bigger in a particular TU/ Peripheral Health Institute (PHI) or is the pattern the same throughout the district?
            • Is the low performance specific to any time period (Time analysis)? - Is the performance the same throughout the year or was it different in a particular time period?

            Once this is figured out, try to explore the specific reasons for the observations.

            Step-by-step processes which lead to low performance is to be analysed.

             

            For the indicator the key processes are:

            a) Patient referral for testing

            b) Availability of specimens for testing

            c) Specimen reaching the testing facility

            d) Testing the specimen

            e) Entering the report in Ni-kshay.

             

            Explore the processes to answer the specific observations obtained during the initial analysis.

            Keep on asking questions at each step to get an answer to why is that so. 

            Discussion with beneficiaries and health providers, and verification of source records would provide more insight to the underlying cause.

             

            A few possible causes and suggested solutions are given below.

            Possible Causes

             Suggested Solution

            Poor referral from the provider (public or private)

            Plan for provider-oriented communication, sensitisation, and capacity building of the providers

            Difficulty in extracting extrapulmonary specimens/ specimens other than sputum

            Linkages with facilities for specimen extraction/ train providers for extracting specimens

            Issues in the transportation of the specimen to the testing centre

            Arrange facilities for specimen collection and transportation (Hub & spoke model)

            Lack of testing facilities

            Explore the possibility to set up Nucleic Acid Amplification Testing (NAAT) facilities/ starting in the private sector through partnership schemes 

            Disruption of supply chain

            Identify the cause and take steps to resolve the same and explore the possibility to outsource the testing till the supply chain resumes

            Incomplete data entry in Ni-kshay

            Proper monitoring/ training of staff/ sorting out internet issues etc.

             

             

             

             

             

             

             

             

             

                                                                 

                                                                  

             

                         

             

                                 

             

             

             

             

             

             

            Note: This page describes only an approach for analysis of low performance and has not captured the entire list of problems or solutions. The root cause analysis may be modified according to the local context.

             

            Resources

            • India TB Report, MoHFW, GoI, 2022.
            • Training Modules (5-9) for Programme Managers and Medical Officers, Central TB Division, MoHFW, GoI, 2020.

             

            Assessment

            Question​

            Option 1​

            Option 2

            Option 3

            Option 4

            Correct answer​

            Correct explanation​

            Page id​

            Part of Pre-test​

            Part of Post-test​

            Select the probable reason for low performance in the percentage of notified cases with UDST done.

            Poor provider referral

            Lack of testing facility

            Lack of specimen transportation facility 

            All the above

             4

            Poor provider referral, lack of testing facility and lack of specimen transportation facility may contribute to low performance in the percentage of notified cases with UDST done.

             

             

             

          • NTEP Performance Indicator - Treatment Success Rate

            Content

            NTEP Performance Indicator - Treatment Success Rate

            This indicator measures the programme capacity to retain the patients initiated on TB treatment to complete the same for a successful outcome.

            Indicator Numerator Denominator Multiplier Data source
            Treatment Success rate  Number of TB patients with treatment outcomes given as successful                                                  Number of TB cases notified during the same period of the previous year 100 Ni-kshay

             

             The successful outcome can be either cured or treatment completed.

             

            • This is monitored by a cohort. A cohort of notified TB cases is followed-up over a period of time to see the treatment's success.
            • As the TB treatment takes at least six months to complete, there is a delay in the assessment of the outcome. Hence, the denominator is the number of notified cases of the previous year's same period.
            • The treatment outcome of the previous year’s notified cases is given as the success rate of the subsequent year.

             

            Example:

            In District C, a total of 310 TB cases were notified and followed up in the year 2020. Out of them, 308 were started on treatment, 200 patients were documented as treatment completed and 100 patients as cured in Ni-kshay.

            The treatment success rate for the year 2021 is: {(200 +100) / 310} * 100 = 96%

             

            Resources

            • India TB Report, CTD, MoHFW, GoI, 2022.
            • Training Modules (5-9) For Programme Managers & Medical Officers, NTEP, CTD, MoHFW, GoI, 2020.

             

            Assessment

            Question​ Answer 1​ Answer 2 Answer 3 Answer 4 Correct answer​ Correct explanation​ Page id​ Part of Pre-test​ Part of Post-test​  
            What is the numerator of treatment success rate? All cured cases All treatment completed cases Both 1 and 2 Neither 1 nor 2    3 Number of TB patients with treatment outcomes given as successful is the numerator of treatment success rate.        
          • Root Cause Analysis for Low Performance - Suggested Solutions - Case Studies along 4

            Content

            Root Cause Analysis for Low Performance in Treatment Success Rate

             

            Low performance in treatment success rate means the notified patients are not completing the treatment or cured of TB as desired.

            Unsuccessful treatment outcomes are:

            (a) Death       

            (b) Lost to follow-up 

            (c) Treatment failure

             

            Analysing Ni-kshay data would give information on which among the unsuccessful outcomes requires attention. Analyse the data in terms of:

            1. Who didn’t successfully complete the treatment (Person analysis)? - Was it high in TB cases notified from the public sector/ private sector? Those with co-morbidities/ addiction? Of any specific gender? Of any specific age group?
            2. Are there specific geographies where the problems are more (Place analysis)? - Is the issue bigger in a particular TB Unit (TU)/ Peripheral Health Institute (PHI), in any population group residing in a specific area?
            3. Is the low performance specific to any time period (Time analysis)? - Is the performance the same throughout the year or was it different in a particular time period?

            Case to case audit of unsuccessful outcomes could provide insights into the reasons for the unsuccessful outcomes. Analysing audit reports could help to identify the underlying preventable cause if any.

             

            Possible Causes

            Suggested Approach to Data Analysis

            Suggested Solutions to Minimise Poor Treatment Outcomes

            Was there a delay in diagnosis leading to death?

            Calculate the mean/ median time period between the date of onset of symptoms and the date of TB diagnosis. Date of onset to be obtained from death audit forms/ patient’s relative’s interview.

            Strengthen case-finding efforts through Active Case Finding (ACF), Intensified Case Finding (ICF) and strengthening passive case finding

            Arrange for sensitisation if the delay is due to a training issue.

            Examine the diagnostic centre linkage and arrange for linkage if that is an issue.

            Was there a delay in the initiation of treatment leading to death?

            Calculate the mean/median time period between the date of diagnosis of TB and the date of treatment initiation (Both are available in Ni-kshay).

            Explore the reasons for the delay in treatment initiation and address them.

            Arrange for sensitisation if the delay is due to a training issue.

            Examine the supply chain management and if there is a problem, solve it.

            Was the treatment adherence poor?

             

             

            Was the lost to follow-up after treatment initiation high?

             

             

            Monitor and analyse the adherence dashboards and Loss to Follow-up (LFU) rates from Ni-kshay.

             

            Analyse geography-wise/ gender-wise to see if it is poor in some specific areas/ there was a gender-based or age-based stigma.

             

             

             

            Find out the further underlying cause and address it.

            Assess the counselling skills of the provider and sensitise if that is an issue.

            Check if the treatment supporter is monitoring the treatment adherence regularly. Solve if there is a problem.

            See if Additional Drug Requirements (ADRs) were timely addressed, and sensitise the stakeholders as applicable.

            Strengthen linkage to de-addiction services.

            Establish treatment support groups to address gender/ age-wise stigma in geographies with higher LFU.

            Was there a delay in diagnosis of drug resistance leading to treatment failure/ death?

            Calculate the mean/ median time period between the date of diagnosis of TB and the date of offering Rifampicin resistance testing/ Isoniazid resistance testing.

            Explore the further underlying factors and address the same to minimise the delays

            Check if Universal Drug Susceptibility Testing (UDST) protocols were adhered to, and sensitise as appropriate. 

            Check the linkage to the UDST facility, and arrange if there is a problem.

            Were co-morbidity/ ADRs detected timely and managed properly?

            Death audit reports/ patient’s relative’s interviews/ review of records.

            Check if differentiated TB care is provided as per protocol, and sensitise as appropriate. 

            Establish a system for differentiated TB care.

            Train treatment supporters for TB cases with ADR and comorbidity.

            Sensitise stakeholders for timely referral and clinical follow-up.

            Is it due to the movement of TB  cases from one place to another (e.g. migrants/ change in residence after marriage)?

            Is it due to a lack of information about ‘transfer’ cases? Find out the areas from where the ‘out of area’ patients are there without treatment outcomes.

            Establish a system for follow-up of transfer-out cases.

            Coordinate closely with the concerned TU/ district/ state to prevent duplicate entry and proper transfer systems through Ni-kshay.

            Is the problem related to an information gap?

            Is there a deficiency in reporting treatment outcomes from the private sector?

            Sensitise/ train private providers, and establish systems for supporting private providers in recording treatment outcomes.

             

            Resources

            • India TB Report, CTD, MOHFW, GOI,2022.
            • Training Modules (5-9) for Programme Managers and Medical Officers, Central TB Division, MoHFW, GoI, 2020.

             

            Assessment

            Question Option 1 Option 2 Option 3 Option 4 Correct Answer Correct explanation 

            Page id

             

            Part of pre-test Part of post-test
            Which of these is a false statement related to the poor performance in treatment success rate? Poor management of ADR is a cause. Delay in the initiation of treatment is a cause. Death audits are not helpful to find out the cause. Treatment support groups are helpful for treatment adherence.  3 Death audits are helpful in finding the cause of poor performance in treatment success rate.      
          • NTEP Performance Indicator - Percentage of Eligible Beneficiaries Paid Under Ni-kshay Poshan Yojana

            Content

            NTEP Performance Indicator - Percentage of Eligible Beneficiaries Paid Under Ni-kshay Poshan Yojana

            This is an indicator used to monitor the implementation of Ni-kshay Poshan Yojana (NPY) scheme.

            Indicator Numerator Denominator Multiplier Data source

            Percentage eligible beneficiaries paid under Ni-kshay Poshan Yojana

             

            Number of TB patients to whom payment has been done at least once Total eligible TB patients  within the same period 100 Ni-kshay

             

            • All the notified TB cases are eligible for Direct Benefit Transfer (DBT) under NPY.
            • All the patients who received at least the first payment are included in the numerator.
            • The performance can be monitored at the TB Unit (TU) level/ district level/ state level

             

            Example:

            In a TU, there are 100 notified cases of TB in the year 2021. 80 of them received the first payment from Ni-kshay Poshan Yojana scheme. Among the 80 persons, 20 had received the 2nd payment also.

             

            % Eligible beneficiaries paid under NPY = {80 / (80+ 20)} * 100 = 80%

             

            Resources

            • India TB Report, CTD, MoHFW, GoI, 2022.
            • Training Modules (5-9) For Programme Managers & Medical Officers, NTEP, CTD, MoHFW, GoI, 2020.

             

            Assessment

            Question​ Option 1​ Option 2 Option 3 Option 4 Correct answer​ Correct explanation​ Page id​ Part of Pre-test​ Part of Post-test​  
            What is the numerator of the percentage of eligible beneficiaries under Ni-kshay Poshan Yojana? Those who received all the eligible payments only Those who received two instalments Those who received at least the first payment  None of the above    3 ​Those who received at least one payment are included in the numerator of the percentage of eligible beneficiaries under Ni-kshay Poshan Yojana.        
          • Root cause analysis for low performance of Percentage of Eligible Beneficiaries Paid under Ni-kshay Poshan Yojana

            Content

            Root Cause Analysis for Low Performance in the Percentage of Eligible Beneficiaries Paid under Ni-kshay Poshan Yojana

             

            Low performance means the notified TB cases have not received even the first payment through Direct Benefit Transfer (DBT) under the Ni-kshay Poshan Yojana (NPY) as desired. 

            Obtain the data from Ni-kshay and analyse it in terms of:

            • Who all have not received the payment (Person analysis)? - Any specific pattern? Patients notified from the public sector/ private sector, specific age group (paediatric or elderly), a specific gender, specific group (migrant labourers), or those without a bank account.
            • Whether the problem is more in a specific geography (Place analysis)? - Is the issue bigger in a particular TB Unit (TU)/ Peripheral Health Institute (PHI), in any population group residing in a specific area (e.g., hard-to-reach pockets)?
            • Is the low performance specific to any time period (Time analysis)? - Is the performance the same throughout the year or was it low in a particular time period (e.g., April, May due to shortage of funds)? 

             

            The Process of DBT 

             

            1. Entry of each TB patient with a bank account and Aadhaar in Ni-kshay and its follow-up details (at PHI level)
            2. Preparation of beneficiary list (at PHI level)
            3. Checking of beneficiary details (at TU level)
            4. Approval of beneficiary list with details (at district level)
            5. Processing of payment (Public Financial Management System - PFMS portal) (at district level)

            A breach in any of the processes will lead to the non-delivery of DBT.

            Discussion with beneficiaries and health providers, and verification of source records would be helpful for further analysis.

             

              Possible Causes Suggested Solutions
            Are the bank account and Aadhar details entered in Ni-kshay? If No

             

            Deficient knowledge of provider (public/ private)

            No bank account or Aadhar card for TB patients

            Not willing to share bank account details or Aadhar details due to lack of awareness or confidentiality issues

            Provider-oriented Information, Education and Communication (IEC) and capacity building.

            • Volunteer groups can be created to help illiterate and elderly to get Aadhar card/ bank account 
            • If the problem is in a particular group of the population like:
              • Migrant labourers - coordinate with the labour department
              • Tribal population - coordinate with the tribal promoter.
              • Destitute - establish a system with volunteers/ NGO 

            Patient-oriented IEC.

            Was there any delay in the preparation checking and approval of the list? If Yes

            Shortage of Human Resources (HR)

            Deficient knowledge of staff

            Technical problems

            Take steps to provide adequate HR/ optimise available HR through redistribution/ train available HR.

            Address the gaps in training.

            Take measures such as proper monitoring/ training of staff/ sorting out internet issues. 

            Was there any delay in processing the payment? If yes

            Technical issues at Ni-kshay - PMFS interface

            Shortage of HR

            Take measures such as proper monitoring/ training of staff/ sorting out internet issues/ network issues.

            Take steps to provide adequate HR/ optimise available HR through redistribution/ train available HR.

             

            Is it due to patient refusal of DBT?

             

            Confidentiality issues

            Salaried and rich may deny DBT

            IEC to address confidentiality issues.

            Document "refusal".

             

            Is it due to other causes? Lost to follow-up (LFU)/ Death/ Transfer out

            Measures to minimise LFU.

            Document "death".

            Coordinate closely with the concerned TU/ district/ state to prevent duplicate entry and proper transfer systems through Ni-kshay.

             

            Resources

            • India TB Report, CTD, MoHFW, GoI, 2022.
            • Training Modules (5-9) for Programme Managers and Medical Officers, Central TB Division, MoHFW, GoI, 2020.

             

             

            Assessment

            Question Option 1 Option 2 Option 3 Option 4 Correct answer Correct explanation Page ID Pre-test Post-test
            Which of the following is not a cause of low performance in Ni-kshay Poshan Yojana? No bank account for beneficiaries Denial of DBT Good adherence to drugs Technical difficulties  3

            No bank account for beneficiaries, denial of DBT and technical difficulties - all are causes of poor performance.

                 
          • NTEP Performance Indicator – Percentage Of Multidrug-resistant (MDR)/ Rifampicin-resistant (RR) Patients Initiated on Treatment Out of Totally Diagnosed

            Content

            NTEP Performance Indicator – Percentage Of Multidrug-resistant (MDR)/ Rifampicin-resistant (RR) Patients Initiated on Treatment Out of Totally Diagnosed

             

            This is an indicator to monitor Programmatic Management of Drug-resistant TB (PMDT).

            Indicator Numerator Denominator Multiplier Data source
            Percentage of MDR/ RR-TB patients initiated on treatment out of totally diagnosed Number of MDR/ RR-TB patients started on treatment during the defined time period Total number of diagnosed cases of MDR/ RR-TB during the defined time period 100 PMDT quarterly reports

            The numerator includes all the cases of MDR and RR initiated on treatment during the defined period.

             

            Example:

            District X has a total of 2 cases of RR-TB alone and one case of MDR-TB diagnosed in the first quarter of 2021. Two among them were initiated on MDR-TB treatment.

            % MDR-TB initiated on treatment out of totally diagnosed during the first quarter of 2021 = {2/ (2+1)} * 100 = 66.6%

             

            Resources

            • India TB Report, CTD, MoHFW, GoI, 2022.
            • Training Modules (5-9) For Programme Managers & Medical Officers, NTEP, CTD, MoHFW, GoI, 2020.

             

            Assessment

            Question​ Option 1​ Option 2 Option 3 Option 4 Correct answer​ Correct explanation​ Page id​ Part of Pre-test​ Part of Post-test​  

            What is the denominator of the percentage of MDR-TB cases initiated on treatment out of the totally diagnosed?

             

             

            Total diagnosed cases of MDR-TB Total diagnosed cases of RR-TB Both 1 and 2 added Total notified cases of TB    3 ​All cases of drug-resistant TB diagnosed in the specified time are included in the denominator of the percentage of MDR-TB cases initiated on treatment out of the totally diagnosed.        
          • Root cause analysis for low performance- suggested solutions- case studies along 6

            Content

            Root Cause Analysis of Low Performance in Percentage of Rifampicin-resistant (RR)/ Multidrug-resistant (MDR)-TB Cases Initiated on Treatment out of the Total Diagnosed

             

            Low performance means the diagnosed cases of MDR/ RR-TB cases are not started on treatment as desired.

            Obtain the data from the Programmatic Management of Drug-resistant TB (PMDT) quarterly report and Ni-kshay and analyse in terms of:

            • Who was not initiated on treatment? (Person Analysis) - Patients from the public sector or private sector, of any specific age group (elderly or paediatric), of any specific gender.
            • Whether the problem is more in a specific geography? (Place Analysis) - Patients from a particular TB Unit (TU)/ Peripheral Health Institute (PHI)? Patients staying in specific geographical areas (difficult to access areas).

            Once this is done, analyse at the process level. The process is:

            1. Patient diagnosed as RR/ MDR-TB in the lab and data entered in Ni-kshay
            2. Patient should be traced (at PHI/ private hospital) and information disclosed
            3. Pretreatment evaluation
            4. Initiation of treatment

            Case to case audit can be done to find the cause against each patient.

            Discussion with patients, treatment supporters and verification of source records may be done to get more information.

            Examine if there is a pattern - e.g., only patients from one particular place (may be hard to reach area) are not initiated on treatment.

            There may not be a single pattern. Then examine the most common patterns.

            Understanding the underlying cause is important to address the problem in an efficient manner.

              Possible Causes Suggested Solutions
            Is there any problem in patient tracing and contact at PHI/ private hospital level?
            • Contact information not available in Ni-kshay
            • Incorrect address
            • No contact number
            • Assign one Drug-resistant TB (DR-TB) coordinator for the patient and entrust him for the follow-up.
            • Ensure correct data entry in Ni-kshay. Double check the address with id at Ni-kshay entry. Proper training and capacity building of the staff for the same.
            • Procure more than one contact number.
            • Seek the help of a Local Self Government (LSG) representative.
            • If the patient has moved out of the area, take measures to trace and transfer out to the respective area.
            Patient resistance
            • Fear
            • Apprehension
            • Lack of family support 
            • No bystanders
            • Proper counselling of the patient and the immediate relative at the time of disclosure of the result is very important.
            • Counselling should be provided at each stage.
            • An immediate relative can be counselled and trained to be a treatment supporter of the patient. 
            • Seek cooperation from Non-government Organisations (NGOs)/ volunteers.
            Is there any issue in pretreatment evaluation?
            • Distance to the testing facility
            • Cost of evaluation
            • Multiple visits needed
            • Delay in getting the reports
            • Transportation issues
            • Arrange for patient-centric quality services at a government facility to avoid patient discomfort.
            • Outsource in a partnership model in areas where facilities are not available. 
            • Arrange for transportation or refund of travel expenses.
            Is there a delay in the initiation of treatment?
            • Patient resistance
            • Delay in results of pretreatment evaluation
            • Distance from the treatment centre
            • Counselling 
            • Fast-tracking the report
            • OPD-based treatment
            • Setting up a decentralized treatment facility
            • Arranging for transportation or reimbursement for travel
            Do the patients from the private sector have issues in starting treatment?
            • Patient wants to continue the clinical services from the private provider, but drugs are not available.
            • Patient wants to change the treatment to a public health facility.
            • Coordinate with the hospital management and provide the drugs and necessary support.
            • Linkage through Public Private Partnership (PPP) 
            • Arrange for the patient transfer to a public health facility.
            Other causes
            • Duplication of data entry leading to an inflated denominator (total diagnosed cases)
            • Issues with data entry in Ni-kshay
            • Proper monitoring to avoid duplication 
            • Training, monitoring of staff
            • Sort out internet connectivity issues

             

            Note: This page describes only an approach for analysis of low performance and has not captured the entire list of problems or solutions. The root cause analysis may be modified according to the local context.

             

            Resources

            • India TB Report, CTD, GoI, 2022.
            • TB Training Modules (5-9) for Programme Managers and Medical Officers, NTEP, CTD, MoHFW, GoI, 2020.
            • Guidelines for Programmatic Management of Drug-resistant Tuberculosis in India, NTEP, CTD, MoHFW, GoI, 2021.

             

            Assessment

            Question Option1 Option 2 Option 3 Option 4 Correct answer Explanation Page id Pretest Post-test
            Which of the following does not minimise the delay in treatment initiation/ treatment not initiated for MDR-TB cases? Timely tracing of the patient Proper counselling of the patient A trained treatment provider  Not offering drugs to private patients  4 Timely tracing of the patient. proper counselling of the patient, a trained treatment provider will help minimise the delay in treatment initiation.      
          • NTEP Performance Indicator - Percentage Expenditure Against Approved Record of Proceedings (ROP)

            Content

            NTEP Performance Indicator - Percentage Expenditure Against Approved Record of Proceedings (ROP)
             

             This indicator measures the utilisation of the allocated budget for the National TB Elimination Programme (NTEP) and thereby assess programme implementation.

            Indicator Numerator Denominator Multiplier Data source
            Percentage expenditure against approved ROP Fund utilised in the defined period ROP as approved during the financial year 100 Public Financial Management System, GOI

             

            • The numerator includes the amount utilised for various activities under programme/ implementation at district/ state levels.  
            • Record of proceeding is finalised at each level based on the Programme Implementation Plan (PIP) at the corresponding level (district/ state).

             

             Example:

            The ROP approved for District X for NTEP activities is Rs 1.2 crore for the financial year 2018-2019 and Rs 1.1 crore is utilised in the same financial year.

            The percentage expenditure amongst the approved ROP = (11000000 / 12000000) * 100 = 91.6%

             

            Resources

            • India TB Report, CTD, MoHFW, GoI, 2022.
            • Training Modules (5-9) For Programme Managers & Medical Officers, NTEP, CTD, MoHFW, GoI, 2020.

             

            Assessment

             

            Question​ Option 1​ Option 2 Option 3 Option 4 Correct answer​ Correct explanation​ Page id​ Part of Pre-test​ Part of Post-test​  
            What is the numerator of percentage expenditure amongst approved ROP?  Total fund allocated for the financial year Fund utilised in the financial year Both 1 and 2 added ROP approved for the financial year    2 ​Fund utilised in the financial year is the numerator of percentage expenditure amongst approved ROP.        
          • Root cause analysis for low performance of Percentage Expenditure Against Approved Record of Proceedings [ROP]

            Content

            Root Cause Analysis for Low Performance in Percentage Expenditure Against Approved Record of Proceedings (ROP)

             

            Low performance means the fund for National TB Elimination Programme (NTEP) is not utilised as expected.

            The data for the same is available in Public Financial Management System (PFMS) portal and the non-utilisation of funds can occur in two scenarios:

            1. Absent or delayed fund flow

            2. Non-utilisation of the already available fund

             

            Analyse the data as follows:

            • Is the low performance noticed during a particular time period? (Time Analysis) - Fund flow less during the first half of financial year? More fund flow towards the end of financial year/ less utilisation in which quarter? Further explore reasons for low expenditure during a specified time, if any.
            • Is there delayed flow/ underutilisation particular to a TB Unit (TU)? district ? or is it uniform through out the state? (Place Analysis) - Further explore the reason for delayed release/ under-utilisation in a particular TU/ district, if any.

            There is a total of 19 indicative norms under NTEP budgeting. Compare the utilisation against each indicative norm of the approved ROP.

            The initial allocation will be based on cash flow forecasts of NTEP (based on their action plan and budgets). Subsequent funds will be released based on expenditures and projected requirement for release of funds.

             

            Timely AUDIT needs to be done to ensure proper fund utilisation under each head.

              Possible Causes Suggested Solutions
            Delayed/ Absent fund flow 
            • Lack of convergence and intersectoral coordination
            • Complex fund flow mechanism
            • Timely submission of expenditure may NOT happen due to:
              • Technical issues
              • Shortage of Human Resource (HR)
            • High prioritisation of the programme by the government to avoid the delay
            • System/ team in place for the intersectoral coordination
            • Strong monitoring and timely submission of reports
            • Training and capacity building of HR
            • Finding the cause and sorting it - ensuring internet connectivity, capacity building of staff
            • Adequate recruitment of HR/ training available HR
            Under-utilisation of fund
            • Absence of proper auditing
            • Technical reasons 
            • Less spending under certain heads 
            • Shortage of HR
            • Communication gaps/ miscommunication
            • Transparent auditing of the expenses
            • Fast tracking the activities where fund utilisation is low by comparing with Programme Implementation Plan (PIP)
            • Adequate recruitment of HR/ training available HR
            • Establishing a system/ channel for proper communication
            • Regular monitoring of budgetted activities and expenditure

             

            Note: This page describes only an approach for analysis of low performance and has not captured the entire list of problems or solutions. The root cause analysis may be modified according to the local context.

             

            Resources

            • India TB Report, CTD, MoHFW, GoI, 2022.
            • Training Modules (5-9) For Programme Managers & Medical Officers, NTEP, CTD, MoHFW, GoI, 2020.
            • National Strategic Plan for Tuberculosis Elimination 2017–2025, NTEP, CTD, MoHFW, GoI, 2017.

             

            Assessment

            Question Option 1 Option 2 Option 3 Option 4 Correct answer Explanation Page id Pretest Post test
            What are the possible causes of low percentage fund utilisation against approved ROP? Delay in fund flow Absence of proper auditing Lack of intersectoral coordination All the above 4

            Delay in fund flow, absence of proper auditing and lack of intersectoral coordination are all causes of poor performance.

                 
          • NTEP Performance Indicator - Percentage of Children given Chemoprophylaxis from the Total Eligible Children Identified

            Content

            NTEP Performance Indicator - Percentage of Children given Chemoprophylaxis from the Total Eligible Children Identified

            This indicator measures the capacity of the programme to initiate TB Preventive Treatment  (TPT) in children < 5 years of age eligible for the same.

             

            Indicator Numerator Denominator Multiplier Data source
            Percentage of Children given Chemoprophylaxis from the Total Eligible Children Identified Number of children less than 5 years of age  given chemoprophylaxis Number of children less than 5 years of age eligible for chemoprophylaxis 100 Ni-kshay

             

            • Numerator - Number of children < 5 years started on chemoprophylaxis as part of TPT
            • Denominator - Number of children < 5 years of age who are eligible for TB preventive treatment are children < 5 years who are household contacts of microbiologically confirmed pulmonary TB. The children who are household contacts diagnosed to have active TB/ on TB treatment are to be excluded from the denominator.

             

            Example:

            In the TU named X, a few children were identified to be household contacts of TB cases.

            10 of them were less than 5 years of age.

            Out of the 10 children,7 were exposed to microbiologically confirmed pulmonary TB.

            One of them was identified to have active TB disease. TPT was started for 5 children.

            Total children <5 years eligible for TPT = 7-1 = 6 (1 child was excluded as he had active TB)

            Those who received TPT = 5

            Percentage of Children given Chemoprophylaxis from The Total Eligible Children Identified = (5 / 6) * 100 = 83.3%, whereas 100% is desirable.

             

            Resources

            • India TB Report, MoHFW, GoI, 2022.
            • Training Modules (5-9) for Programme Managers & Medical Officers, NTEP, CTD, MoHFW, GoI, 2020.

             

            Assessment

            Question​ Option 1​ Option 2 Option 3 Option 4 Correct answer​ Correct explanation​ Page id​ Part of Pre-test​ Part of Post-test​  
            What is the correct statement about the denominator of the percentage of children given chemoprophylaxis from the total eligible children? Children < 5 years who are household contacts of any form of TB are  included Children < 5 years who are household contacts and found to have active TB to be excluded Children < 5 years who are household contacts of microbiologically confirmed pulmonary TB are included Both 2 and 3    4 ​Children < 5 years who are household contacts of microbiologically confirmed pulmonary TB (excluding household contacts diagnosed to have active TB/ on TB treatment) are denominator of the percentage of children given chemoprophylaxis from the total eligible children.        
          • Root cause analysis for low performance- suggested solutions- case studies along 8

            Content

             Root Cause Analysis in Percentage of Children given Chemoprophylaxis from the Total Eligible Children Identified

             

            The low performance means the children less than 5 years of age who are eligible for chemoprophylaxis are not receiving it as desired.

            The data is available in Ni-kshay; analyse it in terms of :

            • Who did not receive the chemoprophylaxis? (Person Analysis) - Are they contacts of cases notified from the public sector/ private sector, of a specific gender or population group?
            • Whether they belong to a specific geographic area? (Place Analysis) - Specific Peripheral Health Institute (PHI)/ TB Unit (TU)? Difficult to access area?
            • Is poor performance in a particular time period? (Time Analysis) - If yes, is it uniform for all cases throughout a specific time period?

             

            Process involved in Tuberculosis Preventive Treatment (TPT) for children less than 5 years:

            1. Complete contact tracing of the index case 
            2. Rule out active TB
            3. Prepare the list of children less than 5 years eligible for treatment
            4. Initiate and complete TPT

             

            Case to case audit of the eligible children who did not receive chemoprophylaxis to find the cause can be done.

            Obtain more information from the parents, health care workers and source records.

            Some of the causes are listed below.

              Possible Causes Suggested Solutions
            Was the child initiated on treatment? If No

            Patient-related causes:

            • Deficient information about the parents and lack of risk perception
            • Apprehension regarding the medications and side effects
            • Confidentiality issues
            • Moved out of the place/ migrant

             

            Provider-related causes:

            • Deficient knowledge of the provider (public or private)
            • Shortage of Human Resource (HR)
            • Proper counselling and education of the parents/ primary caregivers and the head of the family regarding the need for chemoprophylaxis and gaining the confidence of the family
            • Training the primary caregiver regarding proper administration, common side effects 
            • Follow-up and proper transfer out to the concerned TU
            • Duplication to be avoided

             

             

            • Provider targeted Information, Education, Communication (IEC), capacity building through trainings so that they are aware of the updated guidelines
            • Steps to provide adequate HR/ train available HR
            How is treatment adherence? 

            Is non-adherence due to:

            • Non-palatability of the drugs for the child?
            • Adverse Drug Reaction (ADR)?
            • Inadequate knowledge of the parents, on what to do on missed doses?
            • Poor monitoring of the treatment adherence by the providers?
            • Discussing with the paediatrician and finding a suitable solution
            • Timely identification and management of ADR
            • Facilitating proper communication of the parents with the National TB Elimination Programme (NTEP) staff
            • Entrusting the responsibility to a particular staff and proper monitoring
            Is it due to the non-availability of drugs?
            • Disruption in supply chain management
            •  Finding the cause and addressing it
            Are there any issues in reporting?
            • Problems with data entry in Ni-kshay
            • Proper monitoring/ training of staff/ sorting out internet issues etc.

             

            Note: This page describes only an approach for analysis of low performance and has not captured the entire list of problems or solutions. The root cause analysis may be modified according to the local context.

             

            Resources

            • India TB Report, CTD, GoI, 2022.
            • TB Training Modules (5-9) for Programme Managers and Medical Officers, NTEP, CTD, MoHFW, GoI, 2020.
            • Collaborative Framework to Address the Burden of Tuberculosis among Children and Adolescents, MoHFW, 2021.

             

            Assessment

            Question Option1 Option 2 Option3 Option 4 Correct answer Explanation Page id  Pretest Post-test
            Which of these is not a possible cause for poor performance in percentage chemoprophylaxis for eligible children? Parent apprehension Ignorance of the provider Child moving out of the area and lost-to-follow-up Regular follow-up  4 Regular follow-up cannot be the possible cause for poor performance in percentage chemoprophylaxis for eligible children.      
          • Performance Indicator - Percentage of People Living with HIV (PLHIV) given INH Preventive Treatment (IPT) Against Total Eligible PLHIV

            Content

            Performance Indicator - Percentage of People Living with HIV (PLHIV) given INH Preventive Treatment (IPT) Against Total Eligible PLHIV

            Measures the capacity of the programme to initiate TB preventive treatment for all individuals with HIV who are eligible for the same.

            Indicator Numerator Denominator Multiplier Data source
            Percentage of People Living with HIV (PLHIV) given INH Preventive Treatment (IPT) against total eligible PLHIV Number of PLHIV given IPT in the defined period                                      Number of PLHIV enrolled in the Antiretroviral Therapy (ART) clinic in a defined period 100 National AIDS Control  Organisation (NACO)
            • Numerator - Number of PLHIV given IPT in the defined period  includes All the eligible HIV Patients started on INH Preventive Therapy in a defined time period 
            • Denominator - Number of PLHIV enrolled in the ART clinic in the defined period includes all the new HIV cases enrolled in the ART clinics without active TB disease in a defined time period. Those who are already on TB treatment should also be excluded.                                    

            Example:

            The total number of HIV patients newly registered in an ART clinic from Jan-Dec 2019 is 100. Out of them, 10 were already on TB treatment, 10 were newly detected to have TB and 78 people were started on IPT.

            Percentage of PLHIV given IPT against total eligible PLHIV = (78 / 80) * 100 = 97.5%

            Resources

            • India TB Report, MoHFW, GoI, 2022.
            • Training Modules (5-9) for Programme Managers & Medical Officers, NTEP, CTD, MoHFW, GoI, 2020

            Assessment

            Question​ option 1​ Option 2 Option 3 Option 4 Correct answer​ Correct explanation​ Page id​ Part of Pre-test​ Part of Post-test​  
            What is the correct statement about the denominator of the Percentage of PLHIV given IPT against total eligible PLHIV? Does not Include HIV cases with active TB disease Does not include HIV cases on TB treatment Both 1 and 2 All cases started on INH chemoprophylaxis  are included   3 ​Denominator for Percentage of PLHIV given INH Preventive Treatment (IPT) against total eligible PLHIV includes number of PLHIV enrolled in the ART clinic in the defined period includes all the new HIV cases enrolled in the ART clinics without active TB disease in a defined time period. Those who are already on TB treatment should also be excluded.        
          • Root cause analysis for low performance- suggested solutions- case studies along 9

            Content

            Root Cause Analysis of Low Performance in Percentage of People Living with HIV (PLHIV) given Isoniazid (INH) Preventive Treatment (IPT) Against Total Eligible PLHIV

            Low performance means the eligible PLHIV are not getting the INH preventive therapy as desired. The data is available with National AIDS Control Organisation (NACO) and analyse it in terms of: 

            • Who is not getting INH chemoprophylaxis? (Person Analysis) - Are people of any specific age group or is there any gender difference?
              • This may indicate certain stigma, beliefs, or awareness problem in certain category of people - the approach to solution may be different.
            • Whether they are from specific geography? (Place Analysis) - Any specific Antiretroviral Therapy (ART) centre or some specific area or a population or occupation group?
              • There may be training issue with certain providers, or accessibility issues with certain groups - a separate strategy may be needed to address them.
            • Whether the low performance is specific to any time period? (Time Analysis)
              • This analysis, for e.g., may indicate certain supply chain issues during a sepcified period - then the strategy may be different for addressing the same.

             

            The process of IPT implementation in a patient visiting the ART clinic is as follows: 

            1. TB symptom screening 
            2. IPT assessment for those who are SS negative and IPT card, if eligible
            3. IPT collection from the ART pharmacy
            4. Recording and reporting in IPT register

            A breach/ delay in any of the above process will cause delayed or non-initiation of INH.

            Collecting information from ART centre staff, PLHIV, source records will help in analysis of each case.

             

              Possible Causes Suggested Solutions
            Was the symptom screening for TB done and the decision on IPT made? if No
            • Deficient knowledge of health care provider
            • Proxy attendance to collect ART/ collecting drugs from Link ART / lost to follow-up
            • Capacity building of the healthcare provider, periodic refresher training
            • All cases registered at ART centre should get the symptoms screened and decision on IPT at the first visit itself
            • Arrange for transportation facilities/ reimbursement

            Was the patient started on INH? If No,

             

            Was there a delay/ non initiation in children and elderly?

            • Resistance from patient due to inadequate knowledge, stigma, or fear of pill overload or adverse effects
            • Shortage of drugs

             

            • Adequate knowledge of ART centre staff
            • Apprehensive patients/ parents 
            • Alcoholism/ comorbidity of the patient 
            • Proper counselling of the patient 
            • Demand generation
            • Peer group support
            • Proper supply chain management to ensure continuous supply of drugs
            • Capacity building and periodic training
            • Patient/ caregiver counselling
            • Facilities for deaddiction/ comorbidity management
            Was there an information gap?
            • Non-maintenance of details entered IPT register and monthly IPT report
            • Training and capacity building of the ART centre staff and proper monitoring.

             

            Note: This page describes only an approach for analysis of low performance and has not captured the entire list of problems or solutions. The root cause analysis may be modified according to the local context.

             

            Resources

            • India TB Report, CTD ,GoI, 2022.
            • Technical and Operational Guidelines for Tuberculosis Control in India, CTD, MoHFW, GoI, 2016.

             

            Assessment

            Question Option 1 Option 2 Option 3 Option 4 Correct answer  Explanation Page id Pretest Post-test
            What are the possible reasons for PLHIV not getting IPT as expected? Deficient knowledge of the provider Resistance from patient Lack of drugs All the above  4 All the mentioned reasons can be the possible cause for PLHIV not getting IPT as expected.      
        • STS: Monitoring

          Fullscreen
          • Monitoring and Evaluation

            Content

            Monitoring and Evaluation (M&E) refers to the set of activities used to assess the progress of a programme towards specific objectives and address weaknesses in the programme design.

            Monitoring

            It is a systematic, ongoing collection, collation, analysis and interpretation of the data to detect deviations from the expected norms, followed by dissemination of feedback information for corrective actions.

            Significance of Monitoring

            • Ensure that activities are implemented as planned
            • Verifies that the data recorded and reported is accurate and valid
            • Provides evidence for making mid-course correction decisions

               

            Evaluation

            A systematic method for collecting, analysing, and using data mainly to examine the effectiveness and efficiency of the program for continuous program improvement. The evaluation consists of process evaluation, outcome evaluation and impact evaluation.

            Significance of Evaluation

            • Estimates the programmatic costs for implementation
            • Measures the programme coverage
            • Assess the TB treatment outcomes
            • Assess the impact of implemented activities

             

            Under the National TB Elimination Programme (NTEP), monitoring is conducted at various levels - Central, State, District, Tuberculosis Unit (TU) and Peripheral Health Institutes (PHIs) and the respective authorities at each of these units are responsible for the same, whereas evaluation is conducted mainly at the central and state level.

            The programme has designed an M&E framework and is revising it time to time. NTEP’s Ni-kshay application facilitates case-based real-time monitoring of all the major programmatic indicators.

             

            Resources

            • Training Modules (5-9) for Programme Managers & Medical Officers, NTEP, CTD, 2020.
            • Compendium of Indicators for Monitoring and Evaluating National Tuberculosis Programmes, WHO, 2004.

             

            Assessment

            Question​ Answer 1​ Answer 2​ Answer 3​ Answer 4​ Correct answer​ Correct explanation​ Page id​ Part of Pre-test​ Part of Post-test​
            Monitoring and evaluation play an important role in which of the following? Assess the programme activities Measure programme effectiveness Identify problem areas All of the above 4 Monitoring and evaluation play an important role in assessing the programme’s effectiveness and activities and identifying problem areas. ​    
          • Nikshay

            Content

            Nikshay is an Integrated ICT system for TB patient management and care in India. Nikshay was launched in 2012 and since then, various improvements have been made in the system.

            Nikshay provides-

            • A Unified interface for public and private sector health care providers
            • Different types of Logins such as State, District, TU, PHI, Staff logins, Private providers, Chemist, Labs and PPSA/JEET Logins
            • Integration of all adherence technologies such as 99DOTS and MERM
            • Unified DSTB and DRTB data entry forms
            • Mobile friendly website with mobile app

            Nikshay is accessible either via web browser(https://Nikshay.in ) or mobile App called ‘Nikshay’ that can be downloaded from Google Play Store(Android).

            Figure: Nikshay Login Pages

          • Deleted Patient Register

            Content

            This is a list of all deleted records based on diagnosis date & as per all three health facilities (Enrollment, Diagnosing and current).

            This register provides details such as date of deletion of the record and reason of deletion by user along with details of health facilities (Enrollment, Diagnosing and current).

             

            Video file

            Video: Deleted Patient Register

          • Prescription Register

            Content
            Video file

            Video: Prescription Register

          • DRTB Treatment Register

            Content

            This is a line list of confirmed DRTB cases on treatment based on current health facilities.

            Description: This register gives details about the tests and final interpretation based on the treatment start date and notification date:

            • Health Facility ( Diagnosing & current facility details, ie.. State/District/ TU/PHI).
            • Date of diagnosis and basis of diagnosis.
            • Date of TB treatment initiation and regimen type.
            • CBNAAT and Truenat Details - CBNAAT MTB Result, Rif Resistance, final interpretation and date reported.
            • F line LPA and S line LPA Final interpretation.
            Video file

            Video: DRTB Treatment Register

          • Follow-Up Register

            Content

            Follow-up Register- This is a line list of all cases for whom face-to-face or telephonic follow-up was done to enquire about their condition based on current facility and follow-up date. This includes patients on treatment.
            Post Treatment Follow-up Register- This is a line list of all cases for whom face-to-face or telephonic follow-up is to be done to enquire about their condition based on current facility and eligibility as per the Treatment outcome date. This includes patients, not on treatment who are eligible for Post Treatment follow-up.

            Two new filters are introduced in this register:
            Type of Follow-up Register- (Follow up, Post Treatment follow-up due).
            Post-treatment interval period (All, 6 M, 12 M, 18 M, 24 M)– If Post Treatment follow-up is selected.

            Description: This register provides detailed information on the status of follow-up visits:

            • Date and Mode of follow-up ( Face to face at home or health facility or any other place and telephonic).
            • Login id used-individual log-in who entered the data.
            • Improvement in patient’s health condition or not.
            • Reason of missed dosage.
            • Patient weight and days of medicine left.
            • Next follow-up visit date and type.
            • Travel history/ Migratory status.
            • Financial barriers and accessibility issues.
            Video file

            Video: Follow-Up Register

          • Private HF Register

            Content

             This is a line list of all the private health facilities (active or inactive) registered in Nikshay and gives their beneficiary status if eligible for the incentive.

            This register gives details about the private health facilities related to the following:

            • Facility name and address.
            • HF Code.
            • Date when the facility was added.
            • Contact person name and designation along with their contact details.
            • Government registration number.
            • Beneficiary status and Beneficiary ID.
            Video file

            Video: Private HF Register

          • Comorbidity Register

            Content

            This is a line list of all cases for whom comorbidity details are available in Nikshay based on current health facility and diagnosis date. 

            This register gives comorbidity details of the patients pertaining to following:

            • Health Facility details (Current & Diagnosing facility i.e., State/District/ TU/PHI).
            • HIV status and date of HIV testing.
            • Date of CPT Delivered, date of referral to ART and date of ART initiation.
            • Diabetic status (RBS, FBS) and whether initiated on anti-diabetic treatment.
            • Other comorbidity details - Tobacco and alcohol intake history and whether linked for cessation or deaddiction.
            Video file

            Video: Comorbidity Register

          • Beneficiary Register

            Content

            This is a line list of all beneficiaries with their status as per the current health facilities and notification date.

            This report provides information pertaining to the following:

            • Beneficiary details - ID, status and rejection reasons.
            • Whether the user has foregone benefits for a particular patient.
            • Bank account details - Bank account number, IFSC code, and validated name of the account holder as per PFMS, PFMS Beneficiary ID.
            • The number of benefits-eligible and number of benefits paid via Nikshay/ External/Paid in kind.
            • The total amount eligible and total amount paid via Nikshay/ External/Paid in kind.
            Video file

            Video: Beneficiary Register

          • CDST Test Register

            Content

            This is a line list of all cases for whom CDST test was conducted and the final interpretation is available based on the testing facility. Separate register is available for various test types- CBNAAT, TRUNAAT MTB, TRUNAAT MTB-Rif, Culture, DST, F Line LPA and S Line LPA.

            This register gives details about the tests and final interpretation:

            • Test details - Test ID, Date of testing and reporting, Date of specimen collection.
            • Reason for testing.
            • Treatment status and date of treatment initiation.
            • Number of HCP visits before diagnosis of current episode and duration of predominant symptom.
            • Specimen details - Visual appearance of sputum, serial number, Rif resistance.
            • Final interpretation of T.B.
            Video file

            Video: CDST Test Register

          • Patient Lab Register

            Content

            This is a list of all notified patients for whom any lab test was requested and test results are available during the selected period.

            This register gives details about the tests and final interpretation:

            • Diagnosing facility details - State/District/ TU/PHI.
            • Details of Chest X-ray, microscopy, CBNAAT, Trunat, FLPA, SLPA, Culture and DST - Nikshay entry date, specimen collected date, date reported and final interpretation.
            Video file

            Video: Patient Lab Register

          • Enrollment Register

            Content

            This is a list of all cases enrolled based on enrolment (registration) date and enrolment facility.

            This register gives details about enrollment:

            • Enrollment date.
            • Health Facility (Enrollment, Diagnosing and current facility details ie.. State/District/ TU/PHI).
            • Patient status and comorbidity status (HIV and Diabetes status).
            • Demographic information.
            • Treatment initiation date along with final outcome.
            • Drug resistance.
            • No. of Followup done.
            • Diagnostic details ( Basis: test name and final interpretation, microbiological confirmation).
            • Contact tracing details.
            Video file

            Video: Enrollment Register

          • Deduplication Register

            Content
            Video file

            Video: Deduplication Register

          • Contact Tracing Register

            Content

            This report gives a detailed information on patients age-group-wise (above/below five/six years) for whom contact tracing visits are done. This now includes the ability to trace contacts of notified TB patients who have Latent TB.

            This report enables user to view at a glance:
            Health facility details (Diagnosing and current facility ie.. State/District/ TU/PHI).
            Total household contacts (Age group wise : above/below five/six years) , number of contacts screened, number of cases with symptoms, number of evaluated, number of cases diagnosed and on treatment, number eligible for TPT, number provided TPT.

            Note: As per the revised PMTPT guidelines, contacts <5 years are to be screened as of the release of the guidelines. However, it is understood that owing to the transition phase of the guidelines, most of the data with the field staff may be of <6 years. Accordingly, caution may be exercised in interpreting the report.

            Video file

            Video: Contact Tracing Register

          • Adherence Register

            Content
            Video file

            Video: Adherence Register

          • Switch Technology Register

            Content
            Video file

            Video: Switch Technology Register

          • DRTB Follow Up Register

            Content

            This is a line list of confirmed DRTB cases on treatment based on current health facilities, along with follow-up of DRTB test details ( Smear and culture).

            This register gives details about the final interpretation of tests based on the treatment start date and notification date:
            Current facility details - State/District/ TU/PHI.
            Final interpretation of culture at follow-up visits of DRTB patients and date reported.

            Video file

            Video: DRTB Follow Up Register

          • Health Facility Service Register

            Content

            This gives a line list of health facilities - PHI/Private Practitioner, clinic(single), Hospital, Nursing Home (multi)/ Private Lab/ Private chemist along with their detailed information.

            This register has gives the following details:

            1. Health facility code and type
            2. Status of Health Facility in terms of -
            • DMC/ Truenat/CBNAAT status
            • ICTC/FICTC/HIV Screening/Confirmation Facility
            • CDST/LPA Lab
            • Tobacco cessation clinic/ANC clinic/Nutritional Rehabilitation Center
            • De-addiction centers/Prison/ART Centers
            • Medical college/NUHM facility/District DRTB Center/Nodal DRTB/IRL/NGO
            • Pediatric care facility
            • Latitude and longitude details
            Video file

            Video: Health Facility Service Register

          • DBT Summary

            Content
            Video file

            Video: DBT Summary

          • DBT Beneficiary Status

            Content
            Video file

            Video: DBT Beneficiary Status

          • DBT Benefit Status

            Content
            Video file

            Video: DBT Benefit Status

          • DBT NPY

            Content
            Video file

            Video: DBT NPY

          • DBT Transaction Summary

            Content
            Video file

            Video: DBT Transaction Summary

          • Target Allocation

            Content
            Video file

            Video: Target Allocation

          • JEET Excel Export

            Content
            Video file

            Video: JEET Excel Export

          • Transfer Register

            Content

            This gives a list of all transfer in/transfer out cases between health facilities based on notification date and transfer initiated date.

            Description: This register gives details pertaining to the following-

            1. Health facility details of both source and receiving state/district/TU/HF.
            2. Transfer status - Accept, Reject, No action, Cancel.
            3. Reason of transfer.
            4. Enrollment date, diagnosis date and T.B treatment start date.
            Video file

            Video: Transfer Register

          • Health Facility Notification Report

            Content
            Video file

            Video: Health Facility Notification Report

          • Benefit Register

            Content
            Video file

            Video: Benefit Register

          • MERM Patient Register

            Content

            This is a line list of patients enrolled on MERM at any given point during their treatment duration. This register can be generated by selecting a given data range (monthly, quarterly, or yearly) for Public/Private or both health sectors and by Notification Date or Treatment Start Date.

            This register gives details about the following data points relating to the MERM Devices:

            • Patient ID
            • Current Hierarchy Details
            • Health Facility Type and Code
            • Diagnosis Date
            • Type of Patient
            • Patient Status
            • Patient Name
            • Treatment Initiation Date
            • Treatment End Date
            • Outcome
            • Type of Case
            • MERM ID (This is an internal identification of the MERM module on the Nikshay database)
            • IMEI Number (This is a unique 15-digit number which is used to identify the MERM module and appears in the dropdown list while allocating MERM to a patient)
            • Last Seen (This refers to the most recent time that the MERM device has communicated with Nikshay – indicating that the module is in working condition)
            • Last Opened (This refers to the most recent time that the MERM device has been opened by the patient to consume his medication. If Last Opened is available for a day, the calendar turns green to mark adherence)
            • Last Battery (This refers to the last known battery level of the MERM module. If battery Level is below 3600 mV the module will have to be charged immediately)
            • Allocated to Patient (Yes – indicates that the MERM module is still allocated to a patient: No – indicates that the MERM module is not currently allocated to the patient)
            • Start Date (This indicates the date on which the patient has been allocated the MERM module for his treatment support)
            • Stop Date (This indicates the date on which the MERM module has been de-allocated from the patient. Wherever Allocated to Patient is “No” a Stop Date should be available)
            • Refill Alarm Enabled: If Yes – this indicates that the refill alarm option for the patient has been enabled.
            • RT Hours – This refers to an internal ID to identify how often the MERM module connects with Nikshay to register Adherence. RT Hours for all devices should be 1 to ensure that it connects with Nikshay once every day.
            Video file

            Video: MERM Patient Register

          • Patient Centric Test Register

            Content

            This register gives details about the tests offered to patients along with final interpretation based on Health facility (Diagnostic and current) and Date range (Enrollment date, Notification date and Treatment start date) selected by user.

            This register provides detailed information on the following:

            • Demographic details
            • Health Facility (Current, Diagnosing and testing facility details ie.. State/District/ TU/PHI)
            • Patient status along with Diagnosis date and T.B Treatment start date
            • Test details - Test ID, Test type, Date of test updated in Nikshay, Date of test reported, Reason for testing and test status
            • Predominant symptoms reported and their duration
            • Sample details: Date of specimen collection, Type of specimen for testing and visual appearance of sample
            Video file

            Video: Patient Centric Test Register

          • Private Provider Incentive Eligibility Register

            Content

            This register gives a list of all notified patients under the hierarchy for the selected period which shows the eligibility for private health facilities under the private provider scheme. It provides reasons on why a notification is not eligible for the benefit and, for eligible notifications, why the benefit has not been generated i.e. which prerequisite condition is not met.

            This report provides information pertaining to the following:

            • Health Facility (Diagnosing and Enrollment facility details ie. State/District/ TU/HF/HFID)
            • Patient Duplicate status
            • Private provider details - Current status, Current incentive Eligibility Status, Beneficiary Id and Current Bank Detail Status
            Video file

            Video: Private Provider Incentive Eligibility Register

          • Service wise Summary Report

            Content
            Video file

            Video: Service wise Summary Report

          • Refill Register

            Content

            This register gives a list of patients whose refill is due based on Health facility ( Diagnostic and current) and Date type (Enrollment date, Notification date and Treatment start date ) selected by user.

            This register provides information pertaining to the following:

            • Demographic details.
            • Health Facility (Current and Diagnosing facility details ie. State/District/ TU/PHI ).
            • Refill Id, validation date and Chemist Id.
            • Product type and name, Adult or pediatric, Weight band and no. of days.
            • Diagnostic details (Date of diagnosis, basis of diagnosis) and treatment status.
            Video file

            Video: Refill Register

          • Patient List F Line LPA Not Offered

            Content
            Video file

            Video: Patient List F Line LPA Not Offered

          • Patient List S Line LPA Not Offered

            Content
            Video file

            Video: Patient List S Line LPA Not Offered

          • F Line LPA Report

            Content
            Video file

            Video: F Line LPA Report

          • S Line LPA Report

            Content
            Video file

            Video: S Line LPA Report

          • DBT TAT Indicator Register

            Content

            This register helps to track the turnaround time for DBT process Indicators for paid benefits via Nikshay. It gives the date of each benefit processing step and break-up of processing time (in days) taken to pay the benefits since their generation for the selected period & geography into four process steps : Maker processing time, Checker processing time, PFMS acknowledgement time, PFMS approval and credit time.

            Description: This register provides information pertaining to the following:

            • Month and year when benefit is credited
            • Episode ID, Beneficiary ID and Benefit ID of the case
            • Incentive number and amount generated under a particular scheme
            • Benefit creation date, Maker processed date, Checker processed date, PFMS accepted date and benefit credited date.
            Video file

            Video: DBT TAT Indicator Register

          • ACF Excel Report

            Content
            Video file

            Video: ACF Excel Report

          • Co- morbidity report

            Content
            Video file

            Video: Co-morbidity report

          • Contact Tracing Report

            Content
            Video file

            Video: Contact Tracing Report

          • Deduplication Report

            Content
            Video file

            Video: Deduplication Report

          • Monthly Summary Report

            Content

            This report gives a summary of ‘Drug Sensitive TB Diagnostic Services’, ‘Drug Resistant TB Diagnostic Services’, and ‘Treatment Services’. This report enables user to view at a glance the following:

            1. Drug sensitive TB diagnostic services
              • Number of Presumptive TB cases tested in the Designated microscopy centre + CBNAAT/Truenat
              • Public and private sector wise: Total TB cases diagnosed (Both microbiologically confirmed & clinically diagnosed)
            2. Nikshay Poshan Yojana (NPY)
              • Number of TB patients (Only DSTB) eligible for first instalment during the reporting month (Includes TB patients transferred in from other PHIs) (Public Sector)
            3. Drug resistant TB diagnostic services
              • Number of TB patients tested for Rifampicin resistance (CBNAAT/ LPA/ TrueNat) among TB notified patients.
            4. Treatment services
              • Number of TB notified patients initiated on 1st line (DSTB) treatment.
              • Number of TB notified patients initiated on 2nd line (DRTB) treatment.
              • Number of TB notified patients initiated on Bedaquiline treatment against initiated on 2nd line (DRTB) treatment.
            Video file

            Video: Monthly Summary Report

          • Outcome Report

            Content

            The Ni-kshay Online Portal under National Tuberculosis (TB) Elimination Program (NTEP) has a provision for generating TB treatment outcome reports which should be downloaded periodically to understand the TB treatment adherence and response to TB treatment provided to the patients.

            Following are the steps to download and review the treatment outcome report from Ni-kshay.

            Step 1: Open the Nikshay Reports page.

            Step 2: Under Notification Reports, click Outcome Reports.

            Step 3:  Select the date range, and type of patient (Public or Private) and click Get Data.

             

            Figure: Outcome Report Display on Nikshay Online Portal

            However, the outcome report depends on real-time data updating from the provider level. Any incomplete data updating may result in erroneous outcome reports. Hence, to get a correct outcome report, it is essential that all TB patients who have either completed their treatment, or have died or have discontinued treatment due to any reason (migrated, ADR, etc.), and their treatment outcome is filled in by Nikshay on a real-time basis.

            Incomplete information in Nikshay can provide a wrong interpretation of the district’s treatment monitoring performance and overall treatment outcome. States and districts need to utilize this information for focused intervention for addressing challenges - comorbidities, delayed treatment initiation, treatment discontinuation due to any reason or treatment failure.

             

            Video file

            Video: Outcome Report

            Resources

            • Accessing and Downloading Reports in Nikshay.
          • PMDT Report

            Content
            Video file

            Video: PMDT Report

          • Treatment Status

            Content
            Video file

            Video: Treatment Status

          • UDST Report

            Content
            Video file

            Video: UDST Report

          • Benefit Batch Register [DSC]

            Content
            Video file

            Video: Benefit Batch Register (DSC)

          • DBT Signatory Register [DSC]

            Content
            Video file

            Video: DBT Signatory Register (DSC)

          • DMC Register

            Content

            This is a line list of tests conducted in a given PHI’s Designated Microscopy Center. The test might have been conducted for any presumptive or confirmed TB patient which belongs to any hierarchy across India. This register can be generated by selecting a given date range (Microscopy tests-Date Reported) and based on the testing facility.

            This register gives details about the tests and final interpretation:

            1. Test ID, Lab serial number A and B.
            2. Date reported.
            3. Testing facility name and reason for testing.
            4. Predominant symptoms reported and their duration.
            5. Type of specimen for testing and visual appearance of sample.
            6. Result of sample A/ B.
            7. Final interpretation of test ( positive/negative).
            8. TB treatment start date and Treatment type ( first line drugs
            Video file

            Video: DMC Register

          • PFMS Agency Register [DSC]

            Content
            Video file

            Video: PFMS Agency Register (DSC)

          • Presumptive Case Register

            Content

            This is a line list of Presumptive TB cases on the basis of enrolment (registration) date and enrollment facility in nikshay.

            This register gives details about the following:

            1. Demographic details.
            2. Health Facility (Enrollment facility details ie.. State/District/ TU/PHI).
            3. Key population.
            4. HIV status.
            5. Microscopy and CBNAAT report availability.
            Video file

            Video: Presumptive Case Register

          • Patient List UDST Excel export - Not Offered

            Content
            Video file

            Video: Patient List UDST Excel export (Not Offered)

          • Accessing MERM report

            Content
            Video file

            Video: Accessing MERM report

          • TB Notification Register

            Content
            Video file

            Video: TB Notification Register

        • STS: Review Meetings

          Fullscreen
          • Meetings at TU level

            Content

            The different meetings conducted at the Tuberculosis Units (TU) are:

            1) Patient-Provider Meetings: These meetings are organized by STS and conducted by the MO-TC for the patients.The purpose of these meetings are to counsel patients who are already on treatment or who are about to initiate treatment. This provides an opportunity for interaction between provider and patient. During these meetings patients are provided basic information about tuberculosis, cough hygiene, importance of completing treatment, possible adverse drug reactions and how to manage them, importance of follow up sputum examination and TB preventive treatment.

            2) Community-level Meetings: These meetings are organized by the STS and conducted by the MO-TC for the patients, general public, community leaders/ people’s representative including Self-help Groups (SHGs), Non-Governmental Organisations (NGOs),  community volunteers, traditional healers, people practising other systems of medicine.These meetings are mainly conducted with the aim to increase the awareness levels in the population about TB, enhance referrals, improve adherence to TB treatment as well as to address the stigma , discrimination associated with the TB.

            3) Sensitisation Meetings for Panchayati Raj Institutions (PRIs), NGOs, Private Providers (PPs): These meetings are organized by the District Public Private Mix (PPM) coordinator/ STS for elected representatives under the 3-tier Panchayati Raj System, State Government Health Systems (SGHS), NGOs, community leaders and community volunteers. The purpose of these meetings are to create awareness about the need for public action on TB and generate specific commitment from target audience on how they would support TB elimination efforts.

            4) School-based meetings: These meetings are conducted by the STS at the schools and colleges for the teachers and students. The purpose of these meetings are to generate awareness amongst students and teachers of schools and colleges regarding tuberculosis and improving referrals for TB testing.

            Resources

            • Training Modules (5-9) for Programme Managers & Medical Officers, CTD, MoHFW, India, 2020.
            • National Strategic Plan for Tuberculosis Elimination 2017–2025, MoHFW, India, 2017.

            Assessment

            Question    

            Answer 1    

            Answer 2    

            Answer 3    

            Answer 4    

            Correct answer    

            Correct explanation    

            Page id    

            Part of Pre-test    

            Part of Post-test    

            Who are the attendees in the Patient-Provider meetings?

            MO-TC

            Patient

             STS

            All of the above 

               4

            MO-TC, patients and STS are the attendees in the Patient-Provider meetings.

                

               Yes

             Yes

          • Conducting review meetings at TU/Block level

            Content

            Review meetings are conducted at each Tuberculosis Units (TU) on a monthly basis in order to review the activities and address if any issues. The MO-TC is responsible for conducting these meetings 

            The other participants are: Senior Treatment Supervisors (STS),  TB Health Visitor (TBHV), Senior TB laboratory Supervisor (STLS), General Health system staff and Treatment supporters.

            Activities reviewed at TU level

            The various activities reviewed during the TU review meetings are Case finding, Sputum smear examinations conducted at all the Designated Microscopy Centres(DMCs) of the sub-district,, Supervisory visits conducted by STS and STLS, Categorization of diagnosed patients based on the treatment regime, Treatment outcomes of cohort-wise patients who were expected to complete the treatment during the period, Information, Education, Communication (IEC) activities conducted, Status of the Ni-kshay patient registrations, Direct Beneficiary Transfer (DBT) linkages and Ni-kshay Aushadhi Updation, Drug supply and other logistics to all peripheral health institutions (PHIs), Returned drug stocks if any and all other Programmatic performance indicators.

            Role of STS and STLS in supporting MO-TC to review the performance of the TU

            The STLS must:

            • Ensure all notified TB patients in the block are tested and results have been obtained.

            • Maintain a list of all follow up smear positive patients separately and submit to the  MOTC before the review.

            • Complete Sputum collection for all presumptive DR TB patient identified.

            • Visit all DMCs during the month to identify if any concerns and bring them to the notice of the MOTC.

            • Update all reports related to diagnosis and follow up examinations on Ni-kshay.

             

            The STS must: 

            • Update the list of new and old patients on treatment for the reviewing month.

            • Correctly classify patients as per their TB treatment regimen and record all related events in Ni-kshay. 

            • Maintain an up-to-date list of all treatment interrupters and lost to follow up patients, with the duration of interruption and reasons that lead to the same.

            • Prepare a report of the patient-wise visits conducted during the period.

            • Prepare a report on performance of the treatment supporters.

            • Prepare a list of all pending DBT linkages and report the reasons for backlogs.

            • Supervise and report all the community engagement activities conducted during the reviewing month and update on planned activities.

            • Prepare report on all drug issue and returns during the month.

            • Report on involvement in private sector engagement activities conduced (if any) during the period.

            With support from the STS and STLS the MOTC can review the performance and shall further conduct home visits for the patients in order to address the issues.

            Resource

            • TRAINING MODULES (5-9) FOR PROGRAMME MANAGERS & MEDICAL OFFICERS, CTD, MoHFW, India,2020.
            • NATIONAL STRATEGIC PLAN FOR TUBERCULOSIS ELIMINATION 2017–2025, MoHFW, India, 2017

             

            Assessment

            Question    

            Answer 1    

            Answer 2    

            Answer 3    

            Answer 4    

            Correct answer    

            Correct explanation    

            Page id    

            Part of Pre-test    

            Part of Post-test    

            Who is responsible for conducting the review meeting at the TU level?

            State TB Officer

            District TB Officer

            Medical Officer-TB Control (MO-TC)

            Patient

               3

            Medical Officer-TB Control (MO-TC) is responsible for conducting the review meetings at the TU level.

                

               Yes

             Yes

             

      • STS: Supply Chain Management

        Fullscreen
        • STS: General concepts of SCM

          Fullscreen
          • Supply Chain Management

            Content

            Supply Chain Management (SCM) is the handing of flow of goods and material from point of origin to point of consumption, with the objective to ensure that the supplies are present for utilization without any interruption. It covers everything from procurement and sourcing of raw materials to delivery of final product to the consumer, along with the related logistics. It will also include the related information systems that enable monitoring and exchange of information.

            Effective SCM ensures the following:

            • Continuous availability of quality-assured medicines/ products at the right time and at all healthcare levels.
            • Minimizes wastage by preventing expiry of drugs at all levels, maintenance of adequate stock levels and accurate records.
            • Maximizes patient care by coordination in all departments and by minimizing human errors/ medication errors.
            • Economically viable by minimizing monetary loss (e.g., through pilferage) and optimizing cost via bulk purchasing or according to consumption needs.

            Robust supply chain management systems have two main components:

            1. Physical flow: Involved the movement and storage of supplies
            2. Information flow: Allows the various stakeholders to coordinate and control the flow of supplies

            Resources

            • NTEP Training Modules 1-4 for Programme Managers & Medical Officers, 2020.
            • NTEP Training Modules 5-9 for Programme Managers & Medical Officers, 2020.
            • Guidelines for Programmatic Management of Drug-resistant TB, 2021.

            Assessment

            Question​

            Answer 1​

            Answer 2​

            Answer 3​

            Answer 4​

            Correct answer​

            Correct explanation​

            Page id​

            Part of Pre-test​

            Part of Post-test​

            Which of the following statements are correct about supply chain management?

            It is useful to ensure a continuous supply of good quality medicines.

            It is an essential activity that must be undertaken by health programmes.

            It helps reduce the cost burden on the healthcare system.

            All of the above

            4

            Effective SCM is an essential activity that ensures a continuous supply of good quality medicines and cost optimization.

            ​

               

             

             

             

             

          • Principles of Supply Chain Management

            Content

            To ensure successful implementation, sustainability and quality services under the National TB Elimination Programme (NTEP), some guiding principles in Supply Chain Management (SCM) and drug logistics are to be ensured. These are showcased in the figure below.

             

            Figure: Principles of SCM under NTEP

             

            Important Points

            • Timely procurement, uninterrupted supply and maintenance of stock and in-time distribution of anti-TB drugs and other consumables are essential for quality services.
            • Monitoring of drug supply from the central to peripheral health institute level through web-based real-time software, Nikshay-Aushadhi, is crucial to avoid under-stocking (and delays in treatment initiation) and over-stocking (resulting in wastages).
            • Maintaining appropriate storage and stacking norms i.e., different batches of drugs with different dates of manufacture and expiry are stored separately so as to facilitate First-expiry-first-out (FEFO) principles, viz., drug batches with the most recent expiry are issued first.

             

            Under FEFO, the storekeeper at the drug store is responsible for:

            • Installing appropriate tools to periodically monitor controls over the expiry position of drugs.
            • Exercising prudence in the case of short-expiry drugs, wherein distribution is on a rational basis that considers the utilization pattern. This includes the following:
              • The storekeeper marks ‘Expiry Dates’ in Bold Letters 3” to 4” in size, on the drug cartons with a marker pen, for easy identification and control of drugs immediately on their arrival.
              • Routine monitoring of the stock position of all drugs.
              • Maintaining proper records.
              • Analyzing shelf-life analysis of drug stocks at all levels regularly.

             

             

            Resources

            • NTEP Training Modules 1-4 for Programme Managers & Medical Officers, 2020.
            • NTEP Training Modules 5-9 for Programme Managers & Medical Officers, 2020.
            • Guidelines for Programmatic Management of Drug-resistant TB, 2021.

            Assessment

             

            Question​

            Answer 1​

            Answer 2​

            Answer 3​

            Answer 4​

            Correct answer​

            Correct explanation​

            Page id​

            Part of Pre-test​

            Part of Post-test​

            What is FEFO?

            FEFO is the division that manages drug receipts under NTEP.

            FEFO is a supply chain principle that is used to forecast consumables that are required by the programme.

            FEFO means First-expiry-first-out and it is a principle to be followed when issuing drugs/ consumables.

            None of the above

            3

            FEFO means First-expiry-first-out and it is a principle to be followed when issuing drugs/ consumables.

            ​

               

             

             

          • Drug distribution flow

            Content

            Under the National TB Elimination Programme (NTEP), the anti-TB drugs are procured at the centre level by the Central TB Division (CTD), Ministry of Health and Family Welfare (MoHFW), and supplied to the central warehouses.

            From the central level warehouses, the drugs are supplied to different State Drug Stores (SDS) and further distributed to District Drug Stores (DDS) and sub-district level (TB Unit (TU) Store and Peripheral Health Institute (PHI)).

            This movement of drug flow is monitored in real-time through Ni-kshay Aushadhi.

             

            Figure: Flowchart Showing the Overview of Distribution of Drugs

            Abbr: CMSS: Central Medical Services Society; GDF: Global Drug Facility; CTD: Central TB Division; GMSD: Government Medical Store Depot; SDS: State Drug Store; DDS: District Drug Store; TU: TB Unit; PHC: Primary Health Centre; PHI: Peripheral Health Institute.

             

            Resources

            • Standard Operating Procedure Manual Procurement & Supply Chain Management, CTD, MoHFW, India, 2018.
            • Procurement, Supply Chain Management & Preventive Maintenance, Module 6, CTD, MoHFW, India.
          • Process flow for SCM

            Content

            Regular, accurate information on consumption, drug stock and supplies at the Peripheral Health Institute (PHI), Tuberculosis Units (TUs), districts and state levels are essential for timely drug stock indenting and distribution at all levels.

            The anti-TB drugs are mostly procured centrally, except for very few drugs, and supplied according to a stocking norm to various level stocking units, based on indenting.

            These indentings are further dependent on the certain levels of stocks predefined for each level.

            The overall idea is to ensure a working and a buffer stock at each level for ensuring uninterrupted drug delivery to the beneficiaries. 

             

            Drug Distribution Process

            Image
            914

            Figure: Drug Distribution Process

            Abbr: CTD: Central TB Division; GMSD: Government Medical Supplies Depot; CMSS: Central Medical Services Society; SDS: State Drug Store; DDS: District Drug Store; TU: TB Unit; PHC: Public Health Centre; PHI: Peripheral Health Institute.

             

            Indenting

            Indenting is a process in which the requisition for stocks is submitted by the sub-store to the parent store or to the supplier in order to initiate the process of drug supply from the parent store to the sub-store. 

            The stock management up to the TU level, including transfer to PHI, is handled by Ni-kshay Aushadhi software, while PHI to the patient is handled by Ni-kshay.

            Offline Indenting

            • The PHIs submit their drug request to the TU through offline indenting modes such as email, phone, etc.
            • On receipt of the offline indent, the respective TU releases drugs to the PHI through the TU login in Ni-kshay Aushadhi using "Dispatch without drug request”  under the Issue/ Dispatch module.​

            Online Indenting

            • Online indenting is the term used when the indent request is placed through the Ni-kshay Aushadhi software.
            • The supply of drugs from the central to the state level and further to districts and TUs is facilitated through online indenting.

             

            Resources

            • Standard Operating Procedure Manual Procurement & Supply Chain Management, CTD, MoHFW, India, 2018.
            • Procurement, Supply Chain Management & Preventive Maintenance, Module 6, CTD, MoHFW, India.

            Assessment

            Question​

            Answer 1​

            Answer 2​

            Answer 3​

            Answer 4​

            Correct answer​

            Correct explanation​

            Page id​

            Part of Pre-test​

            Part of Post-test​

            How is the online indenting process done?

            Through Phone

            Through e-mail

            Through Physical visit

            Through Ni-kshay Aushadhi

            4

            Online indenting is the term used when the indent request is placed through the Ni-kshay Aushadhi software.

            ​

            Yes

            Yes

             

             

          • Logistics

            Content

            'Logistics' is the process of planning and implementing the efficient transportation and storage of supplies (drugs, consumables and other related items) from the point of origin to the point of consumption through a systematic mechanism.

             

            Image
            Logistics

            Figure: Flowchart depicting overview of  logistics under National TB Elimination Programme (NTEP)

            Resources

            • Standard Operating Procedure Manual - Procurement & Supply Chain Management, CTD, MoHFW, India, 2018.
            • Procurement, Supply Chain Management & Preventive Maintenance, Module 6, CTD, MoHFW, India.

            Assessment

            Question     Answer 1     Answer 2     Answer 3     Answer 4     Correct answer     Correct explanation     Page id     Part of Pre-test     Part of Post-test    
            From where do the PHIs receive supplies? GMSD CMSS SDS TU    4 The PHIs receive the supplies from the TU.      Yes  Yes
          • Ni-kshay Aushadhi

            Content

            Ni-kshay Aushadhi is a web-based portal that deals with the management of stocks (anti-TB drugs, consumables and other commodities) across all the stocking points across the National TB Elimination Programme (NTEP), i.e., Government Medical Store Depot (GMSD), Central Medical Services Society (CMSS) warehouses, State Drug Stores (SDS), District Drug Stores (DDS), TB Units (TUs) including Peripheral Health Institutes (PHIs).

            Ni-kshay Aushadhi also helps in real-time management of stock position, providing expiry details of commodities, routine/ Additional Drug Request (ADR) Requirements, and patient-wise consumption of drugs at all levels.

            Table 1: Nikshay Aushadhi Stakeholders

            User Services

            Central TB Division (CTD)

            1. Quantification

            2. Purchase Order (PO) generation

            3. Quality control

            4. State warehouse Drug Transfer Advice (DTA)

            5. Monitoring of nation-wide stock & expiry

            CMSS warehouse

            1. Quantification

            2. Purchase request generation

            3. Advance shipment details

            4. Supplier delivery details

            5. Release Order (RO) to SDS

            6. Acknowledge desk

            7. Transfer of drugs to other warehouses

            GMSD

            1. Quantification

            2. Acknowledge desk

            3. Advance shipment details

            4. Transfer of drugs to other warehouses

            Supplier

            1. View Purchase Order (PO) and delivery schedule

            2. Enter dispatch details

            3. View receipt

            4. Demand vs issue

            SDS/ DDS/ Drug-resistant TB Centre (DR-TBC)/ TU

            1. Routine/ ADR & dispatch to sub-stores

            2. Acknowledge desk

            3. Transfer of drugs to other warehouses

            4. Issue voucher DTA

            5. Box preparation, box modification, unpacking and box completion

            6. Local purchase

            PHI

            1. Routine/ ADR 

            2. Acknowledge the receipt of drugs

            3. Issue to patient

            4. Return from patient

             

            The Ni-kshay Aushadhi can be used for the following purposes:

            • Quantification and forecasting
            • Monitoring and distribution
            • Data management and analysis
            • Recording and reporting of the drugs related data
            • Training and capacity building
            • Quantification of drugs
            • Issue/ dispatch
            • Return of drugs
            • Drug request management - Routine/ ADR
            • Stock management (like drug inventory, Physical Stock Verification (PSV))
            • Packaging/ repackaging
            • Receive from store/ Acknowledge desk
            • Quality control management
            Image
            SCM in NTEP through Ni-kshay Aushadhi

             

            Figure: Supply chain management in NTEP through Ni-kshay Aushadhi; Source: Ni-kshay Aushadhi Manual

             

            Resources

            • Ni-kshay Aushadhi Portal.

             

            Assessment

            Question Answer 1 Answer 2 Answer 3 Answer 4 Correct Answer Correct Explanation Page ID Part of Pre-Test Part of Post-Test
            Ni-kshay Aushadhi can be used for the quantification and forecasting of drug stocks. True False     1

            The Ni-kshay Aushadhi can be used for the following purposes:

            • Quantification and forecasting
            • Monitoring and distribution
            • Data management and analysis
            • Recording and reporting of the drugs-related data
            • Training and capacity building
            • Quantification of drugs
            • Issue/ dispatch
            • Return of drugs
            • Drug request management - Routine/ ADR
            • Stock management (like drug inventory, PSV)
            • Packaging/ Repackaging
            • Receive from store/ Acknowledge desk
            • Quality control management
            • Miscellaneous
              Yes Yes
          • Reconstitution of drugs like second line, newer, TPT etc

          • Disposal of expired supplies

            Content

            Expiry management of supplies is crucial to avoid financial losses and harm to patients.

            If any drug expires due to reasons beyond control, the write-off of expired drugs should be as per the guidelines given in NTEP National Strategic Plan. As per NSP, the State is allowed to write off up to 2% of the cost of the annual supply of drugs on implementation of Drug Sensitivity Testing (DST) guided treatment and 2% cost of rapid molecular test cartridges. The expired stock should be disposed-off as per the Bio-medical Waste (Management and Handling) guidelines of Govt. of India.

            Disposal of Expired/Discarded Medicines

            Colour of the bag to be used: Yellow

            Image
            Disposal of expired supplies_fig 1

            Figure 1: Disposal of expired supplies according to Bio-Medical Waste Management Rules 2016

            Updating in Ni-kshay Aushadhi

            To dispose of or remove the expired/rejected drugs from the online inventory, follow the steps below:

            1. Go to the ‘Write-Off/Disposal’ process in Stock Management,
            2. Click on the ‘Request’ button to generate the disposal request,
            3. Select the ‘Expired or Rejected’ category, and the system will show the respective drugs
            4. Select the drug with an expired batch and enter the quantity
            5. Click on the ‘Save’ button.

            Figure 2: Write-off/disposal register in Nikshay Aushadhi                         Source: Nikshay Aushadhi portal

             

            Figure 3: Entering details of expired drugs in the write-off/disposal register in Nikshay Aushadhi   Source: Nikshay Aushadhi portal

             

            Steps to follow

            1. After saving, select the request and click on the ‘Write-off’ button,
            2. Verify the drug details and select the type of write-off as ‘Burned/Buried’,
            3. Enter the ‘Remarks’, and click on the ‘Save’ button,
            4. System will generate the voucher, and the drug quantity will be deducted from the inventory.

            Figure 3: Expired drug details in Nikshay Aushadhi   Source: Nikshay Aushadhi portal

             

             

            Condemnation of laboratory supplies

            Figure 4: Process of condemnation of laboratory supplies which are non-functional, obsolete, non-reparable equipment in NTEP’s laboratories

             

            Information is required in below mentioned format to condemn the lab equipment:

            Figure 5: Form GFR 10        Source: General Financial Rules 2017, Ministry of Finance, Department of Expenditure, GoI

             

            The request for the replacement of the equipment condemned has to be submitted to State TB Officer (STO)/Central TB Division (CTD) in the below-mentioned format:

            Figure 6: Annexure 4 for details of equipment for condemnation              Source: Guidelines for the condemnation and replacement of Tuberculosis (TB) laboratory equipment under the Revised National Tuberculosis Control Programme (RNTCP) 2019

             

            Resources

            1. Guidelines for Management of Healthcare Waste as per Biomedical Waste Management Rules, 2016

            2. Guidelines for the condemnation and replacement of Tuberculosis (TB) laboratory equipment under the Revised National Tuberculosis Control Programme (RNTCP) 2019

             

            Assessment:

            Question​ Answer 1​ Answer 2​ Answer 3​ Answer 4​ Correct answer​ Correct explanation​ Page id​ Part of Pre-test​ Part of Post-test​
            Disposal of expired supplies is done in which colour bag? Yellow Red White Blue 1 Discarded or expired medicine in yellow coloured non-chlorinated plastic bags      
        • STS: Stocking Norms

          Fullscreen
          • Buffer Stocks

          • Storage norms

            Content

            To preserve the quality of medicines, good storage practices should be in place at all levels, which requires that staff are appropriately trained and storage conditions adequate.

             

            General Guidelines on Storage of Drugs

             

            Mechanisms to improve TB stock management in central or peripheral drug stores are:

            1. Stock rotation follows a First-expiry, First-out (FEFO) approach.
            2. The cleanliness of the area is ensured.
            3. The environment of the warehouse protects medicines from factors that could inhibit their effectiveness or use, such as sunlight, heat, cold, moisture, pests and theft.
            4. The stock area is divided into zones for easy location of different products.
            5. There is a designated area for second-line TB medicines.

             

            Storage Guidelines under the National TB Elimination Programme (NTEP)

             

            Under NTEP, space requirements change at the state, district and peripheral levels according to the NTEP stocking norms, but all other requirements remain the same as shown in the table below. The State TB Officer (STO)/ District TB Officer (DTO) must ensure that the pharmacist/ storekeeper adheres to the following guidelines on the proper storage of drugs.

             

            Table: Guidelines for the Storage of Anti-TB Drugs in NTEP Drug Stores

            Space Requirements at the State Drog Store (SDS)

            • For every ten lakh population, provision should be made for the storage of about 45 cartons (of 20 boxes each), of Patient-wise Boxes (PWBs) for new cases (PC-1) and PWBs for retreatment cases (PC-2) taken together.
            • This is approximately equivalent to 6 months requirement of drugs. For this volume of drugs, the minimum space requirement may be approximated as 50 cubic feet.
            • For loose drugs, space provision would be 10% of space allocated to PC-1 and PC-2 PWB cartons. These could alternatively be stored in cupboards/ almirahs where volumes are low and should be kept under lock and key. Do not stack drug cartons on the floor or on top of one another.

            Room Requirements

            • The store should preferably comprise one large room. Where multiple rooms exist, these should be contiguous or proximate to each other.
            • The ceiling must have a height of at least 5 metres.
            • There should be a lockable door and at least one window with a grill and wire meshing.
            • Properly lit with extra light points for plugging in the required office equipment.
            • An even-level, ‘pukka’ floor.

            Stacking Requirements

            • Ensure that different drug/ consumable items are clearly segregated and stacked on separate racks.
            • Different batches of drugs with different dates of manufacture and expiry are stored separately to facilitate FEFO principles (drug batches with the most recent expiry are issued first)
            • Mark ‘Expiry Dates’ in Bold Letters 3” to 4” in size, on the drug cartons with a marker pen, for easy identification and control of drugs immediately on their arrival.
            • Separate and dispose of damaged or expired products without delay as soon as approval of the same has been received, according to the biomedical waste guidelines.

            Temperature and Humidity Control

            • To keep humidity levels below the maximum 60% recommended for storage of drugs ensure appropriate ventilation and air circulation, and do not open cartons/ drug boxes unless necessary.
            • Hydro thermometers are to be installed up to TB Unit (TU) drug store levels to monitor humidity and temperature regularly.
            • Overhead exhaust fan required.
            • Plastered walls and ceiling with whitewash without any kind of seepage in the room.
            • The store should be clean, dry and well-ventilated.
            • Ceiling and sidewalls should preferably be insulated, ensuring that the ambient temperature during peak summer does not result in damage to anti-TB drugs. The ambient temperature may be taken as 15-25°C or depending on climatic conditions, up to 30°C.
            • PWBs/ cartons should be placed on shelves ensuring that there is sufficient space between shelves and walls of the storeroom.
            • A regular power supply should be available for air conditioning.

            Protection from Sunlight

            • Shade the windows or use curtains if they are in direct sunlight.
            • Keep products in cartons/ drug boxes.
            • Do not store or pack products in sunlight.
            • Maintain trees around the premises of the drug store to help provide shade and cooling. Check their condition regularly to prevent any untoward incidents.

            Fire Safety

            Ensure that the fire safety equipment is available and accessible, and that personnel are trained to use it.

            Others

            • Store medical supplies separately, away from rodents, insecticides, chemicals, old files, office supplies and other materials.
            • Stores should not have any odour or indications of contamination and should be sanitised periodically including pest control measures.

             

            Resources

            • NTEP Training Modules (5-9) for Programme Managers & Medical Officers, 2020.
            • Standard Operating Procedures Manual for State Drug Stores, NTEP, 2012.

             

            Assessment

            Question​

            Answer 1​

            Answer 2​

            Answer 3​

            Answer 4​

            Correct answer​

            Correct explanation​

            Page id​

            Part of Pre-test​

            Part of Post-test​

            Concerning storage of anti-TB drugs, which of the following is correct?

            Stock rotation follows a First-expiry, First-out (FEFO) approach.

            Store drugs away from direct sunlight.

            Hydro thermometers are to be installed up to TU drug store levels to monitor humidity and temperature regularly.

            All of the above

            4

            Appropriate anti-TB drug storage conditions include keeping drugs away from direct sunlight, maintaining appropriate temperature and humidity and following a FEFO approach.

             

              Yes Yes

             

             

          • Stock register for Drugs

        • STS: Supply Chain Processes

          Fullscreen
          • Indenting in NTEP

            Content

            An indent is an official order or requisition for medicine and supplies from a medical store and the process of requesting is called indenting.

            Under National Tuberculosis Elimination Programme (NTEP), online indenting of drugs and consumables is done using the Ni-kshay Aushadhi web portal.

            There are different types of requests raised through Ni-kshay Aushadhi:

            1. Quarterly request
              1. From State to Central TB Division (CTD), District Drug Store (DDS) to State Drug Store (SDS) and Tuberculosis Unit (TU) to District Drug Store (DDS) on a quarterly basis.
              2. Quarterly replenishment of drug stocks with districts shall be based on the reports submitted by them in NI-kshay Aushadhi, providing complete details of opening and closing stocks, receipts, consumption and anticipated requirement.
            2. Monthly request
              1. From Peripheral Health Institution (PHI) to DDS on a monthly basis.
            3. Additional Drug Request (ADR)
              1. Supplies to District TB Centres (DTCs) against Additional Drug Requests (ADRs): There are likely to be occasions when the quarterly supply of drugs to DTCs as above, is insufficient to meet the needs of the district and additional drugs are required in advance of the next quarterly shipment. In such cases, the concerned DTC is required to prepare and submit an Additional Drug Request to the State TB Officer (STO), providing details in support of the supplementary requirement. 
              2. The need for an ADR arises only if the more patients put on treatment in the previous month in a quarter goes up, resulting in an insufficient stock in the store. To get the additional supply from CTD/ SDS/ DDS/ TU, an ADR for each item needs to be submitted by the SDS in charge/ District TB Officer (DTO)/ Medical Officer- Tuberculosis Control (MO-TC). Before sending the ADR, one should consider and track the drugs that have been already released and are being transported from central/ state/ district/ TU stores.

             

               Figure: Different Types of Drug Requests as Part of Indenting in NTEP through Ni-kshay Aushadhi Web Portal; Source: Ni-kshay Aushadhi Portal.

             

            Resources

            • Standard Operating Procedures Manual for State Drug Stores, Central TB Division, MoHFW, GoI, 2012.

             

            Assessment

            Question​

            Answer 1​

            Answer 2​

            Answer 3​

            Answer 4​

            Correct answer​

            Correct explanation​

            Page id​

            Part of Pre-test​

            Part of Post-test​

            What is the mode of indenting in NTEP?

            Through phone call

            Through Ni-kshay Aushadhi's web portal

            Through letter

            Through email

             2

            Under National Tuberculosis Elimination Programme (NTEP), online indenting of drugs and consumables is done using the Ni-kshay Aushadhi web portal.

             

            Yes

            Yes

          • Receipt of Drugs/consumables

            Content

             

            The process of receipt of drugs is completed through the Ni-kshay Aushadhi application. Once a consignment is dispatched to the receiving unit, the system will display following three options:

            1. Acknowledge Desk - For acknowledgment of drugs received against CTD-RO/ Issue Voucher
            2. DTA Receipt - For acknowledgment of drugs received against CTD-DTA: This process is to be used to record receipt of drugs which are received against DTAs issued by CTD/ issued by parent store to correct stock imbalances in sub-stores.
            3. Received from Third Party :This process is to be used when a store receives any drug or commodity from third party as donation.
            • Receipt of  'complete' or 'partial' quantity of drugs can be acknowledged in Ni-kshay Aushadhi, as the case may be. When the user selects a particular consignment and clicks on the ‘Acknowledge’ option, the system shows a list of issued drugs/ items with the following details: Drug Name, Batch Number, Expiry Date, Requested Quantity, Issued Quantity, To be Acknowledged Quantity, Received Quantity, Damaged Quantity, Shortage Quantity.
            • In instances where the quantity received is lesser than the issued quantity, the user should enter the same in the ‘Received qty’ column. As the request is partially acknowledged, the system will display it in the orange/ pink colour on the ‘acknowledge desk’. As and when the remaining quantity is received,  the user can acknowledge the same by selecting the previous partially acknowledged record and entering the remaining quantity that has been received.     

             

            Resources

            • Standard Operating Procedure Manual-Procurement & Supply Chain Management, CTD, MoHFW, India, 2018.

            • Procurement, Supply Chain Management & Preventive Maintenance, Module 6, CTD, MoHFW, India.

            • Receive and Acknowledge, Ni-kshay Aushadhi User Manual, CTD, MoHFW, India.

             

            Assessment

            Question     Answer 1     Answer 2     Answer 3     Answer 4     Correct answer     Correct explanation     Page id     Part of Pre-test     Part of Post-test    
            The partially acknowledged ‘receipt’ will be shown in which colour in the ‘acknowledge desk’ on Ni-kshay Aushadhi? Yellow/ Blue Orange/ Pink Black/ White Green/ Red 2 The partially acknowledged ‘receipt’ will be shown in orange/ pink colour in the ‘acknowledge desk’ on Ni-kshay Aushadhi.         Yes  Yes
          • Storage of Drugs

            Content

            Good storage conditions and safe custody of drugs is important to ensure quality of drugs. Temperature and humidity control systems should be appropriately designed, installed, qualified and maintained, to ensure that the required storage conditions are maintained.

            The State TB Officer (STO)/ District TB Officer (DTO) must ensure that the pharmacist/ store-keeper adheres to the following guidelines on proper storage of drugs.

            Temperature

            • The storage temperature should be 250C and maintained with an air conditioner wherever applicable.

            Humidity

            • Humidity levels should be below 60% and maintained with a dehumidifier, wherever required

            Power Supply

            • Regular power supply should be available for cooling devices (AC, ceiling fans etc) and dehumidifiers.

             

            Drug Safety

            Storage Room

            • Should be cleaned and disinfected regularly, should be dry, well-lit and well-ventilated
            • Should be free from any water penetration, rodent and pests
            • Should have fire safety equipment in place
            • The drugs should not be exposed to direct sunlight.

            Stacking

            • The shelves should be placed in such a way that there is sufficient space around for air circulation and free movement of personnel.
            • Similar boxes should be stored adjacent to each other and stacked as per their expiry dates.
            • The drugs expiring early should be placed closer to the ground and as those expiring late should be place at higher levels.
            • Expired drugs should be segregated, sealed and stored in a separate part of the store so as to avoid issue to patients

             

            Labelling

            • The identification label, expiry date & manufacturing date of the anti-TB drugs should be marked with a bold marker pen on the visible side of the carton.

             

               

              Resources

              • WHO Technical Report Series, No. 908, 2003; Annex.9: Guide to Good Storage Practices for Pharmaceuticals.
              • Procurement, Supply Chain Management & Preventive Maintenance, Module 6, CTD, MoHFW, India.
              • Standard Operating Procedure Manual Procurement & Supply Chain Management, CTD, MoHFW, India, 2018.

               Assessment

              Question    

              Answer 1    

              Answer 2    

              Answer 3    

              Answer 4    

              Correct answer    

              Correct explanation    

              Page id    

              Part of Pre-test    

              Part of Post-test    

              What is the maximum acceptable humidity levels in a drug store to maintain drug efficacy?

              10%

              25%

               45%

              60% 

                 4

              Humidity levels should be below 60% and maintained with a dehumidifier wherever required in order to ensure shelf life and efficacy of the drugs.

                  

                 Yes

               Yes

               

            • Distribution to PHI

            • Drug Consumption

          • STS: Drug Dispensation

            Fullscreen
            • Nikshay - Drug Dispensation Module

              Content

              The Drug Dispensation Module in Ni-kshay web allows users to record details of products and the quality of the drugs issued to the patients. This module was launched to replace the existing Prescription Module and to add a variety of features that were missing in the Prescription Module. The user can access the dispensation for a particular patient from the Patient Details page, or directly from the navigation sidebar. 

               

              Image
              Dispensation options

              Figure: Access to Drug Dispensation Module from the Navigation Bar or from the Patient Detail Page

               

              The Drug Dispensation Module allows the users to perform the following different processes:

              Process

              Utility

              Add Dispensation

              This process allows users to record information on dispensation details, drug issuing facility, and product and refill details.

              Print Dispensation 

              This process allows users to download and print a PDF containing all the information for a dispensation.

              Return Dispensation

              This process allows users to record events of dispensed drugs being returned back. To return a dispensation, the staff can select the drugs to be returned and add an appropriate reason for returning the drugs.

              Copy Dispensation

              This process allows users to create a copy of an existing dispensation for a patient thereby saving time by avoiding repetitive data entry.

              Refill Due Task list 

              This process will show the list of patients who have a "Next Refill Due Date" in 2 days or less. It serves as a reminder so that the user can dispense the drugs on time.

              Outcome assignment changes

              This process automatically extends the “Treatment End Date” in the cases where the “Next Refill Due Date” is greater than the “Treatment End date”. A note for the same is also added.

              Adherence linkage 

              This process allows users to switch on/off the linkage between dispensation and adherence. In case the link is switched on, no manual doses will be registered for the patient's adherence.

              Currently, the link is defaulted to "Yes" for Drug-sensitive TB (DS-TB) patients and "No" for Drug-resistant TB (DR-TB) patients.

                                  

              Resources

              • Nikshay Training Materials.

               

              Assessment

              Question​

              Answer 1​

              Answer 2​

              Answer 3​

              Answer 4​

              Correct answer​

              Correct explanation​

              Page id​

              Part of Pre-test​

              Part of Post-test​

              Dispensation for a particular patient can be accessed from the patient details page only.

              True False     2 The user can access the dispensation for a particular patient from the Patient details page, or directly from the navigation sidebar.      YES

               

            • Adding and Printing Dispensation

              Content
              Video file
            • Returning Dispensation

              Content
              Video file
            • Viewing Refill Task List

              Content
              Video file
            • Dispensation Correlation

              Content
              Video file
        • STS: Private sector Engagement

          Fullscreen
          • STS: Overview of Private Sector Engagement

            Fullscreen
            • Stakeholders for Private Sector Engagament

            • Importance of Private Sector Engagament

            • Vision of NTEP regarding Private Sector Engagement

          • STS: Models for Private Sector engagement

            Fullscreen
            • STEPS

              Content

              The System for TB Elimination in Private Sector (STEPS) model evolved as a solution to address gaps in the quality of care for patients in the private sector by ensuring standards of TB care in India (STCI). STEPS is envisioned as an equal partnership between the public and private sectors for the benefit of society with TB elimination as the outcome.

              The primary objective of STEPS is to address gaps in the quality of care for patients in the private sector by ensuring standards of TB care in both sectors to all citizens in a patient-centric manner.

              Components of STEPS

              1. Establish STEPS centre in each private hospital: These centres act as a single window for notification, linkage for social welfare measures, contact investigation, chemoprophylaxis, direct benefit transfers and treatment adherence support.
              2. Consortium of private hospitals: Provides policy and resource support, and reviews the centre's performance.
              3. Coalition of all professional medical associations: Sensitizes and supports specialists and doctors, and advocates with doctors for standards for TB care.

              Establishing STEPS Centres

              • In January 2019, the STEPS model was initiated and piloted in 14 districts in Kerala.
              • Establishing STEPS centres at all private and cooperative hospitals is the heart of private sector engagement in Kerala. 
              • STEPS centres are single window mechanisms at private hospitals to help doctors and to ensure that all TB patients diagnosed that particular hospital receive high standards of TB care.
              • The STEPS centre will coordinate notification and follow up patients till the end of treatment, ensure all public health actions and link them to social welfare measures. 
              • Patients will be followed up through an ‘after sales service model’ which is based upon a blend of self-initiated business promotion and customer loyalty blended with the social responsibility of private sector

              Functions of STEPS Centres

              1. To act as a single window mechanism for all TB-related services in the hospital
              2. Notify in Nikshay all TB cases diagnosed in the hospital
              3. To guide, support and arrange for:
              • Universal Drug Susceptibility Testing (UDST)
              • National TB Elimination Programme (NTEP) drugs if required
              • Direct Benefit Transfer (DBT) of Rs 500 per month during treatment 
              • Provisions for airborne infection control (AIC) kit
              • Mobile based adherence monitoring system (99 DOTS) in case of NTEP drugs
              • Offer HIV counselling and testing
              1. To educate on TB and counsel the patient and family members on the need for completing treatment
              2. To educate the patient and family members on AIC, adverse drug reactions (ADRs) and smoking cessation
              3. To follow up the patient periodically over the phone to motivate the patient to continue treatment, detect any ADRs, remind about follow up investigations and scheduled clinical visits
              4. Update details of bank account, UDST, treatment initiation, co-morbidity and outcome in Nikshay
              5. Fast tracking patients with infectious TB as a step to ensure AIC in health facility
              6. Ensuring other public health actions including contact tracing, chemoprophylaxis either directly or linking those patients willing to be followed up by the government field staff to local primary health care team
              7. Document all activities and submit monthly report to the Private Hospital Consortium

              Figure: Schematic Representation of STEPS Center Within a Hospital; Source: STEPS: A Solution for Ensuring Standards of TB Care for Patients Reaching Private Hospitals in India; Shibu B et al. 2021

              Forming a Private Hospital Consortium

              In every district, a consortium of private hospital owners provides policy and resource support for STEPS centers and reviews the STEPS centres' performance. Consortium members select one of the hospitals to serve as chair for a fixed term. The district program manager of NTEP serves as member secretary. The consortium meets once in 3 months to review the performance of STEPS centers and suggest corrective actions if required.

              Create a Coalition of Professional Medical Associations

              • In all districts, a coalition of professional medical associations advocates with medical practitioners and sensitizes them on STCI and STEPS.
              • In addition to the Indian Medical Association, members of the coalition include associations of chest physicians, pediatricians, general physicians, geriatrics, family medicine, nephrologists, general surgeons, orthopedic surgeons, and radiologists.
              • The coalition meets every 3 months to plan and review the activities as per the plan.

              Initial Results of STEPS

              • Since its pilot, TB patient notification to NTEP from the private sector in Kerala has increased. Also, public health actions, such as Direct Benefit Transfer (DBT), Universal Drug Susceptibility Testing (UDST), HIV testing, etc., for patients diagnosed from the private sector has increased.
              • STEPS led to a shift from using private anti-TB drugs to NTEP-supplied drugs, leading to 2,000 additional cases being put on NTEP-supplied drugs. Overall, 70% of all cases notified from the private sector in 2019 were treated with NTEP-supplied drugs.
              • Data officially collected by the state drug controller showed that the sale of anti-TB drugs decreased from 1.6 million rifampicin units in 2018 to 0.5 million rifampicin units in 2019 after the establishment of the STEPS model.
              • Qualitative feedback also showed that STEPS was an acceptable model to all stakeholders, and patients were satisfied with the services received. During COVID-19, STEPS was resilient enough to ensure TB patient services and facilitate partnerships for COVID-19 management.

               

              Resources

               

              • Guidance Document on STEPS (System for TB Elimination in Private Sector) in Kerala.
              • STEPS – A Patient-centric and Low-cost Solution to ensure Standards of TB Care to Patients Reaching Private Sector in India, Rakesh, P.S., Balakrishnan, S., Sunilkumar, M. et al, BMC Health Services Research, 2022.
              • STEPS: A Solution for Ensuring Standards of TB Care for Patients Reaching Private Hospitals in India, Shibu Balakrishnan, Rakesh PS, et al., Global Health: Science and Practice, June 2021.

               

              Assessment

              Question​

              Answer 1​

              Answer 2​

              Answer 3​

              Answer 4​

              Correct answer​

              Correct explanation​

              Page id​

              Part of Pre-test​

              Part of Post-test​

              The System for TB Elimination in Private Sector (STEPS) model has led to a quantitative increase in patient health outcomes and is acceptable to TB patients coming from private centres in the pilot districts.

              True

              False

               

               

              1

              The System for TB Elimination in Private Sector (STEPS) model has led to a quantitative increase in patient health outcomes and was found as an acceptable model to all stakeholders, including patients.

              ​

              Yes Yes

               

            • Patient Provider Support Agency [PPSA]: A Multipronged Approach to Engage the Private Sector

              Content

              To achieve universal Tuberculosis (TB) care for all notified TB patients, the National TB Elimination Program (NTEP) has initiated the Patient Provider Support Agency (PPSA) initiative.

               

              PPSA is a model under which a third-party agency/non-governmental organization is selected by a state/ city/district NTEP unit to engage private-sector doctors treating patients of TB and provide end-to-end services, such as diagnosis, notification, patient adherence and support, and treatment linkages. 

               

              The third-party agency is selected as per the contracting procedures laid down by the respective State National Health Missions (NHM).

               

              PPSA follows a multipronged approach to engage private providers engaged in TB care to patients that includes:

              1. Mapping private-sector providers (formal and informal), laboratories and chemists
              2. Increasing engagement of private-sector providers through in-clinic visits and continuing medical education (CME)
              3. Linking NTEP-provided diagnostic services (sputum microscopy, X-ray, cartridge-based nucleic acid amplification test, sputum collection and transport) and fixed drug combinations (FDCs)
              4. Facilitating and updating TB notification and other relevant information in Nikshay
              5. Facilitating incentives given by NTEP to the private-sector doctors and patients
              6. Counseling the patients to ensure treatment adherence
              7. Facilitating linkages for drug resistant-TB treatment and HIV services, as required.

               

              Resources

               

              • Patient Provider Support Agency: A Toolkit to Implement Patient Provider Support Agency in Your Region, PATH.

               

              Kindly provide your valuable feedback on the page to the link provided HERE

               

            • Direct Engagement

              Content

              The private-sector health facilities have experts and infrastructure to manage TB cases. Under the direct engagement partnership model, the programme manager directly engages private-sector health facilities which provide TB services to ensure that standards of TB care reach all the patients in that facility.

              In a region where there is no dedicated Patient Provider Support Agency (PPSA), the National TB Elimination Programme (NTEP) can directly empanel and engage a private/ corporate/ trust hospital and designate them as “TB Treatment Centres”.

               

              Services that can be provided under this model are:

               

              1. Identifying presumptive TB cases and testing them for TB with reimbursement of testing cost to the laboratory.
              2. Notifying and managing drug-sensitive TB with reimbursement of medicine cost to the disbursing chemist.
              3. Managing ambulatory treatment support of Drug-resistant TB (DR-TB) as per need.
              4. Bundling treatment services with public health actions by engaging facilities which can do both directly or who can engage another service provider to ensure complete coverage of public health actions for patients treated in their facility.
              5. Providing specialist consultation when the NTEP does not have enough specialist doctors to manage patients or requires additional specialist doctors.

               

              Covering Private Sector TB Patients through Public Health System: The Mehsana Model of Universal Access to Free TB Care, Gujarat

               

              • Mehsana is a town in Gujarat implementing India’s first pilot allowing for universal free anti-TB drugs in India.
              • The programme is managed by the district TB office, supported by technical partners, and has engaged a large proportion of private providers.

               

              Overview of the Mehsana Model

               

              1. The patient goes to a Private Provider (PP)/ chemist/ pharmacist.
              2. PPs/ chemists refer presumptive TB cases for chest X-rays or smear tests.
              3. The patient is provided with a unique number (i.e., a voucher) when prescribed a diagnostic test. The e-voucher links the patient with NTEP.
              4. A call centre operated by an NTEP staff member generates and tracks this e-voucher and reimburses the diagnostic facilities for the test.
              5. If the initial test is positive, the provider refers the patient to a formal provider for Drug Susceptibility Testing (DST). Costs of these tests are also reimbursed via the e-voucher.
              6. The PP also notifies the case, and incentives for notification are sent to the PP/ chemist.
              7. Monthly prescriptions come with an e-voucher, which patients can use to obtain medications (from a list of approved anti-TB drugs) from any local chemist who participates in the initiative

               

              Over the entire course of the treatment process, the TB programme in Mehsana deploys field workers to monitor and facilitate drug compliance via home visits.

              All the chemists and doctors in Mehsana were mapped and engaged. Doctors were trained to help them tailor prescription practices. NTEP offered no financial incentive to the doctor and only offers a minor overhead charge to the pharmacists.

              In the end, the programme provides a win-win situation for all: the chemist acts as a referral point, the patient gets the right diagnosis and free drugs, and the private physician retains his or her patients.

               

              Key Results

               

              Of all the patients who initiated anti-TB treatment through the initiative, 72% successfully completed their regimens.

               

              Lessons Learned from the Mehsana Model

               

              Mehsana helped demonstrate proof of concept for a model that directly engages private healthcare providers to diagnose, notify, and treat TB cases and to strengthen adherence to the TB treatment regimen.

              • Since PPs are often the first point of contact for patients, it is important to directly engage them by offering the right incentives to promote standard TB care.
              • Information, Communication and Technology (ICT) tools were used at various stages (during the mapping exercise and the use of e-vouchers) of the initiative. Thus, the role of technology in existing partnership options must not be discounted.

               

              Resources

              • NTEP Training Modules (5-9) for Programme Managers & Medical Officers, NTEP, 2020.
              • Mainstreaming Private Healthcare Systems for Tuberculosis Control, The Bridgespan Group, 2018.
              • Ending Tuberculosis in India: A Political Challenge & an Opportunity, IJMR, 2018.

               

              Assessment

              Question​

              Answer 1​

              Answer 2​

              Answer 3​

              Answer 4​

              Correct answer​

              Correct explanation​

              Page id​

              Part of Pre-test​

              Part of Post-test​

              Which of the following is true about the Mehsana model?

              It is a private sector partnership model that directly engages chemists.

              It is a proven model that shows increased case notifications.

              It did not require the use of any ICT tools.

              Options 1 and 2

              4

              The Mehsana Model of Universal Access to Free TB Care, Gujarat is a private sector partnership model that directly engages private providers/ chemists to ensure standards of care for TB. It is a proven model that shows increased case notifications.

              ​

              Yes Yes
          • STS: Models for Private Sector engagement

            Fullscreen
            • STEPS

              Content

              The System for TB Elimination in Private Sector (STEPS) model evolved as a solution to address gaps in the quality of care for patients in the private sector by ensuring standards of TB care in India (STCI). STEPS is envisioned as an equal partnership between the public and private sectors for the benefit of society with TB elimination as the outcome.

              The primary objective of STEPS is to address gaps in the quality of care for patients in the private sector by ensuring standards of TB care in both sectors to all citizens in a patient-centric manner.

              Components of STEPS

              1. Establish STEPS centre in each private hospital: These centres act as a single window for notification, linkage for social welfare measures, contact investigation, chemoprophylaxis, direct benefit transfers and treatment adherence support.
              2. Consortium of private hospitals: Provides policy and resource support, and reviews the centre's performance.
              3. Coalition of all professional medical associations: Sensitizes and supports specialists and doctors, and advocates with doctors for standards for TB care.

              Establishing STEPS Centres

              • In January 2019, the STEPS model was initiated and piloted in 14 districts in Kerala.
              • Establishing STEPS centres at all private and cooperative hospitals is the heart of private sector engagement in Kerala. 
              • STEPS centres are single window mechanisms at private hospitals to help doctors and to ensure that all TB patients diagnosed that particular hospital receive high standards of TB care.
              • The STEPS centre will coordinate notification and follow up patients till the end of treatment, ensure all public health actions and link them to social welfare measures. 
              • Patients will be followed up through an ‘after sales service model’ which is based upon a blend of self-initiated business promotion and customer loyalty blended with the social responsibility of private sector

              Functions of STEPS Centres

              1. To act as a single window mechanism for all TB-related services in the hospital
              2. Notify in Nikshay all TB cases diagnosed in the hospital
              3. To guide, support and arrange for:
              • Universal Drug Susceptibility Testing (UDST)
              • National TB Elimination Programme (NTEP) drugs if required
              • Direct Benefit Transfer (DBT) of Rs 500 per month during treatment 
              • Provisions for airborne infection control (AIC) kit
              • Mobile based adherence monitoring system (99 DOTS) in case of NTEP drugs
              • Offer HIV counselling and testing
              1. To educate on TB and counsel the patient and family members on the need for completing treatment
              2. To educate the patient and family members on AIC, adverse drug reactions (ADRs) and smoking cessation
              3. To follow up the patient periodically over the phone to motivate the patient to continue treatment, detect any ADRs, remind about follow up investigations and scheduled clinical visits
              4. Update details of bank account, UDST, treatment initiation, co-morbidity and outcome in Nikshay
              5. Fast tracking patients with infectious TB as a step to ensure AIC in health facility
              6. Ensuring other public health actions including contact tracing, chemoprophylaxis either directly or linking those patients willing to be followed up by the government field staff to local primary health care team
              7. Document all activities and submit monthly report to the Private Hospital Consortium

              Figure: Schematic Representation of STEPS Center Within a Hospital; Source: STEPS: A Solution for Ensuring Standards of TB Care for Patients Reaching Private Hospitals in India; Shibu B et al. 2021

              Forming a Private Hospital Consortium

              In every district, a consortium of private hospital owners provides policy and resource support for STEPS centers and reviews the STEPS centres' performance. Consortium members select one of the hospitals to serve as chair for a fixed term. The district program manager of NTEP serves as member secretary. The consortium meets once in 3 months to review the performance of STEPS centers and suggest corrective actions if required.

              Create a Coalition of Professional Medical Associations

              • In all districts, a coalition of professional medical associations advocates with medical practitioners and sensitizes them on STCI and STEPS.
              • In addition to the Indian Medical Association, members of the coalition include associations of chest physicians, pediatricians, general physicians, geriatrics, family medicine, nephrologists, general surgeons, orthopedic surgeons, and radiologists.
              • The coalition meets every 3 months to plan and review the activities as per the plan.

              Initial Results of STEPS

              • Since its pilot, TB patient notification to NTEP from the private sector in Kerala has increased. Also, public health actions, such as Direct Benefit Transfer (DBT), Universal Drug Susceptibility Testing (UDST), HIV testing, etc., for patients diagnosed from the private sector has increased.
              • STEPS led to a shift from using private anti-TB drugs to NTEP-supplied drugs, leading to 2,000 additional cases being put on NTEP-supplied drugs. Overall, 70% of all cases notified from the private sector in 2019 were treated with NTEP-supplied drugs.
              • Data officially collected by the state drug controller showed that the sale of anti-TB drugs decreased from 1.6 million rifampicin units in 2018 to 0.5 million rifampicin units in 2019 after the establishment of the STEPS model.
              • Qualitative feedback also showed that STEPS was an acceptable model to all stakeholders, and patients were satisfied with the services received. During COVID-19, STEPS was resilient enough to ensure TB patient services and facilitate partnerships for COVID-19 management.

               

              Resources

               

              • Guidance Document on STEPS (System for TB Elimination in Private Sector) in Kerala.
              • STEPS – A Patient-centric and Low-cost Solution to ensure Standards of TB Care to Patients Reaching Private Sector in India, Rakesh, P.S., Balakrishnan, S., Sunilkumar, M. et al, BMC Health Services Research, 2022.
              • STEPS: A Solution for Ensuring Standards of TB Care for Patients Reaching Private Hospitals in India, Shibu Balakrishnan, Rakesh PS, et al., Global Health: Science and Practice, June 2021.

               

              Assessment

              Question​

              Answer 1​

              Answer 2​

              Answer 3​

              Answer 4​

              Correct answer​

              Correct explanation​

              Page id​

              Part of Pre-test​

              Part of Post-test​

              The System for TB Elimination in Private Sector (STEPS) model has led to a quantitative increase in patient health outcomes and is acceptable to TB patients coming from private centres in the pilot districts.

              True

              False

               

               

              1

              The System for TB Elimination in Private Sector (STEPS) model has led to a quantitative increase in patient health outcomes and was found as an acceptable model to all stakeholders, including patients.

              ​

              Yes Yes

               

            • Patient Provider Support Agency [PPSA]: A Multipronged Approach to Engage the Private Sector

              Content

              To achieve universal Tuberculosis (TB) care for all notified TB patients, the National TB Elimination Program (NTEP) has initiated the Patient Provider Support Agency (PPSA) initiative.

               

              PPSA is a model under which a third-party agency/non-governmental organization is selected by a state/ city/district NTEP unit to engage private-sector doctors treating patients of TB and provide end-to-end services, such as diagnosis, notification, patient adherence and support, and treatment linkages. 

               

              The third-party agency is selected as per the contracting procedures laid down by the respective State National Health Missions (NHM).

               

              PPSA follows a multipronged approach to engage private providers engaged in TB care to patients that includes:

              1. Mapping private-sector providers (formal and informal), laboratories and chemists
              2. Increasing engagement of private-sector providers through in-clinic visits and continuing medical education (CME)
              3. Linking NTEP-provided diagnostic services (sputum microscopy, X-ray, cartridge-based nucleic acid amplification test, sputum collection and transport) and fixed drug combinations (FDCs)
              4. Facilitating and updating TB notification and other relevant information in Nikshay
              5. Facilitating incentives given by NTEP to the private-sector doctors and patients
              6. Counseling the patients to ensure treatment adherence
              7. Facilitating linkages for drug resistant-TB treatment and HIV services, as required.

               

              Resources

               

              • Patient Provider Support Agency: A Toolkit to Implement Patient Provider Support Agency in Your Region, PATH.

               

              Kindly provide your valuable feedback on the page to the link provided HERE

               

            • Direct Engagement

              Content

              The private-sector health facilities have experts and infrastructure to manage TB cases. Under the direct engagement partnership model, the programme manager directly engages private-sector health facilities which provide TB services to ensure that standards of TB care reach all the patients in that facility.

              In a region where there is no dedicated Patient Provider Support Agency (PPSA), the National TB Elimination Programme (NTEP) can directly empanel and engage a private/ corporate/ trust hospital and designate them as “TB Treatment Centres”.

               

              Services that can be provided under this model are:

               

              1. Identifying presumptive TB cases and testing them for TB with reimbursement of testing cost to the laboratory.
              2. Notifying and managing drug-sensitive TB with reimbursement of medicine cost to the disbursing chemist.
              3. Managing ambulatory treatment support of Drug-resistant TB (DR-TB) as per need.
              4. Bundling treatment services with public health actions by engaging facilities which can do both directly or who can engage another service provider to ensure complete coverage of public health actions for patients treated in their facility.
              5. Providing specialist consultation when the NTEP does not have enough specialist doctors to manage patients or requires additional specialist doctors.

               

              Covering Private Sector TB Patients through Public Health System: The Mehsana Model of Universal Access to Free TB Care, Gujarat

               

              • Mehsana is a town in Gujarat implementing India’s first pilot allowing for universal free anti-TB drugs in India.
              • The programme is managed by the district TB office, supported by technical partners, and has engaged a large proportion of private providers.

               

              Overview of the Mehsana Model

               

              1. The patient goes to a Private Provider (PP)/ chemist/ pharmacist.
              2. PPs/ chemists refer presumptive TB cases for chest X-rays or smear tests.
              3. The patient is provided with a unique number (i.e., a voucher) when prescribed a diagnostic test. The e-voucher links the patient with NTEP.
              4. A call centre operated by an NTEP staff member generates and tracks this e-voucher and reimburses the diagnostic facilities for the test.
              5. If the initial test is positive, the provider refers the patient to a formal provider for Drug Susceptibility Testing (DST). Costs of these tests are also reimbursed via the e-voucher.
              6. The PP also notifies the case, and incentives for notification are sent to the PP/ chemist.
              7. Monthly prescriptions come with an e-voucher, which patients can use to obtain medications (from a list of approved anti-TB drugs) from any local chemist who participates in the initiative

               

              Over the entire course of the treatment process, the TB programme in Mehsana deploys field workers to monitor and facilitate drug compliance via home visits.

              All the chemists and doctors in Mehsana were mapped and engaged. Doctors were trained to help them tailor prescription practices. NTEP offered no financial incentive to the doctor and only offers a minor overhead charge to the pharmacists.

              In the end, the programme provides a win-win situation for all: the chemist acts as a referral point, the patient gets the right diagnosis and free drugs, and the private physician retains his or her patients.

               

              Key Results

               

              Of all the patients who initiated anti-TB treatment through the initiative, 72% successfully completed their regimens.

               

              Lessons Learned from the Mehsana Model

               

              Mehsana helped demonstrate proof of concept for a model that directly engages private healthcare providers to diagnose, notify, and treat TB cases and to strengthen adherence to the TB treatment regimen.

              • Since PPs are often the first point of contact for patients, it is important to directly engage them by offering the right incentives to promote standard TB care.
              • Information, Communication and Technology (ICT) tools were used at various stages (during the mapping exercise and the use of e-vouchers) of the initiative. Thus, the role of technology in existing partnership options must not be discounted.

               

              Resources

              • NTEP Training Modules (5-9) for Programme Managers & Medical Officers, NTEP, 2020.
              • Mainstreaming Private Healthcare Systems for Tuberculosis Control, The Bridgespan Group, 2018.
              • Ending Tuberculosis in India: A Political Challenge & an Opportunity, IJMR, 2018.

               

              Assessment

              Question​

              Answer 1​

              Answer 2​

              Answer 3​

              Answer 4​

              Correct answer​

              Correct explanation​

              Page id​

              Part of Pre-test​

              Part of Post-test​

              Which of the following is true about the Mehsana model?

              It is a private sector partnership model that directly engages chemists.

              It is a proven model that shows increased case notifications.

              It did not require the use of any ICT tools.

              Options 1 and 2

              4

              The Mehsana Model of Universal Access to Free TB Care, Gujarat is a private sector partnership model that directly engages private providers/ chemists to ensure standards of care for TB. It is a proven model that shows increased case notifications.

              ​

              Yes Yes
          • STS: Partnership Options

            Fullscreen
            • Partnership Options for Private sector Engagement

              Content

              Partnership options refer to the different modalities utilised by stakeholders of the National TB Elimination Programme (NTEP) to engage with a private-sector partner to improve the availability and quality of service delivery for TB patients.

               

              The table below shows the partnership options that are currently available. The programme manager, based on the findings of the needs assessment, can identify the relevant partnership options that they can implement in their region.

               

              Table: Available Partnership Options and their Scope of Services

              Partnership Option

              Services

              Patient Provider Support Agency (PPSA)

              1. Private provider empanelment and engagement
              2. Linkages for specimen transportation and diagnostics
              3. Patient management (public health action, counselling, adherence support)
              4. Logistics of anti-TB drugs

              The PPSA is an example of a “service bundle” that covers a whole range of activities for end-to-end management of the private sector.

              Public Health Action

              1. Counselling and adherence management
              2. Contact tracing and chemoprophylaxis
              3. HIV counselling, testing and treatment linkage
              4. Drug Susceptibility Testing (DST) and linkage for Drug-resistant TB (DR-TB) services
              5. Blood sugar testing and linkages for diabetic care
              6. Linkages for Nikshay Poshan Yojana

              Specimen Management

              1. Collection of sputum samples
              2. Collection of respiratory (excluding sputum) and extrapulmonary specimens
              3. Transportation of specimens

              Diagnostics

              1. X-ray centres
              2. Smear Microscopy (ZN/ FM)/ Molecular diagnostics
              3. Culture (stand-alone)/ Line Probe Assay/ Culture and Drug Susceptibility Testing (CDST)
              4. Pre-treatment and follow-up investigation
              5. Latent TB infection (LTBI) test

              Treatment Services

              1. TB management centre
              2. DR-TB treatment centre (outdoor)
              3. DR-TB treatment centre (indoor)
              4. Specialist consultation for DR-TB patients

              Drug Access and Delivery Services

              1. Drug supply chain management
              2. Improving access to anti-TB drugs for TB patients notified by the private sector

              Active TB Case Finding and TB Prevention

              1. Active TB case finding
              2. TB prevention package for vulnerability mapping and LTBI management

              Advocacy, Communication and Community Empowerment

              1. Advocacy
              2. Communication
              3. Community Empowerment

               

              The partnership options stated above are those which are currently identified and recommended in the NTEP Guidance Document on Partnerships.

              A programme manager can innovate new partnership options which suit the local context, e.g., hiring a service provider for airborne infection control, facility-risk assessment, rehabilitation of DR-TB patients, or alcohol de-addiction programmes for people with TB, etc.

              In scenarios where multiple systemic gaps have been identified during the needs assessment, the programme manager may consider using more than one partnership option, via bundling. Bundling refers to combining a series of partnership options in a logical and sequential manner to ensure that no patient is left out at any point in the care cascade.

               

              Resources

              • Guidance Document on Partnerships, RNTCP, 2019.

               

              Assessment

              Question​

              Answer 1​

              Answer 2​

              Answer 3​

              Answer 4​

              Correct answer​

              Correct explanation​

              Page id​

              Part of Pre-test​

              Part of Post-test​

              Which of the following are partnership options available for NTEP to engage with the private sector?

              Partnership option for drug access and delivery services

              Partnership option for diagnostics and specimen management

              Partnership option for treatment services

              All of the above

              4

              All of the options fall under available partnership options designated by NTEP. But programme managers can be innovative and create new options as required.

                   
            • Mandatory Notification of TB Diagnosis

              Content

              TB is a notifiable disease in India, and TB notification has been made mandatory at the point of diagnosis since May 2012. This means that when a case of TB is diagnosed and/or put on treatment it is to be reported to the  NTEP.

              • Every healthcare provider, i.e., clinical establishments run or managed by the Government (including local authorities), private or NGO sectors and/or individual practitioners, need to notify diagnosed or treated TB patient’s. 
              • Reporting is to be done on the online reporting system called Nikshay and should include details of patient identification, and TB diagnosis.
              • This, apart from enabling essential public health actions such as Treatment initiation, and Contact Tracing, chemoprophylaxis, but also enables provisions of Direct beneficiary transfer for Nikshay Poshan Yojana

              Points to Note:

              As per MCI code of ethics a registered medical practitioner giving incorrect information on his name and authority about notification amounts to misconduct and such a medical practitioner is liable for deregistration. It is the duty of the registered medical to divulge this information to the authorized notification official as regards communicable and notifiable diseases. 

              Resources

              • TB Notification Letter from GoI, 7 May 2012.
              • TB Notification Amendment, 21 July 2015, MoHFW.

               

            • PHA for patient notified from the private sector

              Content

              As a public health responsibility to prevent transmission of TB infection and development of drug resistance it is essential to engage both the public and private sectors for effective TB prevention and control. A total of seven standards related to Public Health Actions (PHA) (Standard 12 to Standard 18) have been mentioned in the Standards for TB Care in India (STCI)-2014.  All patients notified from the private sector also need to be offered all public health actions. 

              This could be achieved in collaboration with the local public health services and/or other agencies.  

              1) Provide Access to Correct and Complete Diagnosis for Private Sector Patients

              • In this regard all private providers must be sensitized, and their capacities must be built with respect to early diagnosis, prompt referral for sputum smear examination to the National TB Elimination Programme (NTEP) diagnostic facilities / NTEP accredited private labs.
              • All private providers and chemists/pharmacists must mandatorily notify the TB patients to the local health authorities – District Health Officer / District TB Officer.

              2) Provide Support for Treatment Adherence 

              • A treatment support plan must be developed at the time of treatment initiation for all patients in the private sector too, in mutual consultation with patient and private provider.
              • All patients receiving treatment from the private sector must also be eligible to receive counselling services and upon consent, home visit counselling sessions (or at the location convenient to the patient) may be provided to patients and their caregivers under the NTEP’s Public Private Mix (PPM) or in association with partner agencies providing counselling services under NTEP.
              • Any instance of treatment interruption must be reported at the earliest through Ni-Kshay.
              • The patients may also be linked to Ni-Kshay call-centers for adherence support. 
              • The NTEP has also partnered with Patient Provider Support Agency (PPSA) / Patient Provider Interface Agency (PPIA) wherein vouchers were provided to private sector TB patients for utilizing subsidized TB diagnostic and follow up investigation services and can be scale up in high burden districts across the country with support from state governments/ Corporate Social Responsibilities (CSR) agencies.

              4) Contact Tracing and TB Preventive Treatment

              • All private providers must hold a responsibility to ensure that persons in close contact with patients who have infectious tuberculosis are evaluated at the earliest and managed in line with NTEP recommendations. The district health officers and district TB officers must be responsible to ensure this is being done on a regular basis.
              • Eligible contacts should also be counselled for initiation of TB preventive treatment.

              5) Linkage to Social Welfare and Protection

              • Upon notification by the private provider and initiation of appropriate TB treatment, all patients seeking treatment under the private sector become eligible to receive direct benefit transfer (DBT) under the government of India's Nikshay Poshan Yojana (NPY)
              • In districts where PPSA is available, PPSA staff may perform the linkage of private sector patients to DBT services and in districts where PPSAs are not available, the TB Health Visitor/ Senior Treatment Supervisor (STS) needs to undertake the public health action under the supervision of the PPM Coordinator.
              • The patients may also be guided and linked to various other social protection and welfare schemes available under central and state governments. The partner agencies with expertise in referral linkages shall help the NTEP in achieving this.

              6) Liaison with Professional Bodies

              • Professional bodies such as Indian Medical Association and Indian Pharmaceutical Association must be involved for advocacy regarding the services available under public health actions of NTEP for the private patients.

              Resources

              • Guidelines on Programmatic Management of Drug-resistant TB (PMDT) in India, CTD, MoHFW, GoI, 2021.
              • Mandatory TB Notification Gazette for Private Practitioners, Chemists and Public Health Staff, RNTCP, 2018.
              • Notification of TB Cases: Amendments, MoHFW, GoI, 2015.
              • TB Notification Order, MoHFW, GoI, 2012.
              • National Strategic Plan for Tuberculosis Elimination 2017-2025, RNTCP, CTD, MoHFW, 2017.
              • Standards for TB Care in India, WHO, 2014.

               

              Assessment

              Question     Answer 1     Answer 2     Answer 3     Answer 4     Correct answer     Correct explanation     Page id     Part of Pre-test     Part of Post-test    
              Linkage of private sector TB patients to available social support schemes is a part of public health action. True False     1 Linkage of private sector TB patients to available social support schemes is a part of public health action      Yes  Yes
          • STS: Regulations

            Fullscreen
            • TB Notification rate

              Content

              TB notification rate is the number of TB cases notified over a specified time period for a specified population, usually per lakh. It indicates how many cases have been diagnosed and informed to the National TB Elimination Program.

              It is mostly calculated annually, and the calculation formula is as follows: 

               

              Image removed.

               

              Figure: Deriving the Annualized TB Case Notification Rate

              The National TB Elimination Program calculates TB notification rates based on TB cases notified using the digital surveillance system called Nikshay. Each state/district is provided with an annual target for TB case notification, the progress of which is measured periodically to understand efforts taken for the detection of TB cases.

               

              Example

              If the number of TB patients diagnosed in District X one year is 1000, and the mid-year population of District X is 10,00,000, then the annualized TB case notification rate is calculated as follows: 

              100 cases/100 000/year

               

              Resources

              • NTEP training module for medical officers 5-9
              • TB Notification Rate, TB Indicators WHO 2014
            • Schedule H-1 Regulation

              Content

              Under the Drugs & Cosmetics Rules 1945, drugs specified under Schedule H are required to be sold by retail on the prescription of a Registered Medical Practitioner (RMP) only.  At present, Schedule H contains 510 drugs.  

              Recently, a new Schedule H1 has been introduced through gazette notification GSR 588 (E) dated 30-08-2013, which contains certain third and fourth-generation antibiotics, certain habit-forming drugs and anti-TB drugs.

               

              These drugs are required to be sold in the country under the following conditions: 

              (1) The supply of a drug specified in Schedule H1 shall be recorded in a separate register at the time of the supply giving the name and address of the prescriber, the name of the patient, the name of the drug and the quantity supplied and such records shall be maintained for three years and be open for inspection.

              (2) The drug specified in Schedule H1 shall be labelled with the symbol "Rx" which shall be in red and conspicuously displayed on the left top corner of the label, and shall also be labelled with the following words in a box with a red border:

              “Schedule H1 Drug Warning:

              -It is dangerous to take this preparation except in accordance with the medical advice.

              -Not to be sold by retail without the prescription of a Registered Medical Practitioner.”

               

              List of anti-TB drugs included in Schedule H1

               

              1. Ethambutol hydrochloride
              2. Ethionamide
              3. Isoniazid
              4. Levofloxacin
              5. Moxifloxacin
              6. Pyrazinamide
              7. Rifabutin
              8. Rifampicin

               

              Obligations of Chemists with Regard to Sales of Anti-TB Drugs Under Schedule H1

               

              • Mandatorily keep a copy of the prescription of drugs covered under Schedule H1 in a separate record and such record should be maintained for three years and be available for inspection.
              • The supply of a drug specified under schedule H1 shall be recorded in a separate register at the time of supply giving the name and address of the prescriber, the name of the patient, the name of the drug and the quantity supplied and such record shall be maintained for three years and be open for inspection (Annexure IV).

               

              Table: Annexure IV – Schedule H1 Drugs Record Format; Source: Frequently Asked Questions on Gazette on Mandatory TB Notification for Chemists/ Pharmacies. tbcindia.gov.in.

              Sl No:

              Date

              Name of doctor/ prescriber

              Address & Reg. No:

              Name of patient & address

              Name of drug

              Batch number

              Expiry

              Quantity sold

              Bill no.

               

               

               

               

               

               

               

               

               

               

               

               

               

               

               

               

               

               

               

               

               

               

               

               

               

               

               

               

               

              Resources

              • Rules for Selling of Drugs Under Schedule H1, Press release by MoHFW, 2013.
              • The Drugs & Cosmetics Act and Rules, Ministry of Health & Family Welfare, Government of India, 2016.
              • Frequently Asked Question on Gazette on Mandatory TB Notification for Chemists/ Pharmacies, Central TB Division.

               

              Assessment

              Question​

              Answer 1​

              Answer 2​

              Answer 3​

              Answer 4​

              Correct answer​

              Correct explanation​

              Page id​

              Part of Pre-test​

              Part of Post-test​

              Schedule H1 drugs can be sold without the prescription of a registered medical practitioner.

              True

              False

               

               

              2

              Schedule H1 Drug Warning:

              -It is dangerous to take this preparation except in accordance with the medical advice.

              -Not to be sold by retail without the prescription of a Registered Medical Practitioner.”

               

              Yes

              Yes

            • Incentive For Notification and Outcome Declaration

        • STS: ACSM and Community Engagement

          Fullscreen
          • STS: General Concepts in ACSM

            Fullscreen
            • What is A in ACSM

              Content

              In ACSM, "A" stands for Advocacy. "Advocacy" is an activity by an individual or a group that aims to influence the decisions within political, economic and social institutions. 

              Advocacy focuses on influencing policy-makers, funders and international decision-making bodies through a variety of channels:

              • Conferences, summits and symposia
              • Celebrity spokespeople, press conferences, news coverage
              • Meetings between various levels of government and civil society organizations
              • Official Memoranda of Understanding (MoU), parliamentary debates and other political events
              • Partnership meetings, patients’ organizations, private physicians, radio and television talk shows, and service providers.

              Types of advocacy

              • Policy advocacy: Mainly targets policy-setting, influencing policymakers to incorporate the latest evidence and informs senior politicians and administrators how an issue will affect the country, and outlines actions to take for improving the laws and policies.
              • Programme advocacy: Targets opinion leaders at the community level on the need for local action.
              • Media advocacy: Validates the relevance of a subject, puts issues on the public agenda and encourages the media to cover TB-related topics regularly and in a responsible manner so as to raise awareness of possible solutions and problems.

               

              Resources

              1. Advocacy, Communication & Social Mobilization (ACSM) for Tuberculosis Control - A Handbook for Country Programmes, WHO, 2007.
              2. Operational Handbook on Advocacy, Communication & Social Mobilization for RNTCP, Central TB Division, MoHFW, GoI, 2014.

               

               

              Assessment:

              Question​

              Answer 1​

              Answer 2​

              Answer 3​

              Answer 4​

              Correct answer​

              Correct explanation​

              Page id​

              Part of Pre-test​

              Part of Post-test​

              News reports on World TB day celebrations are an example of which of the following types of advocacy?

              Policy advocacy

              Programme advocacy

              Media advocacy

              None of the above

              3

              Media advocacy encourages the media to cover TB-related topics regularly and in a responsible manner so as to raise awareness of possible solutions and problems.

               

              ​

              Yes Yes
            • What is C in ACSM

              Content

              Communication aims to favourably change knowledge, attitudes and practices among various groups of people. 

              Types of communication in healthcare are:

              • Oral/verbal communication- by word of mouth (speech/talk)
              • Written communication- exchange of facts, ideas and opinions through the use of written materials
              • Non verbal communication- through gestures, body language or posture, facial expressions, and eye contact 
              • Visual communication- exchange of ideas through visuals

              Health communication aims to influence and empower individuals, populations and communities to make healthier choices. It frequently informs the public of the services that exist for diagnosis and treatment and relays a series of messages about the disease. It aims to inculcate behaviour change for healthy life choices.

              E.g.: “Seek treatment if you have a cough for more than two weeks”, “TB hurts your lungs” or “TB is curable”.

              Approaches to health communication

              1. Informative communication

              Provides information about a new idea and makes it familiar to people.

              2.Educative communication

              A new idea on health behaviour is explained, including its strengths and weaknesses.

              3.Persuasive communication 

              Usually in the form of a message that promotes a positive change in behaviour and attitudes, and which encourages that audience to accept the new idea. This approach to message development involves finding out what most appeals to a particular audience. Persuasive approaches are more effective than coercive approaches in achieving behaviour change.

              4.Prompting communication

              Messages are designed so that they are not easily ignored or forgotten they can be used to remind the audience about something that reinforces earlier messages.  

              Behaviour Change Communication (BCC)

              • Behaviour Change Communication (BCC) is an interactive process of any intervention with individuals, groups or communities to develop communication strategies to promote positive health behaviours which are appropriate to the current social conditions and thereby help the society to solve their pressing health problems.
              • BCC creates an environment through which the affected communities can discuss, debate, organize and communicate their own perspectives on TB.
              • It aims to change behaviour – such as persuading people with symptoms to seek treatment – and to foster social change, supporting processes in the community or elsewhere to spark a debate that may shift social mores and/or eliminate barriers to new behaviour.

               

                                                                                                         Figure: Behaviour Change Communication

               

               

               

              Resources

              1. Advocacy, Communication & Social Mobilisation (ACSM) for Tuberculosis Control - A Handbook for Country Programmes, WHO, 2007.
              2. Operational Handbook on Advocacy, Communication & Social Mobilisation for RNTCP, Central TB Division, MoHFW, GoI, 2014.

               

               

               

              Assessment:

              Question​

              Answer 1​

              Answer 2​

              Answer 3​

              Answer 4​

              Correct answer​

              Correct explanation​

              Page id​

              Part of Pre-test​

              Part of Post-test​

              What does the environment created by behaviour change communication encourage the TB-affected communities to do?

              Discuss, debate, organize, communicate

              Discuss, organize, implement, communicate

              Organize, enforce, communicate

              None of the above

              1

              Behaviour change communication creates an environment through which the affected communities can discuss, debate, organize and communicate their own perspectives on TB.

               

              ​

                 
            • What is SM in ACSM

              Content

              Social Mobilisation (SM) is the process of bringing together different stakeholders and building partnerships to prevent, detect and cure TB. It generates dialogue, negotiation and consensus among a range of players that includes decision-makers, the media, Non-government Organisations (NGOs), opinion leaders, policy-makers, the private sector, professional associations, TB-patient networks and religious groups.

              At the heart of social mobilisation is the need to involve people who are either living with active TB or have suffered from it at some time in the past.

               

              Aims of Social Mobilisation

              • Increase awareness of the disease (TB) and the demand for diagnosis and treatment services

              • Expand service delivery through community-based approaches

              • Enhance sustainability, accountability and community ownership of TB services

               

              Activities for Social Mobilisation

              • Group and community meetings - Engaging yuva/ mahila mandals, village health sanitation and nutrition committees under the National Rural Health Mission (NRHM), sensitization of local and religious leaders on TB and related stigma in the community. Regular meetings at the village level to address myths and misconceptions and help people with TB symptoms seek timely and appropriate care or referrals.
              • School activities - Conducting TB awareness campaigns in schools by addressing the school assembly/ class, painting competitions, rallies, road shows, essay competitions, drawing competitions, exhibitions, dramas, pictorial presentations, quizzes, puzzles, puppet shows, leaflet distributions etc.
              • Traditional media group performances - Performing entertainment-centred folk performances, street plays with scripts centred around TB awareness messages.
              • Rallies and road shows - Spreading TB related messages on World TB day.
              • Home visits - Encouraging interpersonal communication and empowering former TB patients and TB champions to become Directly Observed Treatment, Short-course (DOTS) providers.

              Here, inter-personal communication and group communication are the main channels of communication for disseminating TB-related key messages.

               

              In the National TB Elimination Programme (NTEP), partner NGOs play an important role in social/ community mobilisation. It generates dialogue, negotiation and consensus, engaging a range of players in interrelated and complementary efforts while taking into account people’s needs.

               

              Resources

               

              1. Advocacy,Communication & Social Mobilisation (ACSM) for Tuberculosis Control - A Handbook for Country Programmes, WHO, 2007.
              2. Operational Handbook on Advocacy, Communication & Social Mobilisation for RNTCP, Central TB Division, MoHFW, GoI, 2014.

               

              Assessment:

              Question​

              Answer 1​

              Answer 2​

              Answer 3​

              Answer 4​

              Correct answer​

              Correct explanation​

              Page id​

              Part of Pre-test​

              Part of Post-test​

              A roadshow was conducted by local PHC in a village on World TB day with message to End TB. This is an example of:

              Policy making

              Social mobilisation

              Institutional strengthening

              Diagnostics

              2

              Roadshow is one of the activities of social mobilisation strategy which aims at increasing awareness about the disease, involving major stakeholders.

              ​

                 

               

               

               

               

               

            • ACSM goals for TB Elimination

              Content

              Advocacy, Communication and Social Mobilization (ACSM) strategies are directed at achieving specific goals in terms of TB elimination.

              They are:

              • Setting and developing the policy based on the latest evidence
              • Mobilizing political commitment and resources for TB
              • Improving case detection and treatment adherence
              • Widening the reach of services
              • Combating stigma and discrimination
              • Empowering people affected by TB and the community at large

              It is useful to determine how ‘ideal behaviour’ in the community relates to these goals. The ‘ideal behaviour’ which is promoted through messages and ACSM strategies should be connected to the overall goal of the TB control programme. A few examples of this are:

              • For the general public: Going to a healthcare provider at the first signs of possible TB infection (ideal behaviour) relates directly to the National TB Elimination Programme (NTEP) goal of increasing the case-detection rate for TB.
              • For healthcare providers: Following the standards set for the treatment of TB – includes knowing what regimen, how to administer anti-tubercular therapy and what treatment path to take in case of multidrug-resistant or extensively drug-resistant TB. This relates to treatment adherence and outcomes.

              The ACSM goals are planned in such a way as to achieve/ address:

              • Structural or systemic issues (such as the lack of community Direct Observation Treatment, Short-course (DOTS) programmes)

              • Communication interventions (such as behaviour change)

              • Individual and social barriers (such as stigma, risk perception and knowledge among populations and health staff)

              • Social mobilization activities that promote changes throughout a community or priority group.

               

              Resources

               

              1. Advocacy, Communication & Social Mobilization (ACSM) for Tuberculosis Control - A Handbook for Country Programmes, WHO, 2007.
              2. Operational Handbook on Advocacy, Communication & Social Mobilization for RNTCP, Central TB Division, MoHFW, GoI, 2014.

               

              Assessment:

              Question​

              Answer 1​

              Answer 2​

              Answer 3​

              Answer 4​

              Correct answer​

              Correct explanation​

              Page id​

              Part of Pre-test​

              Part of Post-test​

              Seeking healthcare at the earliest symptom of TB directly relates to which goal of NTEP?

              Mobilizing political commitment and resources for TB

              Improving case detection

              Widening the reach of services

               

              Combating stigma and discrimination

               

              2

              Improving case detection is an important goal of NTEP and seeking health care early helps in the detection of more number of cases.

              ​

              Yes Yes

               

               

            • Target Audience for ACSM activities

              Content

              Identifying target audience is a key step in the process of developing Advocacy, Communication and Social Mobilisation (ACSM) strategy.

              Specific target audience need to be addressed to prevent hinderances in achieving the programme objectives.

              Image
              Steps in identifying target audience for ACSM activities 

              Figure: Steps in Identifying Target Audience for ACSM Activities 

               

              Target Audience for ACSM Activities

              1. Advocacy

              • Decision-makers at national, regional and district levels (National Health Mission officials, District Magistrate, National TB Elimination Programme leadership)

              • Policy-makers

              • Professional groups

              • Funders

              • Media

               

              1. Communication

              • General public, including different vulnerable groups, healthcare workers (i.e., primary healthcare providers, Allopathic and Ayurvedic, Yoga and Naturopathy, Unani, Siddha and Homeopathy (AYUSH) doctors, private healthcare providers, traditional healers, etc.)

              • TB patients currently on treatment as well as cured TB patients

              • Contacts of patients with active TB

              • People at high risk of developing TB

               

              1. Social mobilisation

              • Communities

              • Community groups, e.g., mahila mandals, youth groups

              • National and local level leaders

              • Local Non-government Organisations (NGOs), Youth organizations, Community-based Organisations (CBOs)

               

              Resources

              • Operational Handbook on Advocacy, Communication & Social Mobilisation for RNTCP, Central TB Division, MoHFW, GoI, 2014.

               

              Assessment 

              Question​  

              Answer 1​  

              Answer 2​  

              Answer 3​  

              Answer 4​  

              Correct answer​  

              Correct explanation​  

              Identifying target audience is crucial in the process of developing ACMS strategy.

               True    False        1

              Specific target audiences need to be addressed to remove the causes/ reasons that are hindering programme objectives.

               

            • ACSM approaches

              Content

              Once Advocacy, Communication and Social Mobilisation (ACSM) objectives are designed, linking them with activities strengthens the overall programme effectiveness. Several ACSM approaches can be considered for TB. Decisions on which approach or combination of approaches to use should take into account the benefits and risks, the time frame and the expertise and financial resources needed for effective implementation.

               

              There are two parameters to determine:

              (1) What ACSM activities to conduct?

              (2) Which channels of communication to use?

               

              Following are the various ACSM approaches relevant to the National TB Elimination Programme (NTEP) and the activities included in it:

               

              NTEP Goal

              ACSM Approaches

              Activities & Channels

              Gaining political commitment to TB elimination

              • Educate national policy-makers and political leaders about the health and economic benefits of TB elimination. Aim to have TB declared a national health priority.
              • Educate local and community level authorities to encourage them to contribute to TB elimination efforts.
              • Solicit the support of international and national partners.
              • Seminars and briefing meetings
              • Print information (letters, fact sheets)
              • Events around World TB Day and other occasions

              Improving case detection

              • Raise public awareness about TB.
              • Reduce stigma against people with TB and correct misconceptions about TB infection by actively involving current and former TB patients.
              • Help health workers, communities and individuals identify TB cases.
              • Encourage individuals to seek care from appropriate sources.
              • Target hard-to-reach populations (prisoners, urban poor, homeless).
              • Formative research to determine the best messages and approaches
              • Mass media including radio and television
              • Distribution of print materials at community meetings or events
              • Interpersonal communication and counselling training for health workers
              • Community mobilisation activities

              Increasing treatment success and discouraging the spread of Multidrug-resistant TB (MDR-TB)

              • Give people with TB hope of complete cure.
              • Encourage people with TB to seek treatment from appropriate sources.
              • Provide materials to counsellors.
              • Encourage people with TB to complete treatment even if they improve before treatment ends.
              • Make people with TB aware of possible side effects, and where to seek care, if present.
              • Encourage health workers, family and community members to directly observe people with TB taking their medicine.
              • Engage people who are fully recovered to encourage people currently affected by TB to complete treatment.
              • Interpersonal communication and counselling training for health workers
              • Mass media, including radio and television
              • Extensive distribution of print materials at healthcare facilities
              • Community mobilisation activities
              • Peer education at community or interest group meetings

               

               

              Resources

               

              1. Advocacy, Communication & Social Mobilisation (ACSM) for Tuberculosis Control - A Handbook for Country Programmes, WHO, 2007.
              2. Operational Handbook on Advocacy, Communication & Social Mobilisation for RNTCP, Central TB Division, MoHFW, GoI. 2014.

               

               

              Assessment:

              Question​

              Answer 1​

              Answer 2​

              Answer 3​

              Answer 4​

              Correct answer​

              Correct explanation​

              Page id​

              Part of Pre-test​

              Part of Post-test​

              Factors to be considered while adopting an ACSM approach include:

              Risks & benefits

              Time frame

              Expertise & financial resources

              All of the above

              4

              Decisions on which ACSM approach or combination of approaches to use should take into account the benefits and risks, the time frame and the expertise and financial resources needed for effective implementation.

              ​

              Yes

              Yes

               

               

               

            • Communication channels

              Content

              There are several communication channels for the effective dissemination of messages.

              Below are various channels with their advantages and disadvantages listed.

              Channels/ Tools Audiences Reached Advantages Disadvantages
              Mass media channels      
              Television Households, families
              • Wider reach in urban and rural areas
              • Maximum impact due to audiovisual elements
              • Expensive production costs
              • Less reach among rural and migrant populations, who are vulnerable to TB.
              Radio Individuals, households, families
              • Radio production is simple and much less expensive than TV.
              • Relatively wider reach than TV among rural and migrant populations.
              • Accessible even on mobile phones
              • Radio listening is no more popular; TV viewing/online portals are more popular.

              Newspapers

              and

              magazines

              Educated

              individuals,

              households

              • Timely and fixed schedule of dissemination.
              • Pictorial description of message.
              • Not useful for the illiterate population
              • People read newspapers for news about political developments, crime, etc., and not for advertisements per se, unless the advertisement is attractive and eye-catching enough.
              Mid-Media - Outdoor Publicity Materials and Folk Arts/ Dramas      
              Posters Individuals
              • Strong pictorial description of the message.
              • Useful in high-traffic areas
              • Brief messages
              • Short lifespan
              Pamphlets Individual
              • Good for communicating core messages with illustration/ visual support.
              • Mass distribution and a kind of take-home message.
              • Not very expensive.
              • Can be used for repeated exposure and to reinforce messages broadcasted through mass media.
              • Useful for the literate population, but can be used by the illiterate people as well
              • If the pamphlet looks attractive enough, it is taken home and contents are deciphered with the help of literates or children at home/ in the neighbourhood.
              Brochures Individuals, groups
              • Detailed information/ instructions with illustrations/ visuals/ graphs etc.
              • Production costs may be relatively high.
              Flip charts Individuals
              • Good support in counselling sessions.
              • Production costs may be relatively high.
              Wall writings/ hoardings Individuals, households
              • Useful in high-traffic areas.
              • Good for identification, pictorial description and reinforcement of message
              • Only for the literate population.
              • Message retention is low
              Kiosks Individuals
              • Face-to-face communication along with audio-visual communication for better message retention.
              • Useful in dispelling myths and practices.
              • Expensive to scale up.
              • Requires trained staff.
              • Relatively small reach.
              Mobile vans and videos on wheels Groups, community
              • Entertaining and can grab audience attention and better message retention
              • Expensive to implement and scale up
              • Relatively small reach
              • Requires precision of timing
              Folk dramas Groups, community
              • Entertaining and can grab audience attention and better message retention
              • Can touch an emotional chord with individuals/ households; useful for sensitisation.
              • Relatively small reach.
              • Expensive to scale up.
              • Requires precision of timing.
              • Requires good artists with prior training.
              Interpersonal Communication (IPC)      
              Counselling Individuals
              • Credible source due to face-to-face communication.
              • Allows detailed explanation of key health messages.
              • Can help dispel myths and check wrong practices.
              • Time-taking to build reach.
              • Small reach (individual).
              • Costly to scale up.
              • Requires special training.
              Home visits Households
              • Credible source due to face-to-face communication.
              • Allows detailed explanation of key health messages.
              • Can help dispel myths and check wrong practices.
              • Useful for rapport building.
              • Time-taking to build reach.
              • Small reach to the target audience.
              • Requires adequate capacity building.
              Community Dialogue      
              Seminars, workshops, and Parliament questions Policy-makers, implementers, urban population
              • Brainstorming of key stakeholders.
              • Identification of key communication challenges,
              • Key inputs from experts and academicians.
              • Not timely.
              • High cost of implementation.
              • Time-taking to bring about change.
              • Difficulty in mobilizing key stakeholders.
              Public meetings and gatherings

              Key

              influencers,

              individuals,

              households

              • Emphasis on key messages by influencers/ stakeholders.
              • Useful for addressing different segments of the target audience together.
              • Intermittent in occurrence.
              • High organising cost.
              • Only verbal communication involved.
              • Reach is relatively small.
              Working with groups

              Households,

              individuals

              • Dissemination of key messages among communities.
              • Word-of-mouth communication.
              • Low frequency.
              • Only verbal communication involved.
              Social Media      
              Facebook, Blogs, YouTube, SMS Individuals
              • Targets individuals but has a wide/ mass reach.
              • An effective method of reaching a large number.
              • High visibility among decision-makers.
              • Only limited people have access to internet accounts on Facebook, and an even smaller number have blogs.

               

              Resources

              1. Advocacy, Communication & Social Mobilisation (ACSM) for Tuberculosis Control - A Handbook for Country Programmes, WHO, 2007.
              2. Operational Handbook on Advocacy, Communication & Social Mobilisation for RNTCP, Central TB Division, MoHFW, GoI, 2014.

               

              Assessment

              Question​ Answer 1​ Answer 2​ Answer 3​ Answer 4​ Correct answer​ Correct explanation​ Page id​ Part of Pre-test​ Part of Post-test​
              Home visits for communication are an example of: Mass media Interpersonal communication Community dialogue Mid-media approach 2

              A home visit is a form of Interpersonal Communication (IPC).

              • Credible source due to face-to face communication
              • Allows detailed explanation of key health messages
              • Can help dispel myths and check wrong practices
              • Useful for rapport building
              ​ Yes Yes

               

            • ACSM activities at different levels

              Content

              Advocacy, Communication and Social Mobilization (ACSM) activities must place the individual at the centre and bring in the family, community and society to bring about sustained changes in TB perceptions and behaviours. ACSM activities must target these 4 groups accordingly:

               

              1. Individual: Specific interventions that ensure sustained engagement of people or individuals in maintaining positive behaviours/ changing to desired behaviours. E.g., counselling, use of positive TB messages, message by TB champions, etc.
              2. Family: Interventions that create an enabling environment for promoting positive behaviour change and developing necessary skills for a person affected by TB. E.g., counselling of the entire family.
              3. Community: Mobilizes groups toward a common goal, raises local resources and fosters support and awareness for TB-related issues. E.g., conducting TB awareness campaigns in public meeting places, melas, street dramas, etc. 
              4. Society: Advocates for rights-based and socially inclusive approaches and seek support for the TB programme. E.g., workshops and seminars to drive change in legislation, policy, partnerships and resource allocation.

               

              Aimed at individuals, families, communities, and the society, varied ACSM activities are undertaken at the national, state, district and community levels to:

              • Create awareness and an enabling environment
              • Build capacities to bring about desired changes in TB-related health behaviour
              • Sustain positive behaviour

               

              These are shown in the figure below.

              Figure: ACSM Activities Spanning Across All Levels

              Resources

              • Operational Handbook on Advocacy, Communication, and Social Mobilization (ACSM), NTEP, 2014.
              • NTEP Training Modules 5-9 for Programme Managers & Medical Officers, 2020.

              Assessment

               

              Question​ Answer 1​ Answer 2​ Answer 3​ Answer 4​ Correct answer​ Correct explanation​ Page id​ Part of Pre-test​ Part of Post-test​
              ACSM activities span across which levels? Individual only. Individual, family, community, society and from central down to the village level. Individual and family levels only. ACSM activities do not span across any level. 2 ACSM activities must span across the individual, family, community, societal levels, and from the central down to the village level. ​    

               

               

          • STS: Planning for ACSM

            Fullscreen
            • ACSM planning format

              Content

              Components of Advocacy, Communication and Social Mobilisation (ACSM) Planning Format

              • Activity - The number of planned activities is mentioned against the timeline (for every quarter). Common activities listed in the format include community meetings, patient-provider meetings, school activities and outreach activities.
              • Timeline - Timelines are divided into four quarters, but one must ensure that activities are spread across all the quarters and not aggregated in the last quarter of January–March.
              • Budget - Budgeting for ACSM activities should cover materials, events, training, monitoring, evaluation, etc.
              • Justification - The reason/ purpose for undertaking the ACSM activities is recorded.

              The planning format also collects historical budgets proposed, allotted and spent for previous years to see if allotted budgets were properly utilised. The current allocation depends on the historical trend of spending. 

              Table: Example of ACSM Implementation Plan Format  

               

              Activity

              Timeline

              Budget

              Justification/ Remarks

               

              Q1

              Q2

              Q3

              Q4

               

               

               

              (Apr - June)

              (July - Sep)

              (Oct - Dec)

              (Jan - Mar)

               

               

               

               

               

               

               

               

               

               

               

               

              1. State Level

              Image
              State Level

              2. District Level

               

               

                                   Advocacy, Communication and Social Mobilisation

               

              Justification/ Remarks

               

              Activity

               

              Budget Proposed in last annual action plan

              (2012 – 2013)

               

              Amount available in this Head (2012 – 2013)

               

              Amount spent by district (2012 - 2013)

               

              Approved ACSM Plan for 2013 -2014

               

              Amount spent in 2013-2014 (till Sep 2013)

               

              Permissible Budget as per population norm for 2014 - 2015

               

              Budget proposed for 2013 - 2014

               

               

              Total

                       

               

                     0

               

               

               

               

               

               

              Name of Activity

               

              Number of activities undertaken in 2012-2013

               

              Number of activities undertaken in 2013-2014 (till Sep 2013)

               

              Number of Activities Proposed in 2014-15

               

              Budget Proposed for Next FY 2014-2015

               

              Apr-Jun

               

              Jul-Sep

               

              Oct-Dec

               

              Jan-Mar

               

              Total

               

              Community meeting

                         

               

              0

               

               

              Patient – provider meeting

                         

               

              0

               

               

              School activity

                         

              0

               

               

              Outreach activity

                         

               

              0

               

               

              CME

                         

               

              0

               

               

                         

               

              0

               
                           

               

              0

               
                           

               

              0

               

               

              Total

               

              0

               

              0

               

              0

               

              0

               

              0

               

              0

               

              0

               

              0

               

              Resources

              • Operational Handbook on Advocacy, Communication & Social Mobilisation for RNTCP, Central TB Division, MoHFW, GoI, 2014.

              Assessment

               

               

              Question​  

              Answer 

              1​  

              Answer 2​   Answer 3​   Answer 4​   Correct answer​   Correct explanation​  
              How many components are there in the ACSM planning format?  3  4    5   2  2 Activity, Timeline, Budget and Justification are the key components of PIPs for ACSM.
            • Developing ACSM Annual Action Plan

              Content

              Three Levels of Advocacy, Communication and Social Mobilisation (ACSM) Activities 

               

              • Preparation of district- and state-level Project Implementation Plans (PIPs) is an important component of the National TB Elimination Programme (NTEP) under the umbrella of the National Health Mission (NHM).
              • State PIP is prepared annually which helps states in identifying and quantifying their targets for programme implementation during the year.
              • This takes a bottom-up participatory approach that promotes need-based and decentralised planning.

               

              Image
              Bottom-up approach used in developing ACSM annual action plan

              Figure 1: Bottom-up approach used in developing ACSM annual action plan

              Steps in Planning ACSM PIP

              • Draft of district PIPs are discussed in groups of 4–5 districts and ‘finalised’ as district PIPs.
              • The district PIPs are consolidated into one document as the draft of state PIP by the IEC officer, in consultation with the STO and other concerned staff.
              • In the process, the district PIPs and the state PIP are finalised and sent to Central TB Division (CTD) for approval.
              • Once the state ACSM PIP and budget are approved by the CTD, the State IEC Officer (SIECO) should rework the state and district PIPs to reprioritise ACSM activities based on the allotted budget.

               

              Image
              Steps in Planning ACSM PIP

              Figure 2:Steps in Planning ACSM PIP

              Abbr: DMC: Designated Microscopy Centre; PHI: Peripheral Health Institute; TU: TB Unit; DTO: District TB Officer; STO: State TB Officer; NTEP: National TB Elimination Programme.

              Resources

              • Operational Handbook on Advocacy, Communication & Social Mobilisation for RNTCP, Central TB Division, MoHFW, GoI, 2014.

              Assessment

              Question​ 

              Answer 

              1​  

              Answer 2​   Answer 3​   Answer 4​   Correct answer​   Correct explanation​  
              Planning of ACSM activities is a bottom-up approach.  False  True      2 ACSM project implementation plan takes inputs from all implementing levels - DMC, PHI, and TUs. Planning at the sub-district level starts as a bottom-up approach.
          • STS: Guidelines and Protocols for ACSM activities

            Fullscreen
            • Organising Community meetings

              Content

              Community meetings are organised by the Senior Treatment Supervisor (STS) or the partner Non-Government Organisation (NGO) under the supervision of the Medical Officer.

              • These meetings are conducted to create awareness about TB among the general population, community leaders, people’s representatives, Self-help Groups (SHGs), community volunteers, traditional healers, etc.
              • These meetings are organised in a community centre or any other suitable place at the village and slum level.
              • To maximise the output, the community meetings should be planned appropriately.

              Following are the steps involved in planning a community meeting:

              Image
              Community meeting steps

               

              Resources

              • Operational Handbook on Advocacy, Communication and Social Mobilisation (ACSM) for RNTCP, Central TB Division, Ministry of Health and Family Welfare.

               

              Assessment

               

              Question​ Answer 1​ Answer 2​ Answer 3​ Answer 4​ Correct answer​ Correct explanation​ Page id​ Part of Pre-test​ Part of Post-test​
              Who supervises the conduct of community meetings? DTO STO MO STLS 3 Community meetings are organised by the STS or the partner NGO under the supervision of the Medical Officer.   YES YES
            • Peer group interventions

              Content

               

              Community or peer-led measures penetrate better into the intricate layers of key population and facilitate Intensive Case Finding (ICF). Peer group support helps patients deal with challenges that they face during the treatment period. Several Tuberculosis (TB) patients find their treatment period stressful and having a peer to talk to, who has undergone similar challenges, and a doctor or counsellor to answer their questions, helps build confidence and realization that they are not alone in this journey.

               

              Image
              Peer group characteristics

               

              Figure 1: Characteristics of a Peer Group

               

               

              Image
              Influence of peer group on TB patients

               

              Figure 2: Peer group interventions has an influence on the knowledge, attitude, and quality of life of the pulmonary tuberculosis patients

               

              • Peer group intervention is human centered approach as it involves perspectives from the patients and their care givers encouraging them to openly discuss their concerns. Peer group intervention builds collective strength and solidarity among patients attending the group meeting and improve their treatment experience by learning from experience of peers. Talking to others in support groups reduces anxiety, improves self-esteem, and helps members' sense of well-being overall.

               

              • Peers are an underused resource for strengthening TB control among socially excluded populations. There is a need for further research into the contribution of peers to TB control, including analyses of economic effectiveness.

               

               

              Peer group interventions for TB patients are:

               

              • Conducting patient support group meetings where patients and care givers can discuss their concerns and invite other patients who have addressed similar issues in their treatment. Social support from family and friends, helps in patient’s adherence to treatment. Treatment adherence is a key to the completion of TB treatment. The support is part of an external stimulus which can develop a particular behavior in human.

               

              • Peer group members can facilitate linkages to nutrition and other forms of support for TB patients – Patients or caregivers can be linked to support services like counselling, nutrition and social entitlements, either from the NTEP or through other public schemes or community structures.

               

              • Peer group members can help each other by sharing their knowledge to create linkages with the medical support systems – TB patients who develop side effects due to medication, should be linked for medical support during the meetings. Medical Doctor/STS/TBHV/CHO shall provide counselling to patients regarding side effects of the TB treatment and how to address the issues. Members act as role models for each other. Seeing others who are contending with the same adversity and making progress in their lives is inspiring and encouraging.

               

              • Peer group members can facilitate interactions of family members with Medical officer (M.O.)/National TB Elimination Programme  (NTEP) staff – Peer group meetings can be used to counsel the caregivers on how to take care of the patient at home. A support group is a safe place for someone who needs to talk about intensely personal issues, experiences, struggles, and thoughts.

               

               

               

              Resources

               

              Guidance document on community engagement under NTEP Central TB Division, MoHFW, GoI September 2021

               

              Operational handbook on Advocacy, Communication & Social Mobilization for RNTCP, Central TB Division, MoHFW, GoI 2014  

               

              NTEP Training Modules 5 to 9, Central TB Division, MoHFW, GoI 2020

               

               

              Assessment

               

                Question    

              Answer  

              1    

              Answer 2    

              Answer 3    

              Answer 4    

              Correct answer    

              Correct explanation    

              Peers are an underused resource for strengthening TB control among socially excluded populations. There is a need for further research into the contribution of peers to TB control, including analyses of economic effectiveness.

               

               

               True 

                False

                 

                 

               1

              Community or peer-led measures penetrate better into the intricate layers of key population and facilitate Intensive Case Finding (ICF).

               

               

               

               

               

            • ACSM activities in schools

              Content

              In order to create awareness and mobilise young students to fight against TB, the National TB Elimination Programme (NTEP) encourages TB awareness campaigns in schools.

              Common school activities undertaken to create awareness about TB among children include the following:

              • Addressing the school assembly/ classes
              • Holding painting competitions
              • Holding rallies and road shows
              • Holding essay competitions
              • Holding slogan competitions
              • Reading TB leaflets during prayers
              • Organising quizzes
              • Puzzle games
              • Pictorial presentations (presenting TB-related information in the form of pictures)
              • Organising exhibitions (posters, models etc.)
              • Katputli shows
              • Distributing leaflets containing information about TB

               

              Steps for Organising School Activities

              School activities could prove very effective, provided they are well planned. Following are the steps for effective organisation of school activities:

              Image
              Steps for Organising School Activities

               

               

              Resources

              • Operational Handbook on Advocacy, Communication and Social Mobilisation (ACSM) for RNTCP. Central TB Division, Ministry of Health and Family Welfare.

              Assessment

              Question​

              Answer 1​

              Answer 2​

              Answer 3​

              Answer 4​

              Correct answer​

              Correct explanation​

              Page id​

              Part of Pre-test​

              Part of Post-test​

              Training school teachers is a part of the ACSM activities in schools. True

              False

               

               

              1

              Training of school teachers, who will in turn conduct school activities in a planned manner is a part of ACSM activities in schools.

               

              YES

              YES

               

            • Community mobilization strategies-Tribal areas

              Content

              Tribal people (10.4 Cr, 8.6% of total population) have higher prevalence (703 per 100,000) of TB compared to national average (256 per 100,000).10.4% of all TB notified patients are from tribal communities. The National TB program has prioritized this subgroup of population through Tribal Action Plans since 2005.

              As a part of the Multisectoral collaboration with various Ministries, a guidance note on the joint action plan was developed by Ministry of Health and Family Welfare (MoHFW) and Ministry of Tribal Affairs in October 2020 and shared with the Secretaries of all States/ UTs for field level implementation. Tribal TB initiative, a unique partnership between the Ministry of Health and Family Welfare and Ministry of Tribal Affairs was initiated to improve the cascade of TB care and support services among Tribal Populations in India. The technical assistance for this initiate will be provided by USAID.

              Challenges in communities in tribal areas:

              Access, availability, and utilization of TB care services of these communities are hindered by:

              1. Geographical barriers
              2. Poor state of social determinants
              3. High impact of malnutrition, insufficient community involvement
              4. Health system constraints including lack of trained human resources
              5. Cultural and communication gaps between the care provider and the community, etc.
              6. The COVID-19 pandemic has probably further worsened the situation.

               

              Community mobilization strategies in tribal areas:

               

              Image
              Community mobilization strategies in tribal areas

               

              Various departments which play a role in community mobilization in Tribal areas:

              1. National Program Management Unit (NPMU) provides technical assistance in monitoring and implementation of the Tribal TB Initiative.
              2. Coordination among National Tuberculosis Elimination Programme (NTEP), National Health Mission (NHM), Ministry of Development of Northeastern Region, Ministry of Tribal affairs at National, state and district levels through national level Technical Support Unit.
              Image
              Interdepartmental Collaborations

               

               

              1. Coordination with ‘Centre of Excellence’ within the Ministry of Tribal Affairs, with a key focus on TB.
              2. Partnering with private sector players for leveraging resources for TB elimination in Tribal communities.
              3. Documenting best practices, and commission tribal health research studies in collaborations with identified government institutions.
              4. Various departments collaborate for improving the operational excellence of existing demand-side interventions such as Village Health Sanitation and Nutrition Days (and committees), Jan Arogya Samiti platforms, Jan Andolan initiatives, engaging TB-Champions, and training of faith healers and other community influencers.

               

              Resource

              1. Operational handbook on Advocacy, Communication & Social Mobilization for RNTCP, Central TB Division, MoHFW, GoI 2014  

               

              2. Tribal TB Iniative

               

              3. NTEP Training Modules 5to9

               

              Assessment

               

              Question    

              Answer  

              1    

              Answer 2     Answer 3     Answer 4     Correct answer     Correct explanation    
              Community mobilization strategies in tribal areas include home visits.  True    False      1

              Community mobilization is about seeking cooperation and support from different stakeholders in general and the community in specific.

              Home visits will improve awareness on various government schemes, provisions, facilities available for TB patients and to improve treatment literacy and adherence among TB patients in tribal areas.

               

               

               

               

               

               

            • Community mobilization strategies-Rural areas

              Content

               

              Rural populations have more limited access to primary care physicians than residents of urban areas, and are older, sicker, and poorer than urban counterparts. Travel to reach a primary care provider may be costly and burdensome for patients living in remote rural areas, with subspecialty care often being even farther away. These patients may substitute local primary care providers for sub specialists, or they may decide to postpone or forego care. Many social determinants act as barriers for rural communities to access health services.

              Challenges faced by communities in rural areas are:

              • Higher poverty rates, which can make it difficult for participants to pay for services or programs
              • Cultural and social norms surrounding health behaviors
              • Low health literacy levels and incomplete perceptions of health
              • Linguistic and educational disparities
              • Limited affordable, reliable, or public transportation options
              • Unpredictable work hours or unemployment
              •     Poor primary healthcare and infrastructure in rural areas
              •     Lack of access to tuberculosis testing and treatment centers in remote unreached areas
              •     Unregulated indigenous system of medicine
              •     Poor airborne infection control
              •     Poor nutrition and Malnourishment 

               

              Community mobilization strategies in rural areas include:

              Image
              Community mobilization strategies for rural areas

              Various committees which play a role in community mobilization in rural areas:

              Image
              Community strategies for rural areas

              •      Village Health Sanitation and Nutrition Committees (VHSNCs) - In each Gram Panchayat, Village Health Sanitation and Nutrition Committees (VHSNCs) have been formed at the village level under National Health Mission (NHM). These committees are entrusted with community-level planning and implementation of health and sanitation, and have representation from the local government, local health centre, and the local community. 

               

              •      Panchayat Raj Institution (PRI) - Members of PRI refers to local self-government at the village level. The village pradhan (head) and members of the Panchayat are elected members of the Gram Panchayat. They are the key people who can, after sensitization, mobilize the community for TB care and control and make allocations for TB patients’ nutrition and travel requirements.

               

              •      Yuva mandal/Mahila mandals (Youth/women’s clubs) - Community-level federations of young boys/girls/women, sometimes even comprising several women SHGs. 

               

              •     Self-help groups (SHG) - An SHG is a group of individuals with a homogenous social and economic background, who voluntarily come together to regularly save small amounts of money and contribute to a local fund to meet the members’ emergency needs on a mutual help basis. These groups collectively manage their payments and ensure proper use of credits. Many NGOs currently engaged in the project are involved in formation/registration of these SHGs. It would be advisable to involve these NGOs for ease of implementation. 

               

              •     Community-based organizations (CBO) - A CBO is a small group of people from a community, who come together for a particular purpose. It may be a local association of people mobilized around water conservation, mother and childcare, sustainable agriculture, education, or adolescent health; a group of social service persons; or any other such active group in a village. 

               

              Resource: 

               

              Operational handbook on Advocacy, Communication & Social Mobilization for RNTCP, Central TB Division, MoHFW, GoI 2014  

               

               

              Assessment: 

               

                Question    

              Answer  

              1    

              Answer 2    

              Answer 3    

              Answer 4    

              Correct answer    

              Correct explanation     

              Community mobilization strategies in rural areas includes empowering key decision-makers, people affected by TB, and marginalized and vulnerable populations.

               

               True

               False

                

                 

               1

               

              This leads to raising awareness of services available and general health literacy surrounding TB. 

               

              More people accessing public health services will lead to better utilization of services.

               

               

               

            • Community mobilization strategies-Urban areas

              Content

               

              India has historically been called a rural economy but has witnessed fast-paced urbanisation in the last few decades. Currently, one-third of our population is urban. It is projected that by 2030, 46% of our population will be living in cities. Urban areas are characterised by high economic activity, diversity of livelihood opportunities and infrastructural development. Migrants are drawn to urban areas for employment opportunities and to establish a better life for themselves and their families. 

               

              Challenges faced by communities in urban areas: Most individuals and families living in urban areas face multiple and overlapping vulnerabilities. The vulnerabilities faced by urban people come from:  

              •  

              • 1. Residential vulnerability: Slum or slum-like habitations face the insecurity of tenure and are unserved or under-served with basic public services like sanitation, clean drinking water and drainage.  

              • 2. Occupational vulnerability: Urban residents working in the informal sector, daily wage labourers, factory workers working without adequate safety equipment, sanitation workers without adequate protective equipment and bonded labour are occupationally vulnerable.  

              • 3. Social vulnerability: Hinders access to resources such as health services, education and access to government schemes/ programmes because of societal discrimination. Widows, transgenders, the elderly, the disabled and those belonging to scheduled castes and tribes face discrimination because of their disadvantaged social status.  

               

              Social and systemic barriers to accessing public healthcare services in urban areas:  

              •  

              • 1. Limited availability of government primary healthcare services: Primary healthcare facilities in urban areas are limited in number. Urban residents have access to ‘larger’ or secondary/ tertiary hospitals (even for minor ailments) and private sector providers, paying heavily out of their pockets.  

              • 2. Overcrowding in public hospitals: Patients are forced to procure products and diagnostic services from other private providers due to lengthy waiting times.  

              • 3. Inconvenient timings: As most public health services open in the morning hours, consulting a doctor may mean the loss of a day’s wage for the poor. The alternative is to go to private doctors during evening hours. 

               

              Community mobilisation strategies for urban areas: Key strategies for community mobilisation in urban areas to facilitate improved case-finding, testing and treatment are given below.

              •  

              • 1. Peer outreach at TB testing and treatment sites: Peer educators will be linked with TB service providers. These can be peers from a targeted intervention or HIV care and support programmes. Community or peer-led measures will penetrate better and facilitate Intensified Case Finding (ICF).   

              • 2. Mobile unit with the display of Information, Education and Communication (IEC) materials along with a facility for sputum collection and transportation.

              • 3. Safe virtual or physical spaces (for example telephone hotlines, or drop-in centres) to seek information and referrals for care and support for TB treatment. Weekly/ fortnightly awareness sessions, testing days and follow-up testing days for TB can be organised in coordination with District TB Officers (DTOs). 

              • 4. Involvement of Community-based Organisations (CBOs)/ civil societies

               

              Various departments/programs which play a role in community mobilisation in urban areas: 

               

               

              •  

               

               

               

              Resources  

               

              • Tuberculosis Control Measures in Urban India, ADB South Asia Working Paper Series, Asian Development Bank, 2020. 

              • National Urban Health Mission: Orientation Module for Planners, Implementers and Partners, NHM, MoHFW, GoI. 

               

               

              Assessment 

                

               
               
               
               
               
               
               

                

               Question     

               
               
               
               

              Answer   

              1     

               
               
               
               

              Answer 2     

               
               
               
               

              Answer 3     

               
               
               
               

              Answer 4     

               
               
               
               

              Correct answer     

               
               
               
               

              Correct explanation     

               
               
               
               

              Collaboration of National TB Elimination Programme (NTEP) and National Urban Health Mission (NUHM) is to develop strategies to address urban TB. 

               
               

               False  

               
               

               True  

               
               

                  

               
               

                  

               
               

               2  

               
               

              National Urban Health Mission integrates vertical health programs in its services. It makes special efforts to make its services accessible by the urban marginalized population through its location, service delivery, outreach and making its service providers sensitive to the needs of its target population. 

               

               

               

              1.  

            • IEC material for general public

              Content

              Information, Education and Communication (IEC) material for the Public has been made available on the Central TB Division official website. In the home page of https://tbcindia.gov.in under the ACSM/IEC option IEC materials like launch video on World TB Day, Posters on TB Arogya Sathi, Ni-kshay Poshan Yojana, Ni-kshay Patrika, Documentaries, Radio Spots, TV Spots/TVC’s, Script for Nukkad Natak’s and Exhibition Panels are available in the public domain. 

              Image
              IEC Material available in Public Domain

              Figure 1: IEC Material available in Public Domain: Source: tbcindia.gov.in 

              Information, Education and Communication (IEC) materials for the general public include:

              1. Mid-Media  
              • Banners
              • Flip charts
              • Wall writings
              • Hoardings
              • Posters
              • Pamphlets
              • Mobile vans and videos on wheels
              • Folk performances
              • Kiosks individuals - Face-to-face communication along with audio-visual communication for better message retention. Useful in dispelling myths and practices.
              Image
              Poster for TB Arogya Sathi

              Figure 2: Poster for TB Arogya Sathi App: Source: tbcindia.gov.in

              Image
              Poster for Nikshay Poshan Yojana

              Figure 3: Poster for Nikshay Poshan Yojana: Source: tbcindia.gov.in 

              1. Mass media
              • Newspapers
              • Television
              • Radio
              • Magazines
              Image
              Snapshots from a TVC’s

              Figure 4: Snapshots from a TVC’s: Source: tbcindia.gov.in 

              1. Social Media
              • Facebook
              • Blogs
              • YouTube
              • Twitter
              Image
              Ni-kshay e-patrika

              Figure 5: Ni-kshay e-patrika: Source: tbcindia.gov.in 

              1. Interpersonal Communication (IPC)
              • Counselling
              • Home-visits

               

              1. Community Dialogue
              • Public meetings and gatherings
              Image
              Script for Nukkad Natak available on Central TB Division website

              Figure 6: Script for Nukkad Natak available on Central TB Division website: Source: tbcindia.gov.in 

               

              Resources 

              Operational Handbook on Advocacy, Communication & Social Mobilisation for RNTCP, Central TB Division, MoHFW, GoI, 2014.  

               

              Assessment

                Question​   

              Answer  

              1​   

              Answer 2​    Answer 3​    Answer 4​    Correct answer​    Correct explanation​   
              Counselling and home visits are not part of the IEC materials/ tools available to the public.   False   True           1 Counselling and home visits are part of the interpersonal communication of the IEC strategy.

               

            • IEC Strategies for Government & Private Medical Practitioners

              Content

              Information, Education and Communication (IEC) is defined as a comprehensive approach that spans across mass media, digital campaigns, strategic partnerships and inter-personal ground level activities. The strategies that could be utilised in IEC for government and private medical practitioners with regard to TB elimination can be categorised under both mass strategies and inter-personal strategies which include: 

              Standardised training of practitioners

              • All practitioners, government and private must  receive up-to-date training as and when the programme launches newer updates to the TB treatment and guidelines.
              • The trainings shall be conducted through the use of standardised materials utilising the Swasth e-Gurukul Platform. 
              • The IEC material developed for the practitioners must not only include TB symptoms but also focus on free diagnostics, free treatment, financial support available under the National TB Elimination Programme (NTEP).
              • Only NTEP approved  IEC materials in the form of print media (pamphlets, posters) or digital media (videos, audios)  shall be provided to the private practitioners in the area by the District TB Officers (DTOs), for display in the health care establishments as well as for patient communication.
              • All practitioners must be trained on the identification of Latent TB infection and importance of initiating TB preventive treatment.

              Capacity building

              • Use of Nikshay Sampark (Toll free number: 1800- 11-6666) for feedback/concerns should be promoted from providers as well as patients. 
              • The training should also be provided to all the practitioners in order to be able to use the Ni-kshay digital application for TB notification and reporting all other related aspects.
              • System should be set up to enable all practitioners to receive the government’s demi official (DO) letters as and when circulated.
              • All government practitioners should be educated on how to build capacities of Mahila Arogya Samiti (MAS) and Accredited Social Health Activists (ASHA) in TB control at the community level.
              • Capacities of District Programme Supervisors , District programme Co-ordinators, Senior Treatment Supervisors should be built under the leadership of the DTO to be able to extend support to the government medical practitioners in day to day TB control activities.
              • Professional medical associations must  be sensitized to conduct regular Continued Medical Education (CMEs) programmes in TB care and elimination for the private sector providers

              Involvement of Patient Provider Support Agencies (PPSAs) and Non-Governmental Organisations  (NGO’s)

              • A list of contact details of local public health staff/officers and PPSA (where present) should be made available to all private providers. 
              • Wherever possible PPSAs must be utilised to help the private sector establishments provide patient centric support by facilitating implementation of a single window for diagnostic and treatment services, notification, patient linkage with social welfare, contact investigation, TB preventive treatment and treatment adherence support. 
              • DTOs should ensure coordination with PPSA for DR-TB services.
              • NGOs functioning in the area may also be involved to support the practitioners in conducting IEC campaigns in the communities.
              • Advocacy and policy support groups may be formed with the practitioners and medical associations to strengthen the TB control activities in the private sector.

               

              Resource:

              Training Modules (5-9) For Programme Managers & Medical Officers, CTD, MoHFW, India,2020.

              National Strategic Plan For Tuberculosis Elimination 2017–2025, MoHFW, India, 2017

              Training Strategy for in- service Capacity Building of a Community Health Officers, Ministry of Health and Family Welfare, India , 2019

              Guidance Document on STEPS (System for TB Elimination in Private Sector) in Kerala.

              Assessment

              Question    

              Answer 1    

              Answer 2    

              Answer 3    

              Answer 4    

              Correct answer    

              Correct explanation    

              Page id    

              Part of Pre-test    

              Part of Post-test    

              Information, Education and Communication (IEC) strategies for government & private medical practitioners includes only interpersonal communication.

              True

              False

                 

                 1

              Information, Education and Communication (IEC) strategies for government & private medical practitioners includes mass strategies as well as interpersonal communication

                  

                 Yes

               Yes

               

            • Planning IEC activities at TU Level [By STS]

              Content

              Information, Education and Communication (IEC) strategies for Senior Treatment Supervisor (STS)

              STS holds a key responsibility in planning and implementing IEC activities in the Tuberculosis Unit (TU). STSs help the Medical Officer TB of the TU to plan IEC activities across the TU. 

              STS should collaborate with the Block Education Officer or District IEC Officer in implementing the planned IEC activities. 

               

              A few important IEC strategies advocated for STSs under the National TB Elimination Programme (NTEP) are:

               

              1. Provide continuous training to the staff of health facilities under his/ her jurisdiction. 

              2. Sensitise media and programme staff about language so as to avoid stigmatising. 

              3. Engage with the media (print, TV, radio, digital) 

              4. Expand Helpline (patients/ providers) of all states, mobile campaign (SMS/ voice SMS) 

              5. Assess, revise and disseminate patient education literature 

              6. Simplify messages so they are understood by the community – avoid programme/ medical jargon – e.g. DMC/ ICTC/ TU/ rapid molecular tests etc.  

              7. Disseminate patients' charter at the community level

              8. Educate the community regarding the use of TB Arogya Sathi 

               

              Resources

              • National Strategic Plan for Tuberculosis Elimination 2017–2025, CTD, 2017. 

              Assessment 

                Question    

              Answer  

              1    

              Answer 2    

              Answer 3    

              Answer 4    

              Correct answer    

              Correct explanation    

              Providing continuous training to the staff of health facilities under the jurisdiction of STS is one of the IEC strategies.  

               False 

               True 

                 

                 

               2 

              Continuous training to the staff of health facilities is provided to keep them updated with the latest advancements so that they disseminate correct information to the patients. 

            • IEC strategies for CHVs

              Content

              Information, Education & Communication (IEC) strategies for community health volunteers (CHVs) are: 

               

              Standardised TB training

              • Training for all CHVs should be conducted through standardised training material approved and published under the Central TB Division (CTD)
              • E – modules available on Swasth e-Gurukul platforms should be used in order to maintain uniformity of the training processes as well as for conducting pre and post training assessments
              • Regular capacity building workshops for CHVs may be conducted along with CTD and partner organizations as per the need of the localities identified.

              Dissemination of simplified IEC tools to all the CHVs

              • NTEP’s IEC material must be simplified, translated to local language and must be provided to all CHVs through the programme.
              • Program / medical jargon (e.g.: District Microscopy centre (DMC)/ rapid molecular tests) must be avoided for ease of understanding.
              • All CHVs must be equipped with necessary permissions and facilities required to display these IEC materials across common access areas, public walls, canteens, factories entry/exit points etc.

              TB related events and community engagement activities

              • Under the supervision of District TB Officers (DTOs), the CHVs must be guided and supported for organising events on the occasion of World TB Day, Village Health and Nutrition Day etc., with a focus to increase understanding of the prevailing TB scenario and also their commitment towards TB elimination. 
              • Community engagement activities must be conducted by the CHVs and should involve role plays, street plays (Nukkad Naatak on TB), video vans, group meetings, outdoor communications especially in the high-risk areas/vulnerable populations. 

              Training on NTEP’s digital initiatives for TB elimination

              • All CHVs must be trained on the functioning of TB Arogya Saathi - a citizen and patient application launched by the Ministry of Health & Family Welfare, India that connects patients to TB health care services.
              • Ni-kshay Sampark the TB helpline (Toll free number: 1800- 11-6666) must be made accessible to all CHVs across various states through which they can seek reliable information.  
              • CHVs must be well-informed about the Nikshay Poshan Yojana and other financial support schemes (travel support, tribal patient support etc.) available for TB patients under NTEP’s direct beneficiary transfer (DBT)

               

              Resources: 

              National Strategic Plan for Tuberculosis Elimination 2017–2025, CTD, 2017 

              N Sharma, A Nath, D Taneja, G Ingle. A Qualitative Evaluation Of The Information, Education And Communication (IEC) Component Of The Tuberculosis Control Programme In Delhi, India. The Internet Journal of Tropical Medicine. 2007 Volume 4 Number 2.
               

              Assessment: 

                Question    

              Answer  

              1    

              Answer 2    

              Answer 3    

              Answer 4    

              Correct answer    

              Correct explanation    

              Training through standardised training material available on CTD website and E – modules available on Swasth e-gurukul is an IEC strategy for Community Health Volunteers. 

               

               

               False 

               True 

                 

                 

               2 

               

              The community health volunteers can take the course and get certified, which can further aid them in managing TB patients. 

               

              +

          • STS: Community Engagement

            Fullscreen
            • Community Engagement

              Content

              Community engagement is a process of developing relationships that enable stakeholders to work together to address health-related issues and promote well-being to achieve positive health impact and outcomes.

              Image result for community engagement icon

              Mobilize communities to engage them in TB care and to increase ownership of the Programme by communities.

              Image result for Mobilise icon

              Why Community Engagement?

              Figure: Importance of Community Engagement

            • Importance of Community Engagement in TB

              Content

              Community-based TB activities are conducted outside the premises of formal health facilities (e.g. hospitals and clinics) in community-based structures (e.g. schools and places of worship) and homesteads. Community health workers and community volunteers carry out community-based TB activities. Both can be supported by nongovernmental organizations and/or the government.

               

              Community Engagement is a cost effective intervention to improve health service coverage and deliver accessible and people-centered integrated care.

              Figure: Importance of Community Engagement


               

            • Strategies of Community Engagement in NTEP

              Content
              • Scaling up community participation in the National TB Elimination Programme through community-led activities and working with various community groups, especially TB survivors and key populations

               

              • Empower TB survivors and affected populations to act as mentor’s/change agents and build their capacity for engaging them in programme planning, implementation and monitoring

               

              • Working with community stakeholders to aid in early case identification amongst the vulnerable population

               

              • Increasing accountability of the service delivery system through community participation


               

            • State TB Forum

              Content

              The TB forum for community engagement aims to empower and engage the TB-affected community. The forum acts as a bridge between the community, TB patients, the health system and civil society. In these forums, advocacy activities are undertaken to influence policy changes for accessible, affordable, supportive TB services to the entire population with a special focus on poor and vulnerable groups.

              Under the National TB Elimination Programme (NTEP),  there are provisions for the constitution of state TB forums at the state level. The state TB forum consists of various stakeholders as shown in the table below. The meetings of these forums are to be convened at least every 6 months at the state level.

               

              Table: Composition of the State TB Forum

              Chairperson Principal Secretary / Secretary Health & Family Welfare, State Govt.
              Co-Chairperson Mission Director (National Health Mission)
              Members
              • Project Director, SACS
              • Director Health Services
              • WHO Representative – TB Consultant
              • State Chairman/ Secretary, Tuberculosis Association of India
              • Public Health Foundation of India/ any reputed public health institute
              • State President, Indian Medical Association
              • Professor of Pulmonary Medicine and Professor of Community Medicine of Medical Colleges
              • Two representatives of reputed local NGOs/ CSOs on a rotation basis
              • One representative from NTEP partners on a rotation basis (REACH/ UNION/ CHAI/ PATH/ FIND/ WHP/ KHPT)
              • Representative of PLHIV Networks
              • Five TB patient representatives (past TB patients/ family members)
              • Representative of Corporate Sector/ Industry/ PSU
              • State TB Officer
              • One representative each from SACS, NPCDCS, SPMU, RCH, NUHM
              Abbr: SACS: State AIDS Control Society; WHO: World Health Organisation; NGOs/CSOs: Non-governmental and Civil Society Organisations; NTEP: National TB Elimination Programme; WHP: World Health Partners, PLHIV: People Living with HIV; PSU: Public Sector Undertaking; NPCDCS: National Programme for Prevention and Control of Cancer, Diabetes, Cardiovascular diseases and Stroke; SPMU: State Programme Management Unit; RCH: Reproductive Child Health; NUHM: National Urban Health Mission

               

              Functions of the State TB Forum  

              1. To advise on strategies for engaging communities affected by TB and increasing community participation in TB programs by forming a network of people affected by TB.
              2. To periodically review the progress of community involvement and network of people affected by TB.
              3. Highlight the concerns and needs of TB patients, work with the government and a broad range of individuals/ organisations to develop better and more responsive health services.
              4. Advocate for greater and more equitable access to quality, accurate and independent information for patients. To focus on reducing health inequalities by campaigning for patients to have the right to be involved in decision-making.
              5. Enable dialogue between all stakeholders involved in a TB patient’s care such as government (including local self-government), medical and paramedical associations, industry, medical insurance companies, private healthcare providers and diagnostic centres.
              6. Create and manage resources to sustain and accelerate TB prevention, control, care and treatment services through community engagement and a network of people affected by TB.
              7. Facilitate nutritional support, linkages with social welfare schemes, and rehabilitation of TB patients.
              8. Perform grievance redressal.

               

              Resources

              • NTEP Training Modules (5-9) for Programme Managers & Medical Officers, 2020.

               

              Assessment

               

              Question​ Answer 1​ Answer 2​ Answer 3​ Answer 4​ Correct answer​ Correct explanation​ Page id​ Part of Pre-test​ Part of Post-test​
              Concerning the state TB forum, which of the following is false? It is involved in engaging communities affected by TB at the state level. It is chaired by the person affected by TB. It has 33 stakeholders. It convenes meetings biannually. 2 State TB forums are chaired by the Principal Secretary/ Secretary HFW, State Govt. ​ Yes Yes

               

            • Local Self Government [LSG]

              Content

              Local Self Government is the management of local affairs by local bodies who have been elected by the local people.

              • The local self-Government includes both rural and urban government.

              Image
              Types of Local self government

              Figure 1: Types of local self government

              Rural Local Governments:

              • Panchayati Raj Institution (PRI) is a system of rural local self-government in India. PRI was constitutionalized through the 73rd Constitutional Amendment Act, 1992. The panchayat raj system in the entire country is not the same but, by and large, structure of LSG in most of the States have the three-tier structure:

              Image
              Structure of panchayati raj

              Figure 2: Structure of Panchayati Raj

              Urban Local Governments:

              • An urban area is usually a compact and densely populated area. All types of urban local governments are democratically elected by the people based on electoral wards.

              • Municipal administration is necessary to provide basic civic facilities like water supply, drainage, garbage disposal, public health, primary education, construction, and maintenance.

              Image
              Types of urban local bodies

              Figure 3: Types of Urban local bodies

              • Other types of urban local governments in India - Notified Area Committee, Town Area Committee, Cantonment Board, township, Port trust, Special purpose agency.

               

              Role of Local Self Government in Health.

              • The common departments in the LSGs are General Administration, Finance, Public Works, Agriculture, Health, Education, Social Welfare, Information Technology, and others. Thus, LSG could play an important role in addressing the determinants of health.

              • LSGs play an active role in preventive healthcare services like vaccination, controlling drinking water and foods, mother-child health, disease screening programs, sanitation precautions, controlling of wastes and animal diseases, controlling of  environmental  factors  that  have  disease  risks  such  as air  and  water pollution. They are seen as critical to the planning, implementation, and monitoring of the NHM. Implementation of the NHM in achieving its outcomes is significantly dependent on well-functioning gram, block and district level panchayats. 

              • LSGs also deliver services toward health promotion.

              • The other services provided by the LSGs are: Emergency and ambulance services, rehabilitation centers, elderly care centers and  home care  services 

              • ASHA/USHA is one of the important functionary in health care service delivery and selected by the Gram Panchayat. 

               

              Resources

              • Structure of Government, National Institute of Open Schooling, Ministry of Education, GoI.

              • Government Mechanisms, Ministry of Minority Affairs, GoI.

               

              Assessment

                Question   

              Answer 1   

              Answer 2   

              Answer 3   

              Answer 4   

              Correct answer   

              Correct explanation   

              The fundamental objective of Panchayati Raj system is to ensure which among the following?

              1. People’s participation in development

              2. Political accountability

              3. Democratic decentralisation

              4. Financial mobilisation

              1,2,3  

              2,3

              1,4

              1,3

               4

              Panchayat Raj Institution (PRI) was constitutionalised to build democracy at the grassroots level and was entrusted with the task of rural development in the country. Active participation and vigilance on the part of the rural public is a must for the sustenance of democratic de-centralisation.

               

               

               

            • Role of LSG in TB Elimination

              Content

              Local Self Governance is the management of local affairs by local bodies who have been elected by the local people. There are 2 types of Local Self Government (LSG): panchayats in rural areas and municipalities in urban areas. Local self-government (LSG) has deep connections and linkages with local people.  Role of LSG in Tuberculosis (TB) elimination includes:   

              Image
              Role of LSG in TB elimination

              Fig 1: Role of Local Self Government in TB Elimination 

               

                

              1. Awareness generation activities 

              With the participation of Panchayati Raj Institution (PRI) members in rural areas and municipalities in urban areas following awareness generation activities can be carried out:

              • Health education on symptoms of TB, good cough etiquettes, available services for screening, diagnosis and treatment of TB, patient support/benefit schemes, TB in vulnerable groups (children, pregnant women, diabetic patients, patients on immunosuppressants, alcoholics and smokers) with emphasis on periodic screening for TB.
              • Observance of World Tuberculosis Day on March 24
              • Organize health-checkup camps and talks with the TB survivors
              • Sensitize Panchayat Raj Institutions (PRI) members, faith leaders etc.
              • Organize anti-stigma and non-discrimination campaigns
              1. Advocacy interventions

              Local administration or Panchayat Raj Institutions (PRI) can be engaged in advocacy interventions to promote healthy behaviours and leverage support of TB patients:

              • To install spitting bins.
              • To install signages on good cough etiquettes.
              • Free distribution of masks/handkerchief/tissues to TB patients in the community.
              1. Services for case finding (Active and latent TB Infection)

              With the help of LSGs outreach activity can be planned and undertaken by community/non-governmental organizations (NGO) volunteers, Accredited Social Health Activist (ASHA) and Multi-Purpose Worker (MPW-Male)/ Auxiliary Nurse Midwife (ANM) under the supervision of the Community Health Officer (CHO)/Medical Officer- Urban Primary Health Centre (MO-UPHC), for case finding. These activities include:

              • Vulnerability assessment
              • Screening for symptoms of TB using Community Based Assessment Checklist (CBAC)
              • Periodic active case finding among identified vulnerable populations
              • Prompt referral of persons with TB symptoms to health center
              1. Treatment support and monitoring
              • Local self governments can engage in formation and conducting meetings of treatment support groups.
              • Health education for TB patients and their household contacts can be conducted on TB symptoms, treatment, managing adverse drug reactions, nutrition during house visits and treatment support group meetings.
              • Counselling for TB patients and caregivers can be organised by PRI members and local administration.
              • LSGs can mobilise funds from philanthropists to support the TB Patients, to supplement and augment healthcare facilities, screening and testing requirements, buying diagnostics and any other resources that might be required.
              1. TB preventive measures
              • Under supervision of LSGs screening can be conducted of household/workplace contacts and other contacts of TB patients as eligible in the local context and identified vulnerable population for TB/latent TB infection.
              • LSG can promote airborne infection control at workplaces and community settings.
              1. Interventions to ensure community participation
              • LSGs can participate in identifying and training TB Champions and facilitate their participation in Village Health Sanitation Nutrition Committees (VHSNCs), Mahila Arogya Samitis (MASs), Jan Arogya Samitis and TB forum meetings.
              • VHSNCs and MASs can discuss TB related issues in their meetings, conduct awareness programmes and extend support to case finding and treatment.

              Resources 

              • Operational Guidelines for TB Services at Ayushman Bharat Health and Wellness Centres Central TB Division, Ministry of Health and Family Welfare (MoHFW), Government of India 2020  
              • Pradhan Mantri Khanij Kshetra Kalyan Yojana (PMKKKY), Ministry of Mines, Government of India, 2015. 
              • Training Modules (5-9) for Programme Managers and Medical Officers, Central TB Division, Ministry of Health and Family Welfare (MoHFW), Government of India, 2020. 

               

              Assessment

                Question    

              Answer 1    

              Answer 2    

              Answer 3    

              Answer 4    

              Correct answer    

              Correct explanation    

              Local self-government can help in identifying and mapping socially and clinically vulnerable groups using available data from Municipal/ Block/ Taluka/ Zila Panchayats' records. Periodic drives can be conducted by them to identify and trace cases and link them to services provided under National Tuberculosis Elimination Programme (NTEP) and other social schemes. 

              True 

              False 

               

               

              1 

              Media advocacy by local self-government can engage the local media to disseminate information. With strategic communication and social mobilisation through Local self-government, the community members will help in gaining awareness about the services available in NTEP as well as other social schemes. 

            • District TB Forum

              Content

              The district TB forum is a community-engagement modality that aims to empower and engage the TB-affected community. Constituted by TB patients (cured or on treatment), community leaders, government officials, experts and NGOs; it gives a voice to the affected community and advocates with the programme managers for the resolution of challenges faced by TB patients in accessing TB services.

              District TB forum is composed of various stakeholders as shown in the table below and its meeting is to be convened at least every 6 months at the district level.

              Table: Composition of the District TB Forum

              Chairperson District Magistrate
              Co-Chairperson Chief Executive Officer, Zilla Parishad
              Members
              • District Development Officer
              • Chief Medical/ Health Officer
              • WHO Representative – TB Consultant
              • Representative of Tuberculosis Association of India
              • Pulmonologist and Professor of Community Medicine of Medical Colleges
              • District President, Indian Medical Association
              • Two representatives of reputed local NGOs/CSOs on a rotation basis
              • Representative from NTEP partners on a rotation basis (REACH/ UNION/ CHAI/ PATH/ FIND/ WHP/ KHPT)
              • Five TB patient representatives (past TB patients/ family members)
              • Representative of district-level PLHIV Network
              • Representative Officer from RCH who manages NGOs
              • District TB Officer
              • PRI member (Zilla Parishad/ BDC/ Panchayat)
              • Journalist
              • Advocate
              • Representative of the corporate sector
              Abbr: WHO: World Health Organisation; NGOs/CSOs: Non-governmental and Civil Society Organisations; NTEP: National TB Elimination Programme; WHP: World Health Partners, PLHIV: People Living with HIV; RCH: Reproductive Child Health; PRI: Panchayati Raj Institutions; BDC: Block Development Council

               

              Functions of the District TB Forum  

              1. To advise on strategies for engaging communities affected by TB and increasing community participation in TB programs by forming a network of people affected by TB.
              2. To periodically review the progress of community involvement and network of people affected by TB.
              3. Highlight the concerns and needs of TB patients, and work with the government and a broad range of individuals/ organisations to develop better and more responsive health services.
              4. Advocate for greater and more equitable access to quality, accurate and independent information for patients. To focus on reducing health inequalities by campaigning for patients to have the right to be involved in decision-making.
              5. Enable dialogue between all stakeholders involved in a TB patient’s care such as government (including local self-government), medical and paramedical associations, industry, medical insurance companies, private healthcare providers and diagnostic centres.
              6. Create and manage resources to sustain and accelerate TB prevention, control, care and treatment services through community engagement and a network of people affected by TB.
              7. Facilitate nutritional support, linkages with social welfare schemes, and rehabilitation of TB patients.
              8. Perform grievance redressal.

               

              Resources

              • NTEP Training Modules (5-9) for Programme Managers & Medical Officers, 2020.

               

              Assessment

               

              Question​ Answer 1​ Answer 2​ Answer 3​ Answer 4​ Correct answer​ Correct explanation​ Page id​ Part of Pre-test​ Part of Post-test​
              Concerning the district TB forum, which of the following is true? It is involved in engaging communities affected by TB at the state level. It is chaired by the person affected by TB. It has only 3 stakeholders. It convenes meetings biannually. 4 The district TB forum engages communities affected by TB at the district level is chaired by district magistrates, convenes meetings biannually, and comprises of various stakeholders. ​ Yes Yes

               

            • TB Champion

              Content

              A TB Champion is a person who has been affected by TB and successfully completed the treatment.

              TB Champions, in their capacity as survivors, are role models and can provide valuable support to those with TB and their families.

              Figure: Roles of TB Champion

               

              Community Health Volunteers should identify TB Champions and engage them to provide their support to the patient in activities like:

              Figure: Help to TB Patients by Community Health Volunteers


               

            • Patient-provider meetings

              Content

              Patient-provider meetings are important to ensure patient support and improve case holding/ treatment adherence.

              Objective: To orient the patients on the course of the treatment, the importance of adherence and the risk for close contact. It also provides a platform to discuss the difficulty in following treatment courses by the patients and the need for further counselling if required.

              Purpose: The purpose of this meeting is to counsel patients in a group who are on treatment or who are about to begin treatment. This is an opportunity for free interaction between providers and patients and also an opportunity for patients to clarify their doubts, if any.

              Facilitators: These meetings are organized by the treatment supporter/ Directly Observed Treatment (DOT) provider. The Senior Treatment Supervisor (STS)/ Medical Officer (MO) are to conduct these meetings.

              Target Group: Patients on treatment or who are about to begin treatment. There could be 5-10 patients (minimum) in such meetings. (If there is a large number of patients at one centre, small groups of about 10 patients may be made so that better interaction takes place between patients and providers).

              Participants: Block medical officer/ Medical Officer - TB Control (MO-TC), field staff (STS, TB Health Visitor (TBHV), Senior TB Lab Supervisor (STLS)), general health system staff, patients and their attendees.

              Place: These meetings are to be organized at the health facility.

              Duration and Frequency: These meetings can be organized once a month so that each patient who is on treatment has the opportunity to attend one such meeting during the intensive phase. The frequency of such meetings would be more than one in a month when there is a large number of patients at one health facility.

              • Each meeting can be for half-hour to one hour.
              • The patient may be provided refreshments (tea, snacks etc.)

              Note:  Patient-provider interaction meetings are additional to, and are different from, interpersonal communication that the provider has with the patient while administering treatment.

              Messages to be Provided to Patients

              1. Basic information about tuberculosis, cough etiquette, etc.
              2. Importance of completing treatment
              3. Side-effects of drugs and how to manage these
              4. Importance of follow-up sputum examination
              5. Prophylaxis for children in the family
              6. Do’s and don’ts including protective measures, the role of a nutritious diet, etc.

              Health Communication Materials: Flip book, banner, posters on TB, etc., are to be provided and used during these meetings.

              Report Writing: At the end of each meeting, a report may be prepared to state the date and time of meetings, number of patients, name of facilitators, presence of MO in the meeting, topics covered/ main points discussed in the meeting, along with major concerns mentioned by the patients.

              • The report is to be prepared by the STS.
              • The list of patients who attended the meeting may be attached to the report.
              • It may be more convenient to have a register at each centre for such meetings, and patients can write their names in the same register.
              • These may be submitted by STS to the MO-TC on a monthly basis for onward submission to the District TB Officer (DTO) to be included in the quarterly Performance Monitoring Report (PMR).

              Resources 

              • Training Modules (1-4) for Programme Managers and Medical Officers, 2020.
              • Technical and Operational Guidelines for Tuberculosis Control, RNTCP, 2019.

              Assessment 

              Question​  Answer 1​  Answer 2​  Answer 3​  Answer 4​  Correct answer​  Correct explanation​  Page id​  Part of Pre-test​  Part of Post-test​ 
              How often should patient-provider meetings be conducted? Everyday Twice a year Once every month  Once a year 3 Patient-provider meetings can be organised once a month so that each patient who is on treatment has the opportunity to attend one such meeting during the intensive phase. The frequency of such meetings would be more than one in a month when there is a large number of patients at one health facility.   Yes Yes
          • STS: Social Inclusion and wellness activities

            Fullscreen
            • Socio economic factors affecting TB patients

              Content

              Socio-economic factors affecting TB patients are: 

              1. General socioeconomic conditions of the society, culture and environment. This includes:

              • Gross Domestic Product (GDP)  

              • Immigration  

              • Urbanisation 

              • Incidence of TB in the country   

              • Labour policy 

              • Access to healthcare 

              2. Socioeconomic position of the individual. This includes:

              • Income 

              • Education 

              • Occupation  

              • Social class/ caste 

              • Indigenous/ tribal population 

              • Gender 

              3. Living and working conditions. This includes: 

              • Housing conditions (overcrowding and poor ventilation especially in night shelters, de-addiction centres, old age homes, prisons) 

              • Employment conditions - Occupation with risk of developing TB (mines, coal industry, sand blasting industries, weaving & glass industries, stone-crushers, cotton mill workers, tea garden workers, rice mill workers, etc.,) 

              • Homelessness  

              • Hard to reach areas 

              • Urban slums 

              3. Psychosocial risk factors, such as:  

              • Social exclusion 

              • Depression  

              4. Individual lifestyle risk factors, such as:  

              • Smoking  

              • Alcohol abuse  

              • Tobbaco use 

              • Drug abuse  

              • Nutrition (malnutrition) 

              • Co-morbidities like diabetes mellitus, malignancies, patients on dialysis and on long term immunosuppressant therapy HIV, past history of TB 

               

              Resources

              • NTEP Training Modules (1 to 4) for Programme Managers & Medical Officers, CTD, 2020. 
              • Social Determinants of Tuberculosis Context Framework and the Way Forward to Ending TB in India, IPH, India, 2020. 

               

              Assessment

                Question​   

              Answer  

              1​   

              Answer 2​   

              Answer 3​   

              Answer 4​   

              Correct answer​   

              Correct explanation​   

              Socio-economic factors affecting TB patients are:

              1. Housing 

              1. Income 

              1. Access to healthcare 

              1. Alcohol abuse  

               1,2 

               2,3,4 

                1,2,3,4 

                1,2,4 

               3 

              TB is one of the few diseases which reflects and expresses social inequalities. Living conditions, economic conditions, lifestyle, and access, affordability, and availability of healthcare are factors which affect TB patients. 

            • Vulnerable Population for Tuberculosis

              Content

              TB can affect anyone but it is more prevalent in some communities which are vulnerable to TB disease due to various factors which are mentioned below:

              Increased exposure of TB due to where they live or work

              • prisoners
              • slum dwellers
              • miners
              • hospital visitors
              • healthcare workers

              Limited access to Quality TB services

              • Migrant workers
              • Women in settings with gender disparity,
              • Children
              • Physically challenged
              • Transgender population
              • Tribal and population living in hard to reach areas
              • Refugees or internally displaced people
              • Illegal miners and undocumented migrants

               

              Increased risk because of biological or behavioural factors that compromise immune functions in people who:

              • People who live with HIV
              • have diabetes or silicosis
              • undergo immunosuppressive therapy
              • are undernourished
              • use tobacco
              • suffer from alcohol use disorders.
              • inject drugs 
            • Stigma and Discrimination towards TB Patient

              Content

              Stigma is when someone sees you in a negative way.

              Image result for stigma icon

              Discrimination is when someone treats you in a negative way.

              Image result for stigma icon

              TB patients face various forms of stigma and discrimination in the community

              Figure: Stigma towards TB Patients in the community


               

            • Effects of Stigma on TB Patients

              Content

              At Individual Level

              • Lack of self-esteem and confidence
              • Increased sense of emotional isolation, feeling of guilt and anxiety
              • Physical as well as financial debilitation
              • People, more often women, are forced to leave their homes
              • Concealing symptoms and hesitancy in seeking medical care making disease management more difficult
              • Delayed diagnosis, interrupted treatment that can lead to further transmission and DRTB
              • Vulnerability increases, can lead to suicidal thoughts due to isolation and shame

               

              At Family and Community Levels

              • Loss of household earnings
              • Exposure of caregivers to the risk of infection that lowers productivity and cycle of poverty further gets perpetuated
              • Isolation and stigmatization of infected persons often by people of their community
              • Deep-rooted lack of knowledge and misconceptions among the affected and infected within their cultural and religious environment
              • Loss of status and negative impact on those with the disease, their caregivers, family, friends and communities
              • Perceived and internalized stigma of the community due to socio-cultural values that TB is punishment for sins or transgression
            • Gender Aspects of TB

              Content

              Although more men are affected by TB, women and transgender persons experience the disease differently. Gender differences and inequalities play a significant role in how people of all gender access and receive healthcare services.

              Gender difference in Men Women
              Incidence of TB
              • Higher proportion of men(approximately- 2:1) are diagnosed with TB than women
              • More likely to have microbiologically confirmed Pulmonary TB
              • More likely to have Clinically diagnosed pulmonary TB and extra – pulmonary forms of TB
              • Prevalence of HIV-TB co-infection is higher among women who live in overcrowded houses and consume alcohol
              • High Risk for developing TB – Pregnant women and women in the postpartum period
              Exposure, Risk & Vulnerability
              • Smoking and alcohol consumption among men
              • High risk for developing TB - employment in mining, quarrying, metals and construction industries
              Undernutrition, their role as caretakers and the use of solid fuel for cooking puts women at risk for TB
              Health Seeking & Health system factors
              • Fear of loss of income and the consequences of absence from work hinder care seeking.
              • Women face difficulties due to perceived stigma, prioritization of household chores, lack of money or financial dependence
              Treatment Outcomes
              • Pressure to get back to work and lifestyle habits such as smoking or consumption of alcohol influence discontinuation of treatment in men
              • Migrant workers, mostly men, often face difficulties in adherence to treatment in the face of extreme poverty and issues of daily survival
              • Women tend to have better adherence and treatment outcome as compared to men
              • Stigma and discrimination are major impediments to treatment adherence, mainly among unmarried women, newly married women and the elderly

              Transgender population often has low literacy, low education levels and are poor. A high proportion of transgender persons are known to smoke, consume alcohol and use drugs. All these factors make them vulnerable to TB.

            • Addressing Gender Inequalities

              Content

              Broad principles to address gender inequalities in TB care

              1. Confidentiality of patient needs to be maintained
              2. Non-discrimination and non-stigmatising behaviour to be promoted
              3. Respect for all to be ensured
              4. Informed consent and informed treatment
              5. Accountability to be fixed for actions and inactions
              6. Access for all health services
              7. Rights-based approach
              8. Empowered communities - Ensure representation of women, men and transgender persons in all forums
              9. Work in partnership - Strengthen linkages between program, private sector and communities


               

            • Wellness Activity for TB Patients

              Content

              Yoga

              • Yoga aims at holistic functioning of the mind and body. It consists of various exercises and specific body positions and movements(yoga asana) which can be learnt and performed under the supervision of a yoga teacher.
              • Yoga will help to clean the upper respiratory tract and the sinuses. The breathing exercise or pranayama induce relaxation and help to reduce the stress levels of the patients considerably.

               

              Meditation

              • Meditation is a practice where an individual uses a technique – such as mindfulness, or focusing the mind on a particular object, thought, or activity – to train attention and awareness, and achieve a mentally clear and emotionally calm and stable state.

               

              Exercise

              • Exercise is being recognized as an important modality for gaining good health and recovering from illness and disease.
              • Exercise like cycling and walking are great ways to make sure that the TB infection that was once in your system has been completely eradicated. Once recovered, it is a good idea to keep up the exercise, as this is a factor in stopping the TB from returning at a later date.
              • Rehabilitation Service to TB Patients

              • Emotional support must be provided to patients with TB and their families during illness. Receiving TB diagnosis is often regarded by patients as a real stigma that isolates them from their family and society. Psychologists can support patients to help reduce misconceptions and socially integrate former patients.

               

              • TB is a contagious disease that induces fear and social isolation and needs a long period of drug administration, sometimes with adverse effects. Therefore, therapeutic education is very important, which serves the purpose of explaining to patients and their families about the condition of the disease, the risks of contagiousness, the stages of treatment and prognosis.

               

              • Exercise may be light initially, followed by assisted and active exercise. Once the patient’s condition is stable, a 6-minute walk test may be done in the room or corridor. The intensity should be progressively increased, depending on the patient’s tolerance.

               

              • Nutrition: Weight loss is associated with fatigue and decreased exercise capacity. There is a risk for the patient not recovering body weight at the end of drug therapy, despite receiving correct TB treatment. Nutritional supplementation may play a positive role in the recovery of these patients.

               

              • Tuberculosis Drug side effects: A proactive clinical approach is required to replace/stop the use of the concerned drugs.

               

              • Providing Assistive devices Hearing aids, cochlear implants, tinnitus-masking devices, mobility aids, and prosthetic/orthotic devices improve the quality of life of patients.

               

              • Corrective Surgery: May be required in TB of the bones, spine etc.

               

              • Community and home-based care: This becomes important in severe neuromuscular deficits and movement disabilities.

               

              • Physiotherapy: A trained physiotherapist may help through:
                • Sputum clearance technique for reduced sputum quantity, better ventilation and relief of symptoms
                • Cough education involving body positioning during coughing, control of breathing in coughing to achieve mobilization and secretions

               

              • Counselling: Psychological support is required for facing long-term/permanent disabilities like loss of vision and hearing loss as side effects of the drugs, paralysis in TB meningitis, infertility in genital TB etc.

               

              • Livelihood options: NGOs and support groups can create such options and/or facilitate treated patients to find various livelihood options
            • Psychosocial Support to TB Patients

              Content

              Who can provide Psychosocial support?

              Family Members, Peer groups, treatment support groups, TB Champions, Community Health Volunteers(CHVs) and NGOs can provide psychosocial support to TB patients and their families by:

               

              • Building a strong sense of community
              • Helping the patients to contact a health worker or visit a health facility
              • Providing treatment support to take their drugs and finish their treatment. Family members, community-based volunteers and workers can be trained as treatment supporters by NGOs
              • Facilitating patients to access DBT for nutritional support under NPY
              • Helping TB patients with comorbidities to visit the referral facility for treatment
              • Treatment adherence support through peer support and education and individual follow up
              • Home-based palliative care for TB
              • Awareness generation, providing right information, behaviour change communication and community mobilisation for reducing stigma and discrimination
              • Facilitating patients to join yoga/meditation/exercise groups once the active phase is over
              • Facilitating and arranging rehabilitative services for problems/disabilities in TB patients
              • Social and livelihood support
              • Food supplementation
              • Income-generation activities(NGO can start or facilitate patients to join activities like candle making, making festival-related goods)
              • Sensitising PRIs to engage TB patients(who can work) through the Mahatma Gandhi National Rural Employment Guarantee Scheme(MGNREGS)
            • Rehabilitation service to TB patients

              Content

               

              The holistic management of Tuberculosis (TB) patients can improve their life expectancy. The importance of addressing malnutrition, adverse drug reactions, psycho-social well-being, and catastrophic expenses correctly and in a timely fashion is essential in reducing morbidity and mortality.  

               

              Table: Rehabilitation services for TB patients
              Rehabilitation Services for TB Patients  Care Providers  Key Components 
              Nutritional Rehabilitation 

              1. Senior Treatment Supervisor 

              2. TB Health Visitors 

              3. Accredited Social Health Activists (ASHAs) 

              4. Auxiliary Nurse Midwife (ANM) 

              5. TB treatment supporter 

              6. Medical officers at Peripheral Health Centre (PHC), Community Health Centre (CHC) level 

              • Supporting nutritional needs of TB patients through Ni-kshay Poshan Yojana 

              • Management of undernutrition in nutrition rehabilitation centres (NRCs) 

              • Linkages for extra nutritional support for TB patients like the public distribution system (PDS) or food security act. 

              Pulmonary Rehabilitation 

              1.Physiotherapists (preferable one male and one female)  

              2. Nurses  

              3. Attendant 

              Management of physical and psychological impairment due to the disease to lower the handicap. 
              Physical Rehabilitation 
              1. therapists (preferable one male and one female)

              2.  Nurse  Doctors

              3. Surgeons

              4. Physio

              5. Attendant 

              • Management of post-treatment sequelae by early identification and periodic assessment. 

              • Comorbidity management 

              Social Rehabilitation 

              1. TB Health Visitors 

              2. Accredited Social 

              3. Health Activists (ASHAs) 

              4. Auxiliary Nurse Midwife (ANM) 

              5. TB treatment supporter 

              6. Medical officers at PHC, CHC level 

              7. Ni-kshay Mitra 

              • Linkage for vocational rehabilitation e.g., Skill India

              • Synergy between social welfare support systems like: 

              1. Rashtriya Swasthya Bima Yojana (RSBY) 

              2. TB pension schemes 

              3. National rural employment guarantee scheme 

              4. National Health Protection Scheme (NHPS) for palliative care and rehabilitation

               Mental Rehabilitation 

              1. Psychiatrist 

              2. Psychologists / Counsellors 

              3. TB Health Visitors 

              4. Accredited Social  

              5. Health Activists (ASHAs) 

              6. Auxiliary Nurse Midwife (ANM) 

              7. TB treatment supporter 

              8. Medical officers at PHC, CHC level 

              • Psychological counselling to the patient and caregivers. 

              • Assisting patients in the planning of decisions related to the end-of-life stage.      

               

              Patient rehabilitation is ensured by: 

              1.   

              1. 1. IT-based monitoring via Ni-kshay platform 

              1. 2. Community-based monitoring  

              1. 3. Surveillance: A comprehensive surveillance system for TB patients and their providers built into eNikshay. This is supported by a call centre for user-friendly private reporting and patient monitoring. 

               

               

              Resource 

                

              • National Strategic Plan for Tuberculosis Elimination 2017–2025, CTD, 2017. 

              • Guidelines for Programmatic Management of Drug-resistant TB in India, Central TB Division, 2021.  

                

              Assessment 

               
               
               
               
               
               

                

                

                

                

               Question    

               
               
               
               

                

                

                

                

              Answer 1    

               
               
               
               

                

                

                

                

              Answer 2    

               
               
               
               

                

                

                

                

              Answer 3    

               
               
               
               

                

                

                

                

              Answer 4    

               
               
               
               

                

                

                

                

              Correct answer    

               
               
               
               

                

                

                

                

              Correct explanation    

               
               
               
               

                

                

              Rehabilitation services to TB patients comprise Nutritional, Physical, Pulmonary, Social and Mental Rehabilitation. 

               
               

                

                

               False 

               
               

                

                

               True 

               
               

                

                

                 

               
               

                

                

                 

               
               

                

                

               2 

               
               

                

                

              The holistic management of tuberculosis (TB) patients can improve life expectancy. The importance of addressing malnutrition, adverse drug reactions, psycho-social well-being, and catastrophic expenses correctly and in a timely fashion is essential in reducing morbidity and mortality. 

               

               

            • Palliative Care in TB patients

              Content

              Palliative care is specialised medical care for people living with a serious illness.

              • This type of care is focused on providing relief from the symptoms and stress of the illness.
              • The goal is to improve the quality of life for both the patient and the family.
              • Palliative care is based on the needs of the patient, not on the patient’s prognosis.

               

              Need for Palliative Care for TB Patients

              TB is, and should be, a curable disease; however, each year an increasing number of patients acquire or develop drug-resistant TB (DR-TB), which has a much lower cure rate.

              While the expectations are to have increasing numbers of treatment success rates, DR-TB remains a life-threatening condition with high mortality.

              The life-threatening nature of DR-TB and the burden of disease management in terms of symptoms, adverse treatment effects, adherence, stigma and subsequent discrimination and social isolation, clearly show the need for care that addresses physical, social and emotional suffering by patients.

              Thus, the need for palliative care is being increasingly recognised as an important part of the continuum of care for DR-TB patients.

               

              Challenges in Palliative Care

              At present, there is a scarcity of trained health workers and local community-based palliative care resources in the settings that are most in need. Although clinical expertise in palliative care for patients who die in respiratory distress has developed considerably, individuals with DR-TB are yet to see the benefits.

               

              Services under Palliative Care for TB

              • Addressing pain and symptom control (including respiratory insufficiency)
              • Nutritional support
              • Medical intervention after treatment cessation
              • Ensuring the appropriate place of care, preventive care, infection control and end-of-life care

               

              Supportive Measures in Palliative Care

               

              Image
              Supportive Measures in Palliative Care

              Resources

              Guidelines for Programmatic Management of Drug-resistant Tuberculosis in India, March 2021, Central TB Division, Ministry of Health and Family Welfare, Government of India.

              Assessment

               

              Question​

              Answer 1​

              Answer 2​

              Answer 3​

              Answer 4​

              Correct answer​

              Correct explanation​

              Page id​

              Part of Pre-test​

              Part of Post-test​

              Palliative care is based on a patient’s prognosis.

              True

              False

               

               

              2

              Palliative care is based on the needs of the patient, not on the patient’s prognosis.

               

              YES

              YES

            • Patients' charter for TB care

              Content

              The Patients’ Charter for Tuberculosis Care (the Charter) outlines the rights and responsibilities of people with TB. It empowers people affected by TB and their communities through this knowledge. Initiated and developed by persons affected by TB from around the world, the Charter makes the relationship with healthcare providers a mutually beneficial one.

              The Charter sets out ways in which people affected by TB, the community, health providers (both private and public), and governments can work as partners in a positive and open relationship with a view to improve TB care and enhance the effectiveness of the healthcare process. 

              It allows for all parties to be held more accountable to each other, fostering mutual interaction and a positive partnership.

               

              Principles of the Patients’ Charter for TB Care

              • The charter practices the principle of Greater Involvement of People with TB (GIPT).
              • This affirms that the empowerment of people with the disease is the catalyst for effective collaboration with health providers and authorities and is essential to victory in the fight to end TB.

               

              Parts of the Patients’ Charter for TB Care

              There are two main parts in the patients’ charter for TB care which cover:

              1. Patients’ rights 
              2. Patients’ responsibilities

              These parts are further delineated in Tables 1 and 2 below.

               

              Table 1: Patient's Rights According to the Patient's Charter for TB Care
              Rights Explanation of rights: You, as the patient, have the right to:
              Care
              • Free and equitable TB quality care meeting the International Standards of Tuberculosis Care (ISTC)
              • Benefit from community-care programmes
              Dignity
              • Be treated with respect and dignity
              • Social support of the family, community and national programmes
              Information
              • Information about available care services — be informed about condition and treatment, know drug names, dosage and side-effects
              • Access your medical records in the local language
              • Have peer support and voluntary counselling
              Choice
              • A second medical opinion, with access to medical records
              • Refuse surgery if drug treatment is at all possible
              • Refuse to participate in research studies
              Confidence
              • Have your privacy, culture and religious beliefs respected
              • Keep your health conditions confidential
              • Care in facilities that practice effective infection control
              Justice
              • File a complaint about care, and have a response
              • Appeal unjust decisions to a higher authority
              • Vote for accountable local and national patient representatives
              Organization
              • Join or organise peer support groups, clubs and Non-governmental Organisations (NGOs)
              • Participate in policy-making in TB programmes
              Security
              • Job security, from diagnosis through to cure
              • Food coupons or supplements, if required
              • Access to quality-assured drugs and diagnostics

               

              Table 2: Patients' Responsibilities According to the Patients' Charter for TB Care
              Responsibilities Explanation of responsibilities: You, the patient, have the responsibility to:
              Share information
              • Inform healthcare staff all about your condition
              • Tell staff about your contacts with family, friends, etc.
              • Inform family and friends and share your TB knowledge
              Contribute to community health
              • Encourage others to be tested for TB if they show symptoms
              • Be considerate of care providers and other patients
              • Assist family and neighbours to complete treatment
              Follow treatment
              • Follow the prescribed plan of treatment
              • Tell staff of any difficulties with treatment
              Solidarity
              • Show solidarity with all other patients
              • Empower yourself and your community
              • Join the fight against TB in your country

               

              ​​​​​Resources

              • The Patients’ Charter for Tuberculosis Care, The Global Plan to Stop TB 2006-2015.
              • Capacity-building of Affected Communities for Accelerated Response to Drug-resistant Tuberculosis in the South-east Asia Region, WHO, 2019.

               

              Assessment 

              Question​  Answer 1​  Answer 2​  Answer 3​  Answer 4​  Correct answer​  Correct explanation​  Page id​  Part of Pre-test​  Part of Post-test​ 
              According to the Patients' Charter for TB Care, it is not the patient’s responsibility to support other patients. True False     2  According to the Patients' Charter for TB Care, patients have a responsibility to support other patients, show solidarity and empower their communities. ​  Yes Yes
        © 2026 Knowledge Base, All rights reserved.

        User account menu

        • Log in
        ⇡